4) Model Building Bye-Laws_ 2016.pdf

Revised and Published in 2016.
© Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India, 2016
Material from this publication may be used for educational or other purposes with due
credits.
Overall guidance
Sh. Neeraj Mandloi, IAS. Joint Secretary, Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India
Technical Team
TCPO
Late Sh. J.B. Kshirsagar. Former Chief Planner
Sh. R. Srinivas TCP (Head), MUT Division
Sh. Sudeep Roy Assistant TCP
Ms. D Blessy Assistant TCP
Stakeholders in Consultative Workshop
Central Governments agencies/ Institutes:
National Disaster Management Authority
Bureau of Indian Standards
National Building Construction Corporation
National Remote Sensing Centre
Delhi Development Authority
National Capital Region Planning Board
Indian Institute of Public Administration
Municipal Corporation of Delhi (South)
Housing and Urban Development Corporation
Schools of Planning and Architecture
State Government Departments
State Town and Country Planning Departments
Selected Urban Development Authorities
Selected Urban Local Bodies.
Associations like CREDAI and NAREDCO
Expert Review
Prof. Dr. PSN Rao Chairman, Delhi Urban Arts Commission. New Delhi

PRELUDE
Building Bye-Laws are legal tools used to regulate coverage, height, building
bulk, and architectural design and construction aspects of buildings so as to achieve
orderly development of an area. They are mandatory in nature and serve to protect
buildings against fire, earthquake, noise, structural failures and other hazards. In India,
there are still many small and medium sized towns which do not have building bye-laws
and in the absence of any regulatory mechanism, such towns are confronted with
excessive coverage, encroachment and haphazard development resulting in chaotic
conditions, inconvenience for the users, and disregard for building aesthetics, etc. It is in
this context, TCPO has made an effort to prepare “Model Building Bye-Laws- 2016” for
the guidance of the State Governments, Urban Local Bodies, Urban Development
Authorities, etc which is an improvement over the previous Model Building Bye Laws
brought out in 2004.
In 2003, the Ministry of Urban Development desired that Model Building Bye-
Laws be prepared, in view of Bhuj Earthquake that occurred in 2001, to lay focus on
structural safety of buildings and for the guidance of the State Governments. Accordingly,
the MBBL 2004 incorporated the provisions of structural safety and other provisions like
rainwater harvesting and waste water recycling, solar assisted heating, barrier free public
buildings and fire safety. The Bye-Laws were circulated to all the State Governments and
Union territories and out of 36 States and UTs, wherein 22 States and UTs have
undertaken comprehensive revision of their respective Building Bye-Laws since 2004.
The Raison d'être for revising the Bye-Laws are as under:
1. Growing Environmental concerns
2. Increased Safety and Security measures
3. Technological Developments
4. Swachh Bharat Mission
5. Focus on Ease of Doing Business
In 2015, it was further desired by the Ministry of Urban Development that the
Model Building Bye-Laws, 2004 needs to be revised and updated keeping in view the
emerging issues like Norms for Rooftop Solar PV Installation, Segregated sanitation
facilities for visitors in public buildings, Additional provisions in Building regulations for
natural hazard prone areas, Conservation of heritage sites including heritage buildings,

heritage precincts and natural feature areas, Bye-laws for safe use of glass, barrier free
environment for disabled, children and old persons and Mitigation of the effects of
electromagnetic radiation on built spaces.
The Draft Model Building Bye-laws, 2016 were circulated to Central
Governments agencies/ institutes like National Disaster Management Authority, Bureau
of Indian Standards, National Building Construction Corporation, Delhi Development
Authority, National Capital Region Planning Board, Indian Institute of Public
Administration, Municipal Corporation of Delhi (South), Housing and Urban
Development Corporation, Schools of Planning and Architecture, State Town and
Country Planning Departments, selected Urban Development Authorities, selected Urban
Local bodies and associations like CREDAI and NAREDCO for obtaining their
comments and suggestions.
A National Workshop on Draft Model Building Bye Laws, 2016 was held on
18.2.2015 mainly to obtain comments / suggestions from the State Town and Country
Planning Departments/Urban Development Authorities/ Municipal Corporations and
Schools of Planning and other related stakeholders like Association of Real Estate
Developers and private consultants. The workshop was attended by 110 participants and
comments/suggestions on following issues emerged out in the day long deliberations-
• Norms for High Rise Buildings (Chapter 5)
• Norms for differently abled, senior citizens and children (Chapter 8)
• Sustainability and Green buildings (Chapter 10)
• Streamlining building pla approvals, Ease of Doing Business (Chapter 13)
• Norms for Low income housing
• Parking Norms (public parking space for vehicles in CBD)
• Flexible FAR prescriptions
• Incorporation of new terms in definitions
• Updation of all IS Codes of BIS
• Updating fire provisions with respect to staircase and exits.
A review meeting was held under the chairmanship of Secretary (UD) on
06.07.2015 wherein Joint Secretary (UD) made a presentation on the draft MBBL, 2016.
In the meeting, it was decided that the draft may also be circulated to related Ministries
involved in granting NOCs for construction projects. Comments were received from the
Ministries of Culture, Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution, Housing and

Urban Poverty Alleviation, Power, Water Resources and River development and Ganga
Rejuvenation and Civil Aviation. The relevant comments received from all the concerned
have been duly incorporated in the MBBL, 2016.
The salient features of MBBL- 2016 are given as under -
• Safety and security (Chapter-6): includes Structural Safety, Disaster management as
per Prof. Arya Committee Report and BIS Codes including Structural Design Basis
Report (SDBR) for various building types. Prevention measures against “Soft
Storeys” in multi-storeyed buildings and Proof Checking of Structural Design for
buildings.
• Barrier Free Environment: Provisions for Differently abled, Elderly and Children
including Site development, Access Path/ Walk Way, Parking, Building
requirements, Stair, Lifts, Toilets, Drinking Water, Refuge and signage.
• Environmental Concerns: Additional Chapter-10 incorporated for Green Buildings
and Sustainability provisions, Rainwater Harvesting, Wastewater Reuse and Recycle
and installation of Solar Roof Top PV norms.
• Adoption for Modern Construction Technology: Additional Chapter-5
incorporates Definitions, Structural Safety and other provisions for Highrise Building
regulations with Parking, Peripheral Open Spaces including set-backs. Disaster
Management & Fire Safety.
• Swachh Bharat Mission: Revised Norms for adequate toilet facilities for women
and Public Conveniences in Public Buildings and Mandatory Provisions for
Segregated toilet facilities for visitors in Public Buildings.
• Ease of Doing Business: Additional Chapter-14 includes Provision for Online
Building plan approval process adopting automated systems of plan scrutiny,
generation of reports/approvals and integrated systems of intimation of approval,
Compliance report from drawings for automatic generation of Completion certificate
and integration of various clearances at Master Plan levels and introduction of
Integrating “Single Window” process, Empowering Architects, Outsourcing non
discretionary verification jobs and formulation of Citizen’s Charter.
• Rain Water Harvesting: Additional Chapter-9 Indicative Provisions for harvesting
in various types of buildings along with responsibility of ULBs for RWH in public
spaces, provisions for Enforcement and Monitoring.

• Effects of Communication Technology: Additional Annexure –I, Draft Guidelines
for mitigation of Electro Magnetic Radiations in built spaces by identifying emission
appliances/ sources. Guidelines for safe spacing of indoor and outdoor appliances
and equipment.
It is hoped that the document will be useful for State Governments, Urban Local
Bodies, Development Authorities, State Town Planning Departments and other Planning
Agencies in various parts of the country in revising their respective Building Bye Laws.
Metro and Union Territory Division
Town and Country Planning Organization

Contents
Model Building Bye-laws, 2016 i
1. DEFINITIONS.....................................................................................................1
1.0 General...........................................................................................................................1
1.1 Definitions......................................................................................................................1
2. JURISDICTION / APPLICABILITY AND BUILDING
DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES............................................................13
2.1 Jurisdiction of Building Bye Laws ..............................................................................13
2.2 Applicability of Building Bye Laws............................................................................13
2.3 Development and part construction .............................................................................13
2.4 In case of Part construction..........................................................................................13
2.5 Change of use / occupancy ..........................................................................................13
2.6 Reconstruction .............................................................................................................13
2.7 Existing approved building..........................................................................................13
2.8 Development................................................................................................................14
2.9 Procedure for obtaining building permit......................................................................14
2.10 All Plans.......................................................................................................................16
2.11 Signing of plans ...........................................................................................................20
2.12 Notice for alteration.....................................................................................................20
2.13 Building permit fees.....................................................................................................21
2.14 Sanction........................................................................................................................21
2.15 Procedure during Construction Work..........................................................................24
2.16 Notice of Completion...................................................................................................25
2.17 Completion and Permission for Occupation................................................................26
2.18 Occupancy/ Part Completion Certificate .....................................................................27
2.19 Connection to the municipal sewer / water mains .......................................................27
3. DEVELOPMENT CODES ...............................................................................29
3.1 Flexible FAR................................................................................................................29
3.2 Development norms and standards for hill towns........................................................31
3.3 Parking standard...........................................................................................................31
3.4 Specific premises .........................................................................................................34
3.5 Non-residential premises .............................................................................................37
3.6 Commercial..................................................................................................................37
3.7 Industrial plot...............................................................................................................40
3.8 Transportation..............................................................................................................41
3.9 Aerodromes..................................................................................................................41
3.10 Public - Semi-public ....................................................................................................42
3.11 Educational Facilities...................................................................................................44
3.12 Security Services..........................................................................................................46
3.13 Post and telegraph office, head post office..................................................................47

Contents
Model Building Bye-laws, 2016
ii
3.14 Farm houses.................................................................................................................47
3.15 Professional activity ....................................................................................................47
3.16 Socio – cultural facilities.............................................................................................48
4. GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICES....................51
4.1 General ........................................................................................................................51
4.2 Requirements for Parts of Buildings ..........................................................................51
4.3 Habitable Rooms .........................................................................................................51
4.4 Kitchen ........................................................................................................................52
4.5 Bathrooms and Water-Closets.....................................................................................52
4.6 Ledge or Tand/Loft......................................................................................................53
4.7 Mezzanine Floor..........................................................................................................53
4.8 Store Room..................................................................................................................54
4.9 Garage..........................................................................................................................54
4.10 Basement .....................................................................................................................54
4.11 Chimneys.....................................................................................................................55
4.12 Parapet.........................................................................................................................55
4.13 Cabin ...........................................................................................................................55
4.14 Boundary Wall ............................................................................................................55
4.15 Septic Tanks ................................................................................................................55
4.16 Meter Rooms ...............................................................................................................57
4.17 Staircase/Exit Requirements........................................................................................57
4.18 Roofs ...........................................................................................................................57
4.19 Special Requirements of Low Income Housing..........................................................58
4.20 Special Requirements for Cluster Planning for Housing ............................................58
4.21 Group housing .............................................................................................................58
4.22 Non-residential buildings ............................................................................................58
4.23 Other general requirements .........................................................................................59
4.24 Means of access (Including Fire Safety- Ref Chapter 10) ..........................................60
4.25 Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building.............63
4.26 Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation............................................................63
4.27 Joint Open Air Space...................................................................................................63
4.28 Provision of Podium for parking and landscaping ......................................................64
4.29 Exemption to Open Spaces/Covered area ...................................................................64
4.30 Lighting and ventilation of rooms...............................................................................66
4.31 Building Services ........................................................................................................68
4.32 Plumbing and Sanitary Services..................................................................................68
4.33 Segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings................................................68
4.34 Construction Site .........................................................................................................79

Contents
Model Building Bye-laws, 2016 iii
4.35 Temporary Camp Toilets.............................................................................................80
4.36 Special / Contingency Toilets......................................................................................80
4.37 General guidance for water supply arrangements ........................................................80
5. PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT ....................................81
5.1 High Rise .....................................................................................................................81
5.2 Peripheral Open Spaces including set backs................................................................81
5.3 Parking Spaces.............................................................................................................81
5.4 Building components ...................................................................................................82
5.5 Building Services.........................................................................................................87
6. PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY..............................................91
6.1 Structural design and safety.........................................................................................91
6.2 Structural requirements of low income housing..........................................................96
6.3 Inspection.....................................................................................................................96
6.4 Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests......................99
7. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OCCUPANCY/LAND
DEVELOPMENT AND OTHER...................................................................101
7.1 Industrial Buildings (Factories, Workshops, etc.) .....................................................101
7.2 Educational Building (School/Colleges)....................................................................101
7.3 Assembly Building (Cinema, Theaters, etc.).............................................................102
7.4 Petrol filling station....................................................................................................102
7.5 Burial and cremation grounds....................................................................................102
7.6 Building in mining area .............................................................................................103
7.7 Poultry farms (wherever allowed as per master plan) ...............................................103
7.8 Special buildings not covred......................................................................................104
7.9 Provisions in the public buildings for handicapped persons......................................104
7.10 Resettlement and Slum insitu upgradaion..................................................................104
7.11 Rules for development of land...................................................................................104
7.12 Penal action for violation of master plan/zonal plan regulation/bye- laws................104
7.13 Signs and outdoor display structus ............................................................................104
8. PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERNTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY AND
CHILDREN......................................................................................................105
8.1 Applicability ..............................................................................................................105
8.2 Guidelines and Provisions..........................................................................................105
8.3 Types of buildings to adopt barrier free guidelines as notified by the state
government ................................................................................................................105
8.4 Building requirements................................................................................................107
8.5 Stair-ways ..................................................................................................................107
8.6 Lifts............................................................................................................................108

Contents
iv
8.7 Toilets........................................................................................................................108
8.8 Designing for Children..............................................................................................109
8.9 Drinking Water:.........................................................................................................109
8.10 Refuge .......................................................................................................................109
8.11 Proper signage ...........................................................................................................110
8.12 Public Building regulations.......................................................................................110
9. RAINWATER HARVESTING ......................................................................111
9.1 The RWH system ......................................................................................................111
9.2 Rainwater harvesting techniques:..............................................................................111
9.3 Harvesting provisions in various Building categories:..............................................112
9.4 Rain Water Harvesting Provisions for Open spaces in cities....................................112
9.5 Ground Water Recharge............................................................................................113
9.6 Enforcement and Monitoring ....................................................................................113
10. GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS...............115
10.1 Provisions and Applicability .....................................................................................115
10.2 Provisions for Sanction..............................................................................................116
10.3 Various Guidelines for Green Rating systems ..........................................................120
11. FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS...............121
11.1 Scope .........................................................................................................................121
11.2 Procedure for clearance from fire service .................................................................121
11.3 Renewal of fire clearance..........................................................................................122
11.4 Fee .............................................................................................................................122
11.5 Fire consulant ............................................................................................................122
11.6 Terminology ..............................................................................................................122
11.7 General ......................................................................................................................122
11.8 Fire Escapes or External Stairs:.................................................................................123
11.9 Provision of lifts ........................................................................................................124
11.10 Basement ...................................................................................................................126
11.11 Provision of helipad...................................................................................................128
11.12 Service ducts/refuge chute.........................................................................................128
11.13 Electrical services......................................................................................................128
11.14 Staircase and corridor lights......................................................................................129
11.15 Air-conditioning ........................................................................................................129
11.16 Boiler oom.................................................................................................................130
11.17 Alternate source of electric spply..............................................................................131
11.18 Safety measures in electric sub-station......................................................................131
11.19 Fire protection requirements......................................................................................134
11.20 Static water storage tank............................................................................................135

Contents
Model Building Bye-laws, 2016 v
11.21 Automatic sprinklers..................................................................................................135
11.22 Fixed carbon di-oxide /foam/dco water spray extinguishing system.........................136
11.23 Fire alarm system.......................................................................................................136
11.24 Control Room.............................................................................................................137
11.25 Fire drills and fire orders............................................................................................137
11.26 Material used for construction of building.................................................................137
11.27 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)...............................................................................138
11.28 House keeping............................................................................................................138
11.29 Fire prevention...........................................................................................................139
11.30 Occupancy restrictions...............................................................................................141
12. CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES INCLUDING HERITAGE
BUILDINGS, HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE
AREAS..............................................................................................................143
12.1 Applicability ..............................................................................................................143
12.2 Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings....................................................144
12.3 Restrictions on development / re-development / repairs etc......................................144
12.4 Penalties.....................................................................................................................145
12.5 Preparation of list of heritage sites including heritage buildings, heritage precincts
and listed natural feature areas...................................................................................145
12.6 Alteration / modification / relaxation in development norms....................................145
12.7 Heritage precincts / natural feature areas...................................................................146
12.8 Road widening ...........................................................................................................146
12.9 Incentive uses for heritage buildings .........................................................................146
12.10 Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony ........................................................146
12.11 Restrictive covenants .................................................................................................147
12.12 Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts .......................................................147
12.13 Opinion of the Heritage Conservation Committee ....................................................148
12.14 Approval to preserve the beauty of the area ..............................................................148
12.15 Signs and outdoor display structures / including street furniture on heritage sites ...148
12.16 Composition of heritage conservation committee .....................................................149
12.17 Implications of listing as heritage buildings..............................................................150
12.18 Ownership not affected..............................................................................................150
13. STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS ..........................151
13.1 Streamlining the building approval/sanction procedure (Ease of doing business)....151
13.2 Clearances at Master Plan level.................................................................................152
13.3 Clearances at the Local Authorities...........................................................................154
13.4 Options for reducing the timelines for approvals: .....................................................154
13.5 Risk Based Classification of building proposals .......................................................156

Contents
vi
13.6 Other Suggestions to enhance ease of doing business: .............................................158
14. CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION: INTEGRATION OF
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES WITH SANCTION........................161
14.1 Environmental conditions for compliance during Building approvals......................161
ANNEXURE AND APPENDICES
Appendices to MBBL 2016 169
Annexure I: Guidelines for mitigation of effects of E M R in Built spaces 235
Annexure II: Technical Aspects and Options of RWH in built and open spaces 245

Contents
Model Building Bye-laws, 2016 vii

Contents
viii
List of Tables:
Table 2.1 Drawing Sheet sizes .........................................................................................................16
Table 2.2 Colouring of Plans............................................................................................................16
Table 2.3 Clearances from Electric Supply Lines............................................................................18
Table 3.1 Parking standards .............................................................................................................32
Table 3.4 Net residential density of group housing, controls...........................................................36
Table 3.5 Development Controls on Service and Light Industrial Plots..........................................40
Table 3.7 Development controls on Transport Terminals................................................................41
Table 3.8 Development Controls on Health Centers and Nursing Homes.......................................43
Table 3.9 Development Controls for Other Education Facilities.....................................................45
Table 3.10 Development Controls for Education Facilities.............................................................46
Table 3.12 Development control for other services .........................................................................47
Table 3.13 Development control for farm house..............................................................................47
Table 3.14 Development Control for Distributive Services.............................................................48
Table 3.15 Development Controls for Socio- Cultural Facilities.....................................................48
Table 4.1 Occupant Load .................................................................................................................51
Table 4.2 Minimum height requirement for educational and industrial buildings...........................52
Table 4.3 Occupants per unit Exit width..........................................................................................61
Table 4.4 Provision of Exterior Open Spaces around the buildings…………………………….....64
Table 4.5 Size of ventilation Shaft ………………………………………………………...………67
Table 4.6 Per Capita water requirement for various Occupancies/Uses ………………...……….70
Table 4.7 Flushing Storage Capacities.............................................................................................71
Table 4.8 Domestic Storage Capacities............................................................................................71
Table 4.9 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices...........................................71
Table 4.10 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels ..................................................................................72
Table 4.11 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy....................................................73
Table 4.12 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy- Hospital...................74
Table 4.13 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) (staff quarters and Hostels) .........74
Table 4.14 Sanitation Requirements for Governmental and Public Business and Offices ..............75
Table 4.15 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings....................................75
Table 4.16 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets.................76
Table 4.17 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets.................................76
Table 4.18 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theaters,
Auditoria. Etc.).....................................................................................................................76
Table 4.19 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings .........................................................77
Table 4.20 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants .......................................................................77
Table 4.21 Sanitation Requirements for Factories ...........................................................................78
Table 4.22 Sanitary Requirements for Large Stations and Airports ................................................79
Table 4.23 General Standards/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area...................................79
Table 4.24 Contingency Toilet facilities for Special Events............................................................80
Table 5.1 Minimum width of staircase for different types of buildings...........................................84
Table 5.2 Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction..............................................84
Table 5.3 Glass quality and Use of Glass in buildings 84
Table 6.1 Proof Checking requirements of Structural Design ..........................................................94
Table 7.1 Setback for farm building...............................................................................................103
Table 9.1 Provisions for Rainwater harvesting by building types..................................................112
Table 10.1 Provisions and applicability for various plot sizes (all use premises)..........................115
Table 10.2 Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation and generation........................................117
Table 12.1 Grading of Listed heritage............................................................................................147
Table 13.1 Clearances from various agencies proposed to be integrated in Master Plans.............152
Table 13.2 Timelines of clearances from various agencies............................................................153
Table 13.3 Risk Matrix for different residential buildings.............................................................156

Contents
Model Building Bye-laws, 2016 ix
Table 13.4 Risk Matrix for Storage/Warehouses........................................................................... 156
Table 14.1: Environmental Conditions Category “A”: 5000–sqmt - 20000 sqmt......................... 163
Table 14.2: Environmental Conditions Category “B”: 20000–sqmt - 50000 sqmt....................... 164
Table 14.3: Environmental Conditions Category “C”: 50000 sqmt - 150000 sqmt...................... 165

Contents

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO Page 1
1
Definitions
1. DEFINITIONS
1.0 General
In these Bye-Laws, unless the context otherwise requires the definition given shall
have the meaning indicated against each term.
All mandatory Master Plan/Zonal Plan regulations regarding use, land use, coverage,
FAR, setback, open space, height, number of stories, number of dwelling units,
parking standards etc. for various categories of buildings including modification
therein made from time to time shall be applicable mutatis mutandis in the Building
Bye-Laws regulations under this clause. All amendments / modifications made in the
aforesaid regulations shall automatically stand deemed to have been included as part of
these Bye-laws.
1.1 Definitions
1. “Access" - A clear approach to a plot or a building.
2. “Act”- The Act of the Local Body/Authority concerned.
3. “Addition and/or Alteration”- A change from one occupancy to another, or a
structural change including an addition to the area or change in height or the removal
of part of building, or any change to the structure, such as the construction or removal
or cutting into of any wall or part of a wall, partition, column, beam, joist, floor
including a mezzanine floor or other support, or a change to or closing of any required
means of access ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipment" as provided in
these Bye-Laws.
4. “Advertising Sign”- Any surface or structure with characters, letters or illustrations
applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoors for the purpose of
advertising or giving information or to attract the public to any place, person, public
performance, article, or merchandise, and which surface or structure is attached to,
forms part of, or is connected with any building, or is fixed to a tree or to the ground or
to any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in space, or in or over any water
body included in the jurisdiction of the Authority.
5. “Air-conditioning”- The process of treating air so as to control simultaneously its
temperature, humidity, purity, distribution and air movement and pressure to meet the
requirements of the conditioned space.
6. “Amenity”- Includes roads, street, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds, play
grounds, gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage, drainage,
public works and other utilities, services and conveniences.
7. “Application”- An application made in such form as may be prescribed by the
Authority from time to time.
8. “Approved”- As approved/sanctioned by the Authority under applicable Bye-Laws.
9. “Architect”- A person holding a graduate degree in Bachelor of Architecture from
any institute recognized by the Council of Architecture (COA) and has his/her name
entered in the register of COA for the time being, with a valid COA Registration
number. (Please see Appendix “E”- Qualification and Competence of Technical
Personnel for Preparation of Schemes for Building Permit and Supervision).
10. “Architect/Professional on record”- An architect/Competent professional who is
brought on record to represent his/her client for a construction project, to act on their
behalf regarding building permits and process of construction (as detailed at Section

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO
1 Definitions
6.3.8 and competence given as per Appendix ‘E’). He/She may be registered with the
Authority for the cause.
11. “Area”- In relation to a building means the superficies of a horizontal section thereof
made at the plinth level inclusive of the external walls and of such portions of the party
walls as belong to the building
12. “Authority”- The Authority which has been created by a statute and which, for the
purpose of administering the Code/Part, may authorize a committee or an official or an
agency to act on its behalf; hereinafter called the ‘Authority’. Authority can be any
Urban Local Body/Urban Development Authority/Industrial Development Authority
or any other authority as notified by the State Government as the case may be.
13. “Balcony”- A horizontal projection, cantilevered or otherwise including a parapet"
handrail, balustrade, to serve as a passage or sit out place.
14. “Barsati”- A habitable room/rooms on the roof of the building with or without toilet /
kitchen.
15. “Basement or Cellar”- The lower storey of a building, below or partly below the
ground level, with one or more than one levels.
16. “Building”- A structure constructed with any materials whatsoever for any purpose,
whether used for human habitation or not, and includes:-
i) Foundation, plinth, walls, floors, roofs, chimneys, plumbing and building services,
fixed platforms etc.
ii) Verandahs, balconies, cornices, projections etc.
iii) Parts of a building or anything affixed thereto;
iv) Any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space, sign and outdoor
display structures; etc.,
v) Tanks constructed or fixed for storage of chemicals or chemicals in liquid form and
for storage of water, effluent, swimming pool, ponds etc.,
vi) All types of buildings as defined in (a) to (q) below, except tents, shamianas and
tarpaulin shelters erected temporarily for temporary purposes and ceremonial
occasions, shall be considered to be "buildings".
Types of Buildings based on use of premises or activity:
a. “Residential Building”- includes a building in which sleeping and living
accommodation is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking facilities
and includes one or more family dwellings, apartment houses, flats, and private
garages of such buildings.
b. “Educational Building”- Includes a building exclusively used for a school or
college, recognized by the appropriate Board or University, or any other Competent
Authority involving assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental to
educational use, and including a building for such other uses as research institution.
It shall also include quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises, and
building used as a hostel captive to an educational institution whether situated in its
campus or outside.
c. “Institutional Building”- Includes a building constructed by Government, Semi-
Government Organizations or Registered Trusts and used for medical or other
treatment, or for an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities or for an
hospice, care of persons suffering from physical or mental illness, handicap, disease
or infirmity, care of orphans, abandoned women, children and infants, convalescents,

1
Definitions
destitute or aged persons and for penal or correctional detention with restricted
liberty of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation and includes
dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as jails,
prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and reformatories etc.
d. “Assembly Building”- A building or part thereof, where groups of people (not < 50)
congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil,
travel and similar purposes and this includes buildings of drama and cinemas
theatres, drive-in-theatres, assembly halls, city halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition
halls, museums, "mangal karyalayas", skating rinks, gymnasia, restaurants, eating or
boarding houses, places of worship, dance halls, clubs, gymkhanas and road,
railways, air, sea or other public transportation stations and recreation piers.
e. “Business Building”- Includes any building or part thereof used principally for
transaction of business and/or keeping of accounts and records including offices,
banks, professional establishments, court houses etc., if their principal function is
transaction of business and/or keeping of books and records.
f. “Mercantile Building”- Includes a building or part thereof used as shops, stores or
markets for display and sale of wholesale and or retail goods or merchandise,
including office, storage and service facilities incidental thereto and located in the
same building
g. “Industrial Building”- Includes a building or part thereof wherein products or
material are fabricated, assembled or processed, such as assembly plants,
laboratories, power plants, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies and factories etc.,
h. “Storage Building”- A building or part thereof used primarily for storage or shelter
of goods, wares, merchandise and includes a building used as a warehouse, cold
storage, freight depot, transit shed, store house, public garage, hanger, truck
terminal, grain elevator, barn and stables.
i. “Hazardous Building”- Includes a building or part thereof used for-
i. Storage, handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances or highly
combustible or explosive materials or of products which are liable to burn with
extreme rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes or explosive emanations.
ii. Storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly corrosive,
toxic or noxious alkalis, acids, or other liquids, gases or chemicals producing
flame, fumes and explosive mixtures etc. or which result in division of matter
into fine particles capable of spontaneous ignition
j. “Mixed Land Use Building”- A building partly used for non-residential activities
and partly for residential purpose.
k. “Wholesale Establishment”- An establishment wholly or partly engaged in
wholesale trade and manufacture, wholesale outlets, including related storage
facilities, warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck
transport booking agencies.
Types of buildings based on design and height:
a. “Detached Building”- Includes a building with walls and roofs independent of any
other building and with open spaces on all sides within the same plot.
b. “Multi-Storeyed Building or High Rise Building”- A building above 4 stories,
and/or a building exceeding 15 meters or more in height (without stilt) and 17.5M
(including stilt).
c. “Semi-detached Building”- A building detached on three sides with open space as
specified in these regulations.

1 Definitions
Types of buildings based on other features:
a. “Special Building”- Includes all buildings like assembly, industrial, buildings used
for wholesale establishments, hotels, hostels, hazardous, mixed occupancies with any
of the aforesaid occupancies and centrally air conditioned buildings having total built
up area exceeding 500 sq m.
b. “Multi Level Car parking”- A building partly below ground level having two or
more basements or above ground level, primarily to be used for parking of cars,
scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicle.
Types of buildings based on safety due to use/ maintenance level:
a. “Slum” – Buildings that are in poor condition of maintenance or have compromised
habitability due to poor ventilation, sanitation or otherwise are termed slums. These
are generally declared or notified as slums under relevant legislation by competent
authority
b. “Unsafe Building”- Includes a building which:
i) Is structurally unsafe, or
ii) Is insanitary, or
iii) Is not provided with adequate means of ingress or egress or
iv) Constitutes a fire hazard or
v) Is dangerous to human life or
vi) In relation to its existing use, constitutes a hazard to safety or health or public
welfare by maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment.
Note: All unsafe buildings /structure will require to be restored by repairs, demolition or dealt with as
directed by the Authority. The relevant provisions of the Act shall apply for procedure to be
followed by the Authority in taking action against such buildings.
17. “Building Height”- The vertical distance measured
i) In the case of flat roofs from the average level of the front road and continuance
to the highest point of the building.
ii) In case of pitched roofs upto the point where the external surface of the outer
wall intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof and
iii) In the case of gables facing the road midpoint between the eaves level and the
ridge.
Architectural features serving no other function except that of decoration shall be
excluded for the purpose of measuring heights. The height of the building shall be
taken upto the terrace level for the purpose of fire safety requirement.
18. “Building Envelope” - The horizontal spatial limits up to which a building may be
permitted to be constructed on a plot.
19. “Building Line”- The line upto which the plinth of building adjoining a street or an
extension of a street or on a future street may lawfully extend and includes the lines
prescribed, if any, in any scheme and/or development plan. The building line may
change from time-to-time as decided by the Authority.
20. “Cabin”- A non-residential enclosure constructed of non-load bearing partitions.
21. “Canopy”- shall mean a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over an
entry to the building at the lintel or slab level provided that:
i) It shall not project beyond the plot line.

1
Definitions
ii) It shall not be lower than 2.3 m. or 7’- 6” when measured from the ground.
iii) There shall be no structure on it and the top shall remain open to sky.
22. “Carpet Area” - The covered area of the usable rooms of a dwelling unit / at any floor
(excluding the area of the walls).
23. “Chajja”- A sloping or horizontal structural overhang provided over openings on
external walls for protection from the weather.
24. “Chimney”- A construction by means of which a flue is formed for the purpose of
carrying products of combustion to the open air and includes a chimneystack and flue
pipe.
25. "Construction" - Any erection of a structure or a building, including any addition or
extension thereto either vertically or horizontally, but does not include, any
reconstruction, repair and renovation of an existing structure or building, or,
construction, maintenance and cleansing of drains and drainage works and of public
latrines, urinals and similar conveniences, or, the construction and maintenance of
works meant for providing supply of water for public, or, the construction or
maintenance, extension, management for supply and distribution of electricity to the
public; or provision for similar facilities for publicity.
26. “Conversion”- The change from one occupancy to other occupancy or any change in
building structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use requiring
additional occupancy certificate.
27. “Cornice”- means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over
openings or external walls to provide protection from sun and rain.
28. “Courtyard”- A space permanently open to sky, enclosed fully or partially by
buildings and may be at ground level or any other level within or adjacent to a
building.
29. “Covered Area”- The Ground area covered immediately above the plinth level
covered by the building but does not include the space covered by:
a. Garden, rockery, well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool, swimming
pool (if uncovered), platform round a tree, tank, fountain, bench, chabutra with
open top and unenclosed on sides by walls and the like;
b. Drainage culvert, conduit, catch-pit, gully-pit, chamber, gutter and the like;
c. Compound wall, gate, slide/ swing door, canopy, and areas covered by chajja or
similar projections and staircases which are uncovered and open at least on three
sides and also open to sky.
30. “Damp Proof Course”- A course consisting of some appropriate water proofing
material provided to prevent penetration of dampness or moisture.
31. “Density”- The residential density expressed in terms of the number of dwelling units
per hectare.
Note: Where such densities are expressed exclusive of community facilities and provision of open spaces and
major roads (excluding incidental open spaces), these will be net residential densities. Where these
densities are expressed taking into consideration the required open space provision and community
facilities and major roads, these would be gross residential densities at neighbourhood level, sector
level or town level, as the case may be. The provision of open spaces and community facilities will
depend on the size of the residential community. Incidental open spaces are mainly open spaces
required to be left around and in between two buildings to provide lighting and ventilation.

1 Definitions
32. “Development” - ‘Development’ with grammatical variations means the carrying out
of building, engineering, mining or other operations, in, or over, or under land or
water, on the making of any material change, in any building or land, or in the use of
any building, land, and includes re-development and layout and subdivision of any
land and ‘to develop’ shall be construed accordingly.
33. “Development Plan”- See “Master Plan”
34. “Drain”- A conduit or channel for the carriage of storm water, sewage, waste water or
other waterborne wastes in a building drainage system.
35. “Drainage system” - A system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories,
such as manholes, inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for drainage of
building or yards appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage; and includes
an open channel for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any waste
water.
36. “Dwelling”- A building or a portion thereof which is designed or used wholly or
principally for residential purposes for one family.
37. “Empanelled Architect”- A person empanelled by the Authority as per rules under
the bye-laws as an authorized person to sanction building plans of residential buildings
upto 15 m. in height and for plot sizes upto 500 sqm, forming part of any approved
lay-out plan.
38. “Encroachment”- means an act to enter into the possession or rights either of
permanent or temporary nature on a land or built up property of local body or state/
central Government.
39. “Enclosed Staircase”- means a staircase separated by fire resistant walls and doors
from the rest of the building.
40. “Existing Building”- A building or structure existing authorisedly with the approval
of the Authority before the commencement of these Bye-Laws.
41. “Existing Use”- Use of a building or structure existing authorisedly with the approval
of the Authority before the commencement of these Bye-Laws.
42. “Exit”- A passage channel or means of egress from the building, its storey or floor to a
street or, other open space of safety; whether horizontal, outside and vertical exits
meaning as under:-
i) Horizontal exit means an exit, which is a protected opening through or around a
fire well or bridge connecting two or more buildings.
ii) Outside exit mean an exit from building to a public way to an open area leading to
a public way or to an enclosed fire resistant passage leading to a public way.
iii) Vertical exit means an exit used for ascending or descending between two or more
levels including stairway, fire towers, ramps and fire escapes.
43. “External Wall”- An outer wall of a building not being a party wall even though
adjoining to a wall of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior
open space of any building.
44. “Floor”- The lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building, and
does not include a mezzanine floor. The floor at ground level with direct access to a
street or open space shall be called the ground floor; the floor above it shall be termed
as floor- 1, with the next higher floor being termed as floor- 2, and so on upwards.
45. “Floor Area Ratio (FAR)”- The quotient obtained by dividing the combined covered
area (plinth area) of all floors, excepting areas specifically exempted under these
regulations, by the total area of the plot, viz.: -

1
Definitions
Tota1 Covered Area on All Floors
Floor Area Ratio (FAR) =
Plot Area
46. “Fire and/or Emergency Alarm System”- Fire alarm system comprises of
components for manually or automatically detecting a fire, initiating an alarm of fire
and initiating other actions as appropriate.
47. “Fire Hazard Industries”-
i) "Low Fire Hazard Industries" includes engineering industries using/processing or
assembling non-combustible materials i.e. lathe machines, steel works, steel
components etc.
ii) "Moderate Fire Hazard Industries" includes industries using / processing
combustible materials but not flammable liquid etc., plastic industries, rubber, and
PVC industries, textile, paper, furniture, flour mills etc.
iii) "High Fire Hazard Industries" includes industries using/processing flammable
liquids, gases, chemicals petroleum products, plastic or thermo setting group etc.
48. “Fire Lift”- Means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in the
event of fire or other emergency.
49. “Fire Proof Door”- Means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed
and erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat and fire for a
period.
50. “Fire Pump”- Means a machine, driven by external power for transmitting energy to
fluids by coupling the pump to a suitable engine or motor, which may have varying
outputs/capacity but shall be capable of having a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the topmost
level of multi-storey or high rise building.
51. “Fire Pump-Booster Fire Pump”- Means a mechanical/electrical device that boots
up the water pressure at the top level of a multi-storeyed / high-rise building and which
is capable of a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the nearest point.
52. “Fire Resistance”- Fire resistance is a property of an element of building construction
and is the measure of its ability to satisfy for a stated period some or all of the
following criteria:
a. resistance to collapse,
b. resistance to penetration of flame and hot gases, and
c. resistance to temperature rise on the unexposed face up to a maximum of 180°C
and/or average temperature of 150°C.
Fire Resistance Rating - The time that a material or construction will withstand the
standard fire exposure as determined by fire test done in accordance with the standard
methods of fire tests of materials/structures.
53. “Fire Separation”- Means the distance in meters measured from any other building
on the site or from another site, or from the opposite side of a street or other public
space to the building.
54. “Fire Service Inlet”- Means a connection provided at the base of a building for
pumping up water through in built fire-fighting arrangements by fire service pumps in
accordance; with the recommendation of the Chief Fire Officer.
55. “Fire Tower”- Means an enclosed staircase that can only be approached from the
various floors through landings or lobbies separated from both the floor area and the
staircase by fire resistant doors and open to the outer air.

1 Definitions
56. “Fire Resisting Building”- means a building in which material, which has,
appropriate degree of fire resistance is used.
57. “Footing”- A foundation unit constructed in brickwork, stone masonry or concrete
under the base of a wall or column for the purpose of distributing the load over a larger
area.
58. “Foundation”- A substructure supporting an arrangement of columns or walls in a
row or rows transmitting the loads to the soil
59. “Front Air Plane”- The plane contained between the ground in front of the building
and the straight lines drawn downwards and outwards from the line of intersection of
the outer surface of any front wall of the building with the roof perpendicular to that
line, and at an angle of 63-1/2 degrees to the horizontal;
Note: The 63-1/2 degrees angle has a tangent of 2:1 so that if the ground is the level, the air plane reaches
the ground at a distance from the exterior wall equal to half the height of the above level of that ground.
60. “Gal1ery"- An intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium
or a hall providing extra floor area, and/additional seating accommodation and
includes the structures provided for seating in stadia.
61. “Garage-Private”- A building or a portion thereof designed and used for the parking
of vehicle.
62. “Garage-Public” - A building or portion thereof, designed other than as a private
garage, operated for gain, designed and/or used for repairing, servicing, using, selling
or storing or parking motor driven or other vehicles.
63. “Ground Floor”- shall mean storey, which has its floor surface nearest to the ground
around the building.
64. “Group Housing”- means a building unit constructed or to be constructed with one or
more floors having more than two dwelling units having common service facilities
where land is owned jointly (as in the case of co-operative societies or the public
agencies, such as local authorities or housing boards, etc) and the construction is
undertaken by one Agency..
65. “Habitable Room”- A room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or more
persons for study, living, sleeping, eating, kitchen if it is used as a living room, but not
including bathrooms, water-closet compartments, laundries, serving and store pantries,
corridors, cellars, attics, and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended
periods.
66. “Illuminated Exit Signs”- A device for indicating the means of escape during normal
circumstances and power failure.
67. “Jhamp”-A downward, vertical or sloping projection hanging below any horizontal
projection like balcony, canopy, verandah, passage etc, to provide protection from
direct sun and rain.
68. “Jhot” -A strip of land permanently left open for drainage purposes. It is not to be
used as an access way or a street and is not to be included as a part of setbacks.
69. “Katra or Chawl”-A building so constructed as to be suitable for living in separate
tenements each consisting a single room, or of two, but not of more than two rooms
and with common sanitary arrangements.
70. “Layout Plan” – means a Plan indicating configuration and sizes of all Use Premises.
Each Use Zone may have one or more than one Layout Plan depending upon the
extensiveness of the area under the specific Use Zones and vice versa. A layout plan

1
Definitions
shall have at least two use premises (apart from Recreational, utilities and
transportation) and a minimum area of 1 hectare.
71. “Ledge or Tand”- A shelf-like projection, supported in any manner whatsoever,
except by means of vertical supports within a room itself but not having projection
wider than 1 m.
72. “Licensed Architect / Town Planner / Engineer / Supervisor / Plumber”- Qualified
professionals who have been registered with the Authority as per the Qualification and
competence given in Appendix ‘E’ / by the body governing such profession and
therefore possess the license to provide professional services in Building construction.
73. “Lift”- An appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or more
levels in a vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car or
platform. The word ‘elevator’ is also synonymously used for ‘lift’.
74. “Lobby”- means a covered space in which all the adjoining rooms open.
75. “Loft”- An intermediate floor between two floors or a residual space in a pitched roof
above normal level constructed for storage with maximum clear height of 1.5 meters.
76. “Light Plane”- The plane lying between the line of intersection of the floor of any
room in a building with the outer surface or an exterior wall of the building and the
straight lines drawn upwards and outwards from those lines drawn upward and
outwards from lines perpendicular thereto an at an angle of 63 1/2 º to the horizontal.
Note: For the purpose of the definition of light plane, the outer surface of any verandah abutting on an
interior or side open space shall be considered to be the exterior wall of the building.
77. “Masonry” - An assemblage of masonry units properly bound together by mortar.
78. “Masonry Unit” - A unit whose net cross-sectional area in every plane parallel to the
bearing surface is 75% or more of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same
plane. It may be either of clay, brick, stone, concrete, sand lime brick or any other
construction material.
79. “Master Plan”- A Master Plan formulated under any relevant Act (Town and Country
Planning or Development Act or Municipal Act) for any town, approved and notified
by the State Government.
80. “Means of Escape”- An escape route provided in a building for safe evacuation of
occupants.
81. “Mezzanine Floor”- An intermediate floor between two floors of any storey forming
an integral part of floor below.
82. “Mumty or Stair Cover”- A structure with a covering roof over a staircase and its
landing built to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from
weather and not used for human habitation.
83. “MCB/ELCB”- Devices for tripping of electrical circuits in event of any fault in the
circuit/installation.
84. “Non Combustible Material”- A material which is not liable to burn or add heat to a
fire when tested for combustibility in accordance with the latest code of Bureau of
Indian Standards Method of Test for combustibility of Building Materials.
85. “Occupancy or use”-
The principal occupancy/ use for which a building or a part of a building is intended to
be used. For the purposes of classification of a building according to occupancy, an
occupancy shall be deemed to include the subsidiary occupancies which are contingent
upon it.

1 Definitions
“Mixed occupancy” buildings being those in which more than one occupancy is
present in different portions of the buildings.
86. “Open space”- An area forming an integral part of a site left open to the sky.
87. “Owner”-Person or body having a legal interest in land and/or building thereon. This
includes free holders, leaseholders or those holding a sub-lease which both bestows a
legal right to occupation and gives rise to liabilities in respect of safety or building
condition.
In case of lease or sub-lease holders, as far as ownership with respect to the structure is
concerned, the structure of a flat or structure on a plot belongs to the allottee/ lessee till
the allotment/lease subsists.
88. “Parapet”- A low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or a floor.
89. “Parking space”- An enclosed or unenclosed covered or open area sufficient in size
to park vehicles. Parking spaces shall be served by a driveway connecting them with a
street or alley and permitting ingress and egress of vehicles.
90. “Partition”- An interior non-load bearing barrier, one storey or part-storey in height.
91. “Partition Wall” includes-
i) A wall forming part of a building and being used or constructed to be used in any
part of the height or length of such wall for separation of adjoining buildings
belonging to different owners or constructed or adopted to be occupied by different
persons; or
ii) A wall forming part of a building and standing in any part of the length of such
wall, to a greater extent than the projection of the footing on one side or ground of
different owners.
92. “Permanent Open Air Space”- Air space permanently open:
i) If it is a street.
ii) If its freedom from encroachment is protected by any law or contract ensuring that
the ground below it is either a street or is permanently and irrevocably appropriated
as an open space.
93. “Permission or Permit”- A valid permission or authorization in writing by the
competent Authority to carryout development or a work regulated by the Bye-Laws.
94. “Plinth”- The portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding ground
and surface of the floor immediately above the ground.
95. “Plinth Area”- The built up covered area measured at the floor level of the basement
or of any storey.
96. “Plot/ Site”- A parcel or piece of land enclosed by definite boundaries.
97. “Plotted Development” – Type of development layout wherein a stretch of developed
land is divided into regular sized plots for uniform controlled building volumes.
98. “Porch”- A covered surface supported on pillars or otherwise for the purpose of a
pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building.
99. "Prohibited area" means any area specified or declared to be a prohibited area under
section 20A of the AMASR Act, 2010.
100. “Protected monument” means an ancient monument which is declared to be of
national importance by or under the AMASR Act, 2010.
101. "Regulated area" means any area specified or declared under section 20B under the
AMASR Act, 2010.

1
Definitions
102. “Retention Activity”- An activity or use which is allowed to continue,
notwithstanding its non-conforming nature in relation to the use permitted in the
adjoining or surrounding area.
103. “Road/Street”- Any highway, street, lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway
carriageway, footway, square, place or bridge whether a thorough-fare or over which
the public have a right of passage or access or have passed and have access
uninterruptedly for specified period, whether existing or proposed in any scheme and
includes all bends, channels, ditches, storm water drains, culverts sidewalks, traffic
islands, roadside trees and hedges, retaining walls fences, barriers and railing within
the street lines .
104. “Road/Street Level or Grade”- The officially established elevation or grade of the
centerline of street upon which a plot fronts, and if there is no officially established
grade, the existing grade of street at its mid-point.
105. “Road/Street Line” -The line defining the side limits of a road/street.
106. “Road Width or Width of Road/Street” - The whole extent of space within the
boundaries of a road when applied to a new road/street as laid down in the city survey
or development plan or prescribed road lines by any act of law and measured at right
angles to the course or intended course of direction of such road.
107. “Row Housing” -A row of houses with only front, rear and interior open spaces.
108. “Rear Air Plane” - The plane contained between the ground behind the building and
the straight line drawn downwards and outwards from the line of intersection of the
outer surface of any rear wall of the building with the roof perpendicular to that line
and at an angle 63-1/2 degree to the horizontal.
109. “Room Height”- The vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to the
finished ceiling surface. Where a finished ceiling is not provided, the underside of the
joists or beams or tie beams shall determine the upper point of measurement for
determining the head room.
110. “Service Road”- A road/lane provided at the front, rear or side of a plot for service
purpose.
111. “Set-back Line”- A line usually parallel to the plot boundaries or center line of a road
and laid down in each case by the Authority or as per recommendations of
Master/Zonal Plan, beyond which nothing can be constructed towards the plot
boundaries excepting with the permission of the Authority.
112. “Settlement”- A human settlement, whether urban or rural in character. It includes
habited villages, towns, townships, cities and the areas notified under the control of the
Authority.
113. “Site”- See “Plot”
114. “Site Corner”- A site at the junction of and fronting on two or more intersecting roads
or streets.
115. “Site Depth”- The mean horizontal distance between the front and rear site
boundaries.
116. “Site Plan” – A detailed Plan showing the proposed placement of structures, parking
areas, open space, landscaping, and other development features, on a parcel of land, as
required by specific sections of the development code.
117. “Site with Double Frontage”- A site having frontage on two streets other than corner
plot.

1 Definitions
118. “Site, Interior or Tandem”- A site, access to which is by a passage from a street
whether such passage forms part of the site or not.
119. “Spiral Staircase”- A staircase forming continuous winding curve round a central
point or axis provided in a open space having tread without risers.
120. “Storey”- The portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the
surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space
between any floor and the ceiling next above it.
121. “To abut”- To be positioned juxtaposed to a road, lane, open space, park, building etc.
122. “To Erect”- in relation to a building means:
i) To erect a new building on any site whether previously built upon or not;
ii) To re-erect any building of which portions above the plinth level have been pulled
down, burnt or destroyed.
123. “Un-authorised Construction”- means the erection or re-erection, addition or
alternations which is not approved or sanctioned by the Authority.
124. “Underground/Overhead Tank”- An installation constructed or placed for storage of
water.
125. “Ventilation”- Supply of outside air into, or the removal of inside air from an
enclosed space.
a. Natural Ventilation - Supply of outside air into a building through window or
other openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising from
temperature or vapour pressure differences (or both) between inside and outside of
the building.
b. Positive Ventilation - the supply of outside air by means of a mechanical device,
such as a fan.
c. Mechanical Ventilation - Supply of outside air either by positive ventilation or by
infiltration by reduction of pressure inside due to exhaust of air, or by a
combination of positive ventilation and exhaust of air.
126. “Verandah” — A covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the
exception of 1m high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side.
127. “Water Closet (W.C)”- A water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive human
excrement directly from the user of the fixture. The term is used sometimes to
designate the room or compartment in which the fixture is placed.
128. “Window”- An opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all or part of
the required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not used as a
means of egress/ingress.
129. “Zonal Plan”- A plan detailing out the proposals of Master Plan and acting as a link
between Master Plan and the Layout Plan. It may contain a site plan and land use plan
with approximate location and extent of land uses such as public & semi public
buildings/works, utilities, roads, housing, recreation, industry, business, markets,
schools, hospitals open spaces etc. It may also specify standards of population density
and various components of development of the zone.

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2
2. JURISDICTION / APPLICABILITY AND
BUILDING DOCUMENTATION
PROCEDURES
2.1 Jurisdiction of Building Bye Laws
The Building Bye-Laws shall apply to the building activity in the State/Urban
Center/Town for which they are framed and the same shall be unambiguously
specified in the Building Bye Laws.
It is desirable that the jurisdiction of building bye laws includes all contiguous urban
settlements in an urban agglomeration1
2.2 Applicability of Building Bye Laws
These building byelaws shall be applicable to all building activities and read in
conjunction with the master plan/development plan/regional plan/any other statutory
plan in force, if any, and notifications, if any, with regard to the same and as amended
from time to time and shall be applicable for a period of FIVE years after which they
shall be reviewed. Till such time the reviewed building byelaws are notified, these
building byelaws will continue to be in force.
2.3 Development and part construction
Except hereinafter or otherwise provided, these Bye-Laws shall apply to all
development, redevelopment, erection and/or re-erection of a building etc. as well as to
the design, construction of, or reconstruction and additions and alterations to a
building.
2.4 In case of Part construction
Where the whole or part of a building is demolished or altered or reconstructed, except
where otherwise specifically stipulated, these Building Bye-Laws shall apply only to
the extent of the work involved.
2.5 Change of use / occupancy
Where use of a building is changed, except where otherwise specifically stipulated,
these Building Bye-Laws shall apply to all parts of the building affected by the change.
2.6 Reconstruction
The reconstruction in whole or part of a building which has ceased to operate due to
fire, natural collapse or demolition having been declared unsafe, or which is likely to
be demolished by or under an order of the Authority as the case may be and for which
the necessary certificate has been given by the Authority.
2.7 Existing approved building
Nothing in these Bye-Laws shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment, nor
prevent continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an existing
approved building unless, in the opinion of the Authority such a building is unsafe or
1
Interpretation
In these Bye-Laws, the use of present tense includes the future tense, the masculine gender includes the feminine and
the neutral, the singular number, includes the plural and the plural includes the singular. The word person includes a
corporation as an individual, writing includes printing and typing and signature includes thumb impression made by
a person who cannot write, if her/ his name is written near to such thumb impression.

2 Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures
constitutes a hazard to the safety of adjacent property or to the occupants of the
building itself.
2.8 Development
2.8.1 Development Permission:
No person shall carry out any development or redevelopment including sub-division
on any plot or land (not forming part of any approved layout plan or scheme) or cause
to be done without obtaining approval from the Authority for the layout plan.
2.8.2 Building Permit:
No person shall erect, re-erect or make addition/ alterations in any building or cause
the same to be done without, first obtaining a separate building permit for each such
building from the Authority.
2.8.3 Pre-Code Building Permit:
Where any building permit which has been issued by the Authority before the
commencement of the Building Bye-Laws and where construction is in progress and
has not been completed within the specified period from the date of such permit, the
said permission shall be deemed to be sanctioned under these Bye-Laws and shall only
be eligible for revalidation thereunder. Accordingly, where the validity of sanction has
expired and construction has not commenced, construction shall be governed by the
provisions of these Building Bye-Laws.
2.9 Procedure for obtaining building permit
2.9.1 Notice:
Every person who intends to erect, re-erect or make alternation in any place in a
building or demolish any building shall give notice in writing to the Authority of his
intention in the prescribed form (See Appendix ‘A’ and ‘A1’) and such notice shall be
accompanied by plans and statements in sufficient copies. The plans may be ordinary
prints on ferro-paper or any other type, one set of which shall be laminated. One set of
such plans shall be released and the rest retained in the office of the Authority for
record after the issue of permit or refusal as the case may be.
2.9.2 Copies of Plans and Statements:
Normally 4 copies of plan and statement shall be made available along with the notice.
In case of building schemes where the clearance is required from Chief Fire Officer,
the number of copies of the plans and statements accompanying the notice shall be 6.
In case of sites requiring the clearance of lessor, extra copies of the plan shall be made
available.
2.9.3 Information Accompanying Notice:
The notice shall be accompanied by the location plan, site plan, subdivision / layout
plan, building plan, services plan, specifications and certificate of supervision,
ownership title and other documents as prescribed by the Authority.
2.9.4 Documents:
Application for building permit shall be accompanied by the following documents:
Ownership Documents-lease-deed/sale-deed etc. duly accompanied by an annexed site
plan; giving the physical description of the plot/property. In such cases where lease-
deed has not been executed, no objection certificate from the Authority/lessor. Also an
affidavit/undertaking for handing over of the land required for road widening as in
Appendix ‘B’.

In case of any deviation from the terms and conditions stipulated in the lease
deed/ownership document, necessary clearance from the Authority shall be obtained.
Documents required to be attached shall be as follows:
i. No objection certificate from the Authority regarding land use as per
Master/Zonal Plan, if required.
ii. Approval from the Chief Inspector of Factories in case of Industrial Buildings; as
well as from the Pollution Control Board, wherever required.
iii. Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur and Chief Fire Officer, in
case of hazardous buildings.
iv. Indemnity Bond in case of proposal for the construction of a basement as given
in Appendix- ‘B-1’.
v. Approval from Chief Fire Officer, in case of building defined under clause 1.16.
vi (a to k) shall be required.
vi. The notice shall also be accompanied by an attested copy of house tax
receipt/NOC from the Assessment Department of the local body concerned.
vii. No objection certificate from the Civil Aviation Department wherever required.
viii. Undertaking as at Appendix ‘A-5’ on non-judicial stamp paper of the amount
prescribed by the Authority.
ix. In case the site falls in the built-up area declared as slum under any Act NOC
from the Competent Authority, from slum clearance and land use points of view.
x. In case the application is for a Farmhouse, Motel, approval/NOC from the
Competent Authority from land acquisition point of view.
xi. In case of the leasehold plots, clearance from the lessor with regard to the lease
conditions shall be obtained wherever required.
xii. For individual plot, wherever required, approval of the site from the Competent
Authority, if not the part of already approved layout plan.
xiii. Any other information/document, which the Authority may require in case of
listed buildings or otherwise.
Other documents to be submitted in special cases shall be as follows:
xiv. For projects proposed within the Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined by
AMASR Act 2010, permission /NOC from Competent Authority (NMA) shall
have to be obtained as per Rules 2011 framed under the Act by submission of
required documents as per rules.
xv. Additional documents required for conservation of Heritage sites including
Heritage Buildings, Heritage/Precincts and Natural Features Areas (wherever
required) – as per Chapter 12.
Note: Based on the technical and support capacity, the ULB shall adopt online process of applications
for building approvals along with digital formats of documents and drawings for faster and transparent
process of building approvals.

2.9.5 Size of Drawing Sheets and Colouring of Plans
The size of drawing sheets shall be any of those specified in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1 Drawing Sheet Sizes
Sl. No. Designation Trimmed Size, (mm.)
1 A0 841 x 1189
2 A1 594 x 841
3 A2 420 x 594
4 A3 297 x 420
5 A4 210 x 297
6 A5 148 x 210
2.9.6 Colouring Notations for Plans:
The plans shall be coloured as specified in Table 2.2 Further, prints of plans shall be
on one side of paper only.
2.9.7 Dimensions:
All dimensions shall be indicated in metric units.
Table 2.2 Colouring of Plans
Sl Item Site Plan Building Plan
Document Type White Plan Blue Print Ammonia White Plan Blue Print Ammonia
a b c d e f g h
1 Plot Lines Thick black Thick black Thick black Thick black Thick black Thick black
2 Existing street Green Green Green — — —
3 Future street, if any Green dotted Green dotted Green dotted — — —
4 Permissible building lines Thick dotted
black
Thick dotted
black
Thick dotted
black
— — —
5 Open spaces No colour No colour No colour No colour No colour No colour
6 Existing work Black White Blue Black White Blue
7 Work proposed to be Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
8 Proposed work (see Note 1) Red filled in Red Red Red Red Red
9 Drainage and sewerage Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted
10 Water supply work Black dotted
thin
Black dotted
thin
Black dotted
thin
Black
dotted thin
Black
dotted thin
Black
dotted thin
Notes:
1 For entirely new construction this need not be done; for extension of an existing work this shall apply.
2 For land development, subdivision, layout, suitable colouring notations shall be used which shall be indexed.
2.10 All Plans
2.10.1 i) Key Plan: A key plan drawn to a scale of not less than 1: 10,000 shall be submitted
along with notice showing boundary and location of the site with respect of
neighborhood land marks, in area where there is no approved layout plans.
ii) Site Plan: The site plan to be sent along with the application for permit shall be
drawn to a scale of 1: l00 for plots upto 500 sq. mt. in size and on a scale of 1:500 for
plots above 500 sq. mt. in size. The plan shall show as below:
a) The boundaries of the site and any contiguous land belonging to the owner thereof.
b) The position of the site in relation to neighboring street.
c) The names of the streets on which the building is proposed to be situated, if any.
d) All existing buildings standing on, over or under the site.
e) The position of the building and of all other buildings, if any, which the applicant
intends to erect upon his contiguous land referred to in (a) in relation to.

i) The boundaries of the site and in case where the site has been partitioned, the
boundaries of the portion; owned by the applicant and also of the portions
owned by others.
ii) All adjacent streets / buildings (with number of storeys and height) and
premises within a distance of 12m. of the site and of the contiguous land, if
any, referred to in (a); and
iii) If there is no street within a distance of 12 mt. of the site, the nearest existing
street.
f) The means of access from the street to the building, and to all other buildings, if
any which the applicant intends to erect upon his contiguous land, referred to in
(a).
g) Space to be left about the building to secure a free circulation of air, admission of
light and access.
h) The width of the street, if any, in front, at the sides or rear of building.
i) The direction of north point relative to the plan of the buildings.
j) Any existing physical features such as well, drains, trees, over head electric supply
lines etc.
k) The ground area of the whole property and the breakup of covered area on each
floor with the calculation for percentage covered in each floor in terms of the total
area of the plot as required under the Bye-Laws governing the coverage of the area.
l) Parking plans indicating the parking spaces wherever required.
m) Such other particulars as may be prescribed by the Authority; and
n) Building number or plot number of the property on which the building is intended
to be erected.
2.10.2 Requirement in respect of building sites
a) Damp Sites
Wherever the dampness of a site or the nature of the soil renders such precautions
necessary, the ground surface of the site between the walls of any building erected
thereon shall be rendered damp-proof to the satisfaction of the Authority.
b) Corner Site
When the site front on two streets, the frontage would be on the street having the larger
width. In cases, where the two streets are of same width, then the larger depth of the
site will decide the frontage and open spaces. In such case the location of a garage (on
a corner plot) if provided within the open spaces shall be located diagonally opposite
the point of intersection.
c) Minimum Size of Site
The minimum size of sites for the construction of different types of building or
different use groups, shall be in accordance with provisions of the Master Plan and any
land development Rules and Regulations of the Authority.
d) Distance from Electric Line
The distance in accordance with the current electricity rules and its amendments from
time to time is to be provided between the building and overhead electric supply line.

Table 2.3 Clearances from Electric Supply Lines
Type of Supply Line Vertical clearance Horizontal clearance
a) Low and medium voltage
lines and service lines
2.50 m. 1.20 m.
b) High voltage lines upto and
including 11,000 volts
3.70 m. 1.20 m.
c) High voltage lines above
11,000 volts and upto and
including 33,000 volts
3.70 m. 2.00 m.
d) Extra high voltage lines
additional 33,000 volts
3.70m. Plus 0.3 m. for
every additional 33,000 V
or part thereof.
2.0m. Plus 0.3 m. for every
additional 33,000 V or part
thereof.
2.10.3 Layout Plan:
The layout plan shall be formulated as per the norms of Master Plan and shall be
approved as per the procedure followed by the Authority, under the provisions of
relevant Act.
2.10.4 Landscape Plan:
Landscape plan is to be to the scale of 1:100 for plot upto 500 sq.m in size and for
plots above 500 sq.m., the scale shall be 1:500, indicating the circulation and parking
spaces, pathways (hard surface), greenery and plantation (soft area) etc.
2.10.5 Building Plan:
The plans of the building, elevations and sections accompanying the notice with
dimensions shall be drawn to a scale of 1:50 for plots measuring upto 250 sq.m., for
plots measuring above 250 sq.m. to a scale of 1:100, and for plots measuring 2000
sq.m. and above to a scale of 1:200 with details on a scale of 1:100 and shall:
a) Include floor plans of all floors together with the covered area clearly indicating
the size and spacing of all frame members and sizes of rooms and the position and
width of staircases, ramps and other exit ways, lift ways, lift machine room and lift
pit details.
b) Show the use or occupancy of all parts of the building.
c) Show exact location of essential services, for example W.C., Sink. Bath etc.
d) Include sectional drawing showing clearly the sizes of the footings, thickness of
basement wall, wall construction, size and spacing of framing members, floor slabs
and roof slabs with their materials. The section shall indicate the heights of
building and rooms and also the heights of the parapet and drainage and the slope
of the roof. At least one section shall be taken through the staircase, kitchen and
toilet, bath and W.C.
e) Show all elevations.
f) Indicate details of service privy, if any.
g) Give dimensions of the projected portions beyond the permissible building line.
h) Include terrace plan indicating the drainage and the slope of the roof.
i) Give indications of the north point relative to the plan.
j) Details of parking spaces provided.
k) Give indication of all doors, windows and other openings including ventilators
with sizes in proper schedule.

l) Such other particulars as may be required to explain the proposal clearly and as
prescribed by the Authority.
Notes – The requirement of 1:100 is permitted to be flexible for specific details needed for further illustration; and also for
drawings for these in electronic form.
2.10.6 Building Plans for Multi-Storeyed/Special Buildings:
For multi-storeyed buildings, which are above 4 storeyed and buildings above 15 m. in
height and for special buildings like assembly, institutional, industrial storage and
hazardous occupancies as defined under clause 1.1. 16 (a to k) the following additional
information shall be furnished/ indicated in the building plans in addition to the item
(a) to (l) of Building Bye-Laws 2.10.4.
a) Access to fire appliances/vehicles with details of vehicular turning circle/and clear
motorable access way around the building.
b) Size (width) of main and alternate staircase along with balcony approach, corridor,
ventilated lobby approach.
c) Location and details of lift enclosures.
d) Location and size of fire lift.
e) Smoke stop lobby/door where provided.
f) Refuse chutes & chamber, services duct (sanitation, electric & telecommunication)
g) Vehicular parking spaces.
h) Refuge area if any.
i) Details of building services-air conditioning system with position of dampers,
mechanical ventilation system, electrical services, boilers, gas pipes etc.
j) Details of exits including provision of ramps, etc. for hospitals and special risks.
k) Location of generator, transformer and switchgear room.
l) Smoke exhaust system if any.
m) Details of fire alarm system network.
n) Location of centralized control, connecting all fire alarm systems, built-in fire
protection arrangements and public address system, etc.
o) Location and dimension of static water storage tank and pump room.
p) Location and details of fixed fire protection installations such as sprinklers, wet
risers, hose reels, drenchers, CO2
installation etc.
q) Location and details of first aid firefighting equipment/installation.
r) The proper signs/symbols and abbreviation of all fire fighting systems shall be
shown as per the relevant B.I.S. Codes.
2.10.7 Services Plan and Water Supply Provisions
a) Plans, elevations and sections of private water supply, sewage disposal system and
details of building services, where required by the Authority, shall be made
available to a scale not less than 1: 100.
b) For residential plots more than 2000 sq.m. and non-residential plots more than
1 hectare in size, the following provisions shall be made:
i) Separate conveying system to be provided for sewerage and sullage to facilitate
reuse of sullage water for gardening and washing purposes. This may require
suitable storage facilities that are to be indicated on the building plans
ii) For recharging ground water, rainwater-harvesting provisions are to be
provided within the plot, which are to be indicated on the building plans.

2.10.8 Besides the normal drawings, which are submitted for the sanction of any building, a
proper landscape plan, a circulation plan indicating vehicular and pedestrian
movement and parking and an urban design scheme where necessary, shall be
submitted for sanction by the Authority
2.10.9 Specifications: General specification of the proposed construction giving type and
grade of material proposed to be used in the form given in Appendix ‘A-2’ duly signed
by the engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’)
may be shown accompanying the notice as the case may be.
2.10.10Supervision and Execution of Drainage / Sanitary works: A certificate of supervision
and execution of drainage/sanitary works shall further accompany notice in the
prescribed form given in Appendix ‘A-3’, by the engaged Competent Professional for
building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) as the case may be.
2.11 Signing of plans
2.11.1 Signing the Building Plans:
All plans before submission to the Authority shall be signed by the owner(s) and by-
a. A qualified Architect who has valid registration with Council of Architecture, or
b. An Engineer (in case of plots upto 500 sq.m. only).
(Note : except for Standard Designs/Building Plans as shown at 2.14.1 d)
2.11.2 Layout Plans:
All layout plans before submission to the Authority shall be signed by the owner(s)
(except for 2.12.1 d) and by one of the following:
a) Architect holding a valid registration with the Council of Architecture for Layout
Plans of plots measuring upto 1 Ha. in size.
b) Town Planner holding valid registration with the Institute of Town Planners,
India for plots measuring beyond 1 Ha.
2.12 Notice for alteration
When the notice is only for an alteration of the building only such plans and statement
as may be necessary, shall accompany the notice.
2.12.1 No notice and building permit, is necessary for the following alterations, which do not
otherwise violate any provisions regarding general building requirements, structural
stability and fire safety requirements of these Bye-Laws;
a) Plastering and patch repairs;
b) Re-roofing or renewals of roof including roof of intermediate floors at the same
height;
c) Flooring and re-flooring;
d) Opening and closing of windows, ventilators and doors not opening towards other's
properties and / or public road/property;
e) Replacing fallen bricks, stones, pillars, beams etc.
f) Construction or re-construction of sunshade not more than 75cms. in width within
one's land and not overhanging over a public street;
g) Construction or re-construction of parapet not more than 1.5 m. in height and also
construction or re-construction of boundary wall as permissible under these Bye-
Laws;

h) White-washing, painting, etc. including erection of false ceiling in any floor at the
permissible clear height provided the false ceiling in no way can be put to use as a
loft etc;
i) Reconstruction of portions of buildings damaged by storm, rains, fire, earthquake
or any other natural calamity to the same extent and specification as existed prior
to the damage provided the use conforms to provisions of Master Plan/Zonal Plan;
j) Erection or re-erection of internal partitions provided the same are within the
purview of the Bye-Laws.
2.13 Building permit fees
Building fees for covered area in plotted development/group housing;
additions/alterations/revised plan; revalidation of plans; plan submission fee; for
NOC/occupancy; for use of city infrastructure during the construction and other
charges may be as determined by the Authority. Appendix “A-4”
2.14 Sanction
2.14.1 a) Planning Permission/Norms with respect to the Provisions of Master Plan/
Development Plan:
The Owner, if she/he so desires, may apply to the Authority in a format (Appendix –
‘C’) for planning permission/Norms through his engaged Competent Professional for
building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’), submitting (i) Title documents; (ii)
Development Code/Zoning Regulations of Master Plan/ Development Plan and (iii)
Building Bye-Laws, which she / he intends to follow.
The Owner/engaged Competent professional (as per Appendix ‘E’) shall indicate the
Development Code interpretation of Master Plan/Development Plan and may support
this through schematic drawings/sketches.
The Authority shall verify the title document and scrutinize the interpretation of
Development Code / Zoning Regulations and accord planning permission within 30
days of submission of the application to the Owner/ engaged Competent Professional
as per Appendix ‘E’. Procedure may however, be prescribed by the Authority in this
behalf.
b) Sanction by Empanelled Professionals: Competent Professionals (as per
Appendix ‘E’) empanelled with the Authority, under the rules, shall be authorized to
issue building permit subject to the various provisions of the said rules.
c) Instant Sanction / Deemed sanction by Certification:
i. Deemed building permit shall be applicable only in such cases where, a Competent
Professional for building plan design as per Appendix ‘E’, has planned the building
on an individual plot (forming part of an approved Layout Plan) and has certified
that the building plans are within applicable building bye laws and Master plan
Regulations.
This shall be applicable for buildings of height upto 15 mts / upto 17.5 mts with
stilts of 2.5mts to be processed for instant sanction, if it is certified by 3 architects
(including the architect who planned and designed the building), one structural
engineer, one proof consultant and one services engineer, who are registered on a

panel, maintained by the Local Body/Authority, that the plans have been prepared
within the framework of provisions of the Master Plan and applicable Building
Bye Laws/ Regulations and the construction shall be carried out in accordance with
Master Plan and BBL provisions under compoundable limits.
Proof check certification of design and detailed construction specification shall be
mandatory. Drawings submitted shall be working drawings and no changes shall
be permissible at site during construction.
ii. Procedure: The application along with the building plans, documents, fees and
charges etc to be submitted to the Local Body/Authority for their records and after
submission of all the requisite charges and documents it will issue instant sanction
and owner can start the construction as per these plan which will be considered
under Deemed building clause.
The Authority shall examine plans and documents within a period of 10 days and
in case observes any deficiency, the owner/ engaged competent professional for
building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) may be asked to rectify the same.
Notes – for proposals falling within the Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined by AMASR Act 2010, permission /NOC from
Competent Authority shall have to be obtained as per Rules 2011 framed under the Act in addition to the given
documentations required for “Deemed Sanction”
d) Standard Building Plans: In case of standard building plans prepared by the
Authority for residential plots upto 105 sq.mt. in size and forming part of the approved
layout plan, the owner shall be entitled to sign such standard plans and the required
documents for sanction. In such cases, certificate from professionals would not be
necessary and the owner shall be bound to follow the approved standard plan in detail.
The Authority shall explore options of EWS/LIG/MIG plotted housing schemes to
develop pre-approved Standardized building plans of Housing Units for variable
plots sizes/carpet area (in the range 30sqm-105sqm). The owner shall undertake
construction of the so formed standard housing units in compliance to clause d) above.
2.14.2 Grant of Permit or Refusal
a) The Authority shall either sanction or refuse sanction to the plans and specifications or
may sanction them with such modification or directions as it may deem necessary and
thereupon shall communicate its decision to the person giving the notice in the
prescribed form given in Appendix “A-6" and Appendix "A- 7".
b) The building plans for buildings identified in Bye-Laws no. 2.10.5. shall be subject to
the scrutiny of the Chief Fire Officer and building permit shall be given by the
Authority only after the clearance from the Chief Fire Officer is obtained.
c) In case where the building scheme requires the clearance of an Urban Art
Commission, if constituted for the city then the Authority shall issue the building
permit only after getting the clearance from the Urban Art Commission.
d) If, within 15 days of the receipt of notice under 2.9.1 of the Bye-Laws, the Authority
fails to intimate in writing to the person who has given the notice, of its refusal or
sanction to the notice with its plans and statements, the same shall be deemed to have
been sanctioned provide the fact is immediately brought to the notice of the Authority
in writing by the person who has given notice and having not received any intimation
from the Authority within 15 days of giving such notice subject to the conditions

mentioned in these Bye-Laws, nothing shall be construed to authorize any person to do
anything in contravention or against the terms of the lease or title of the land or against
any regulations, Bye-Laws or ordinance operating at the time of execution of the work
at site.
e) Once the plan has been scrutinized and objections have been pointed out, the Owner
who has given the notice under Section 2.9.1 shall modify the plan to comply with the
objections raised and resubmit the modified plans. The Authority shall scrutinize the
resubmitted plans and if, there are still some objections that shall be intimated to the
applicant for compliance. Only thereafter the plans shall be sanctioned. It is further
clarified that:
i) The above provision of deemed sanction shall be applicable only in those cases
where construction is to be carried on plot forming part of an approved layout plan
of the Authority.
ii) No notice under Section 2.9.1 shall be valid unless the information required by the
Authority under these Bye-Laws or any further information which may be required
has been furnished to the satisfaction of the Authority.
iii) The Owner/ engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per
Appendix ‘E’) and others shall be fully responsible for any violation of Master
Plan/Zonal Plan/ Building Bye-Laws, architectural controls, lease deed conditions
etc. In case of any default they shall be liable for action. Any construction so raised
shall be deemed to be unauthorized and shall be liable for action.
2.14.3 Duration of Sanction/Revalidation:
Once a building permit is sanctioned, it shall remain valid for three years from the date
of sanction for residential, industrial and commercial buildings (4 storeyed) and for a
period of four years from the date of sanction for multi-storeyed buildings of 15 m.
and above in height. However, the validity period of sanction in case of
additions/alterations in both the cases, shall be two years from the date of sanction.
The building permit shall be got revalidated in the prescribed form (Appendix- ‘A-8’)
before the expiry of this period on year-to-year basis. Revalidation shall be subject to
the Master Plan/Zonal Plan regulation and building Bye-laws, as in force, for the area
where construction has not started.
2.14.4 Revocation of Permit:
The Authority shall revoke any building permit issued under the provisions of the Bye-
Laws, wherever there has been any false statement, mis-representation of material
facts in the application on which the building permit was based. Or
If during construction it is found that the Owner has violated any of the provisions of
the Building Bye-Laws or sanctioned plan or compoundable limits.
Fresh sanction of building plans and occupancy certificate shall be taken from the
Authority after bringing the building within the framework of Master Plan/ Zonal Plan/
Building Bye-Laws.

2.14.5 Qualification and Competence
Qualification and competence of all professionals including Architect/ Engineer/
Structural Engineer/ Town Planner/ Landscape Architect/ Urban designer/ Supervisor/
Plumber/ Electrician/ Fire Consultant shall be as given in Appendix -"E".
2.14.6 Penal Action
a) The Authority reserves the right to take action and to debar/blacklist the Town
Planner, Architect, Engineer, Supervisor or Plumber, if found to have deviated
from professional conduct or to have made any false statement or on account of
misrepresentation of any material facts or default either in authentication of a plan
or in supervision of the construction against the building Bye-Laws and the
sanctioned building plans.
b) If the sanctioning Authority finds at any time any violation of the building Bye-
Laws or misrepresentation of facts, or construction at variance with the sanction or
building Bye-Laws, inclusive of the prescribed documents, the Authority shall
revoke the sanction and take appropriate action against such professional and such
professional shall not be authorized to submit fresh plans till finalization of the
case. Before debarring or blacklisting such professional if found to be indulging in
professional misconduct or where she/he has misrepresented any material facts, the
Authority shall issue a show cause notice with an opportunity of a personal hearing
and shall pass an order to debar her/him for submission and supervision of the
construction with full justification for the same. An appeal against this order shall
lie with the Authority with whom she/he is registered.
2.14.7 Unauthorized Development
In case of unauthorized development, the Authority shall take suitable action, which
may include demolition of unauthorized works, sealing of premises, prosecution and
criminal proceeding against the offender in pursuance of relevant laws in force.
2.15 Procedure during Construction work
2.15.1 a) Construction to be in Conformity with Bye-Laws –
Owners’ liability: Neither the granting of the permission nor the approval of the
drawings and specification, nor inspection by the Authority during erection of the
building, shall in any way relieve the Owner of the building from full responsibility for
carrying out work in accordance with these Bye-Laws.
b) Commencement of work: The owner, within the validity period of the building
plan sanction given, shall start the construction work at the site for which building
permit has been granted under the supervision of the Architect / Engineer as per the
competence given in Appendix “E”.
The owner does not have to submit notice for the commencement of construction after
sanction but shall be required to submit notices to the Authority as per Section 2.15.3
and 2.16 for stages of construction.
[The practice of submitting Notice of Commencement of Work to the Authority is to be done away with.]
2.15.2 Documents at Site:
The person to whom a permit is issued shall, during construction keep, posted in a
conspicuous place on the property in respect of which the permit was issued

a) A copy of the building permit;
b) A copy of the approved drawings and specifications referred in Bye-Laws 2.14 of
the property in respect of which the permit was issued.
c) Where tests of any materials are made to ensure conformity with the requirements
of the Bye-laws, records of test data shall be kept available for inspection during
the construction of the building and for such a period thereafter as required by the
Authority.
2.15.3 Checking of Building during Construction
The Owner through his engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as
per Appendix ‘E’) shall give notice to the Authority in the proforma given in
Appendix-‘A-10’ on completion of the work up to plinth level to enable the Authority
to ensure that work conforms to the sanctioned building plans and Building Bye-laws.
It will be obligatory on the part of the Authority to inspect the work and submit
objections, if any, to the owner and the engaged Professional for building plan design
(as per Appendix ‘E’) within 15 days from the receipt of such notice in Appendix ‘A-
11’ failing which work will deemed to be cleared for further construction. It will be the
responsibility of the Owner/Architect/Engineer/ Supervisor to ensure further
construction of the building in accordance with the sanctioned building plan.
It will also be obligatory on the part of the Authority to carryout periodic inspection as
may be determined by the Authority during further construction. A report of each
inspection shall be prepared in duplicate by the Authority in the proforma as per
Appendix ‘A-11’ and a copy of the same duly signed by the Authority shall be given
to the Owner or to his engaged Competent Professional for building plan design.
2.16 Notice of Completion
Every Owner shall submit a notice of completion of the building (prescribed in
Appendix-‘A-12’) to the Authority regarding completion of the work described in the
building permit. The notice of completion shall be submitted by the Owner through the
engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) as the
case may be who has supervised the construction, in the proforma given in Appendix-
‘A-12’ accompanied by three copies of completion plan (as in case of sanctioned plan
including one cloth mounted copy) and the following documents along with the
prescribed fee:
i) Copy of all inspection reports of the Authority.
ii) Clearance from Chief Fire Officer, whenever required.
iii) Clearance from Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur, wherever required.
iv) Clearance from Electricity Department (Municipal Council / Corporation for areas
falling in the jurisdiction of Municipal Council / Corporation) regarding provision
of transformers / sub-station / ancillary power supply system etc. wherever
required.
v) Structural stability certificate duly signed by the Structural Engineer.
vi) Certificate of fitness of the lift from concerned Department wherever required.

vii) Two sets of photographs from all sides duly signed by Owner/ hired Competent
Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’), as the case may be.
viii) Any other information/document that the Authority may deem fit.
ix) A certificate by the Owner and engaged Competent Professional for building plan
design (as per Appendix ‘E’), for covering up the underground drain, sanitary and
water supply work, under their supervision and in accordance with Building Bye-
laws and sanctioned building plans stipulated in the Appendix ‘A-13’ as
applicable.
x) In case of large campus/complex, completion of individual block/building will be
issued by the local body in accordance with the construction work completed
phase wise in the proforma given in Appendix ‘A-13’.
xi) The extension of time up to the date of applying for completion certificate. In
case, if the completion certificate is refused due to deviation, which cannot be
compounded, the completion will be rejected and extension of time will be
required accordingly.
xii) No Objection Certificate for regular water supply and electricity may be issued
only after the completion certificate is obtained.
2.17 Completion and Permission for Occupation
2.17.1 General
The Authority on receipt of the notice of completion shall inspect the work and
communicate the approval or refusal or objection thereto, in the proforma given in
Appendix ‘A-14’ and ‘A-15’ within 15 days in case of plotted development and 20
days for Group Housing Schemes from the receipt of notice of completion. Approval
to occupancy certificate shall not be refused for the residential buildings as defined
under clause 1.16 vi (a) unless the Authority is satisfied that major deviations have
been carried out after the last inspection of the Authority. If nothing is communicated
within this period, it shall be deemed to have been approved by the Authority for
occupation provided the fact is immediately brought to the notice of Authority in
writing by the person, who had given the notice and has not received any intimation
from the Authority within 15 days. Where the occupancy certificate is refused, the
reasons shall be intimated for rejecting in the first instance itself.
2.17.2 Deemed-Completion / Occupancy Certificate
Owner/ engaged Competent Professional for building plan design of the project may
be authorized by the Competent Authority to issue completion/Occupancy Certificate
for such buildings/projects where Deemed Building Permit/Instant Sanction were
followed, provided owner/ engaged Competent Professional certify that the
construction has been in accordance to the sanctioned building plan and all the
Rules/Regulations and Bye-laws have been followed while constructing the Building.
2.17.3 Procedure
The procedure to be followed shall be –
The owner/ engaged Professional for building plan design, shall submit the application
along with all the documents, completion plans and the processing fees/charge. The
Plans shall have to be certified by the Owner/ engaged Professional for building plan
design and also by two Architects and a structural engineer, a service engineer with
minimum 10 years’ experience from a panel of such professionals maintained by the

Authority, certifying that the completion plans are in accordance to the sanctioned
building plans and in accordance to building bye laws
2.17.4 In case of buildings as defined in clause 1.16. vi (b) to (k)
The work shall also be subject to the inspection of the Chief Fire officer, and the
occupancy certificate shall be issued by the Authority only after the clearance from
Chief Fire Officer regarding the completion of work from the fire protection point of
view. Except ‘Group Housing’ all residential proposals are exempt from this clause.
2.17.5 Special Cases
In case, where the building scheme requires the clearance of an Urban Art
Commission, then the Authority shall issue the occupation certificates only after
getting clearance from the Urban Art Commission.
2.17.6 Time limit of days as described in clause 2.17.1 for completion of project shall not
apply to buildings as described in clause 2.17.3 & 2.17.4
2.18 Occupancy/ Part Completion Certificate
2.18.1 Phased Project
In such cases where a project has not been completed at one stretch but constructed in
different stages, part occupancy/completion certificate for the building otherwise
complete in all respects, may be issued subject to the condition that such a part
occupancy/completion certificate would apply to an independent block/building of the
sanctioned project. In case of a residential house part occupancy/completion may be
issued for an independent floor.
For projects referred to in clause 2.18.1, the rest of the construction which forms part
of the sanctioned plan/scheme shall be completed in the remaining sanctioned or
extended period after revalidation as the case may be. Thus the remaining sanction will
not lapse if the part completion certificate is issued. The remaining construction shall
be completed in the validity period.
2.19 Connection to the municipal sewer / water mains
a) Temporary connection for water, electricity or sewer, permitted for the purpose of
facilitating the construction, shall not be allowed to continue in the premises
without obtaining completion/occupancy certificate.
b) No connection to the Municipal water mains or to the Municipal sewer line with a
building shall be made without the prior permission of the Authority and without
obtaining occupancy /completion certificate.
c) In case the use is changed or unauthorized construction is made, the Authority is
authorized to discontinue such services or cause discontinuance of such services.

Development Codes 3
3. DEVELOPMENT CODES
The provisions contained in Master Plan/Zonal Plan/Development Code or as per the
Urban and Regional Development Plan Formulation and Implementation Guidelines,
2014 shall apply and where these are silent on such issues or which require
interpretation the norms as decided by the Authority, shall apply. The provisions
include but are not limited to the use/ activity of premises, ground coverage, FAR, set-
backs, open space, height, density and number of dwelling units and parking standards
for Residential premises on plotted development, Group housing, Resettlement
colonies, Slums, In-situ upgradation ,Non-residential premises
The permission of uses/use activities in use premises shall permitted in accordance
with provisions of Master Plan/Zonal Plan/ Local Area Plan/ Layout Plan.
The object of these regulations is to provide control for building/buildings within use
premises excluding the internal arrangement, which is covered and controlled by
Building Bye-Laws.
Notes:
The premises for which building regulations have not been given shall be examined by the Authority on
the basis of actual requirements and other relevant factors.
i) Wherever there is a need for relaxation in height for achieving urban form, the same may be
permitted with the recommendation of the Authority.
ii) The provision of minimum setbacks for different sizes of plots for all categories of the plots shall be as
per the Master Plan/Development Plan or as per simplified Development Promotion Regulations of
the Urban and Regional Development Plans Formulation and Implementation (URDPFI) Guidelines.
3.1 Flexible FAR
3.1.1 Additional FAR
Additional FAR, as provided in the Master Plan may also be examined with a view to
provide flexibility and also to utilize the scarce urban land optimally. Flexible range of
FAR on a site may be based upon its Additional FAR Factor which is a product of
‘creativity’ and ‘context’. Creativity can be defined by design parameters such as
urban form, parking provision, pedestrian safety, concern for the poor through induced
informal activities, and provisions for evacuation during an emergency due to disaster
(for example, Delhi falls in the Zone 5). It also includes the impact of the design on
essential services and environment. As a principle, the additional FAR should not
result in a negative impact on the essential services and environment.
Locational attributes, of the site being assigned additional FAR, refer to its location
with respect to land use as given in the approved Master/Zonal/Layout Plan (as the
case may be), accessibility, level of congestion on the approach road and nearness to a
heritage building if any.
Additional FAR Factor = Creativity x context
= Design parameters x Locational attributes
= (a+b+c+d+e) m.n.o.p.
x + y
Where, a = Parking provision value
b = Disaster emergency provision value
c = Urban Form value
d = Pedestrian Safety value

3 Development Codes
e = Induced informal activities value
x = Impact on essential services value
y = Impact on environment value
m = Land Use value
n = Accessibility (Right of way of the approach road) value
o = Congestion (Mobility index in terms of travel speed) value
p = Heritage Value
3.1.2 Purchasable FAR
Provision of purchasable FAR in Group Housing, Commercial, Institutional, and
Industrial, Sport and amusement complex, recreational greens and Low Density Sports
plot may be considered, where:
(i) The Plots exist on ‘24mtrs. and above’ wide road.
(ii) The construction has not started, or
(iii) The allottee wants to construct a new additional building within the limits of
permissible ground coverage, or
(iv) The allottee wants to construct new building on the vacant plot, or
(v) The allottee has already constructed building within purchasable F.A.R limits, or
(vi) Purchaseable F.A.R may be allowed on minimum 18.0mtrs. road width and above
road width for institutional and industrial use.
Explanation: The Purchasable FAR shall be allowed up to the maximum limit of the
applicable FAR in the Building Regulations.
Purchasable may FAR be allowed with the following provision/ conditions:
(i) No construction shall be allowed beyond the limit of maximum permissible ground
Coverage.
(ii) Parking facilities shall be provided within the plot as per the provisions of the building
bylaws.
(iii) No objection certificate from the Airport Authority of India/ Competent Authority
shall be obtained for the height of the building.
(iv) Structure design duly checked and verified by the I.I.T/ N.I.T./ Government
Engineering College shall be submitted along with the proposal in case where
additional floors are being proposed.
(v) No objection certificate for Fire Safety and Environmental Clearance shall be obtained
from the Competent Authorities.
(vi) Purchasable FAR shall be applicable only on the basis of assessment of planned and
available physical infrastructure.
(vii) Use of purchaseable FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of lease deed.
(viii) In case where purchasable FAR is allowed, the Authority shall permit increase in the
height of building as per requirement.
(ix) Additional proportionate residential units shall be allowed on purchaseable FAR for
Group Housing.
Note:
(i) Purchasable FAR is an enabling provision. It shall not be allowed to any Allottee as a matter of right.
(ii) With the consideration of Traffic density, conditions of approach road, availability of physical
infrastructure, distance from the protected area and heritage sites or in the light of planning the Authority
may identify the zones/ areas where purchasable FAR shall not be allowed.
(iii) In case of mixed land use permitted in any pocket/plot:
Permissible FAR for various uses shall be as applicable for respective use including the purchasable FAR
The total FAR in the pocket/plot shall be subject to the overall permissible FAR for the pocket/plot.
Purchasable FAR shall be calculated on the basis of the FAR of the individual uses within that pocket/plot.

Development Codes 3
3.1.3 Floating FAR
The Authority shall allow development by restricting / regulating height of the
building width of abutting road and plot sizes. This method is based on the carrying
capacity analysis of the infrastructure planned. In keeping with the norm in the
provision of infrastructure adjusted to the percentage, plot owners shall be permitted to
use the additional FAR on payment basis.
Basis for increasing FAR: Carrying Capacity analysis tool is useful to rationalise fixation of
FAR including increase in given FAR. Two major determining factors should be
considered:
1. V/C (V= volume, C= capacity)
V/C: optimum level is 0.8; it can be relaxed upto 0.9. Above 0.9 is dysfunctional and 1.0
is not desirable.
2. LPCD of piped water supply
The planned LPCD should be as per the minimum of norm i.e. 135 litres.
However, the density is to be capped by the Development/ Master Plan as per the
threshold.
Note: Assignment of Values for flexible FAR and other calculations may be referred from URDPFI
Guidelines, 2014
3.2 Development norms and standards for hill towns
The suggested norms and standards are only indicative and can be suitably modified
depending upon the local conditions both physical and environmental. In hill areas, the
space standards are affected by the topography and environment and therefore the
following factors shall be considered while setting norms in such areas:
i) Exposure to sunlight
ii) Degree of slopes and accessibility in the form of distance traveled.
iii) Basic needs of the people
iv) The conservation principle.
v) Alternative modes of transportation Communication network.
vi) Mobile facilities and emergency facilities.
3.3 Parking standard
Parking space shall be provided for different types of development as per norms given
in Master Plan/Development Plan or as given below:
3.3.1 The following Table 3.1 may be referred to for deciding the parking norms for
different use zone/activities only minimum required value of ECS and NOT a range
should be specified in the development plan. It can be changed in subsequent plan
depending upon need based upon local vehicle ownership, mass transportation and
consequent parking needs.

3 Development Codes
Table 3.1 Parking standards
S.No. Land use Parking Standards Remark
1 Residential
Residential Plot‐Plotted Housing 2 Equivalent Car Space (ECS) in
plots of size 250‐300 sqm and
1ECS for every 100 sqm. built up
area, in plots exceeding 300
sqm.
‐‐
Residential Plot ‐ Group Housing 2.0 ECS/100 sqm built up area ‐‐
Cluster Court Housing 2.0 ECS/100 sqm built up area ‐‐
Guest House / Lodging & Boarding
House / Dharamshala
2 ECS per 100 sqm. of built up
area
‐‐
2 Commercial Centres
Convenience Shopping Centre/Local
Shopping Centre / Local Level
Commercial areas
2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Service Market 2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Community Centre / Non‐ hierarchical
Commercial Centre
District Centre/ Sub‐Central Business
District/Sub‐City Level Commercial
areas
Commercial Plot: Retail & Commerce
Metropolitan City Centre
Hotel 3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area For Population
between 2‐ 10 lakh –
1 car parking space
for every 4 guest
room.
For Population
between 10‐50 lakh –
1 car parking space
for every 3 guest
room.
For Population more
than 50 lakh – 1 car
parking space for
every 2 guest room
2
.
Service Apartments 3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Any other commercial centre including
commercial component along with
Railway/MRTS and ISBT
Integrated Freight Complex/ Wholesale
Market
3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area In case of plots up to
300 sqm. common
parking is to be
provided
3 Socio‐Cultural Facilities
Community Hall 3.0 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Recreational Club 2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Socio‐cultural activities such as
auditorium, music, dance & drama,
centre / meditation, spiritual centre etc.
Science Centre 2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
International Convention centre 2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
2
National Building Code, 2005.

Development Codes 3
S.No. Land use Parking Standards Remark
Old Age Home / Care Centre for
Physically / Mentally challenged /
Working women / men hostel /Adult
Education Centre / Orphanage /
Children's Centre / Night Shelter
1.8 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Sport facility for international sports
event
2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area. ‐‐
4 Public‐Semi Public
Integrated Office Complex 1.8 ECS / 100 sq m of floor area The norms for Local
Government offices /
Public Sector
Undertakings under
Government Land use
shall be as per
Integrated office
complex
District Court 1.8 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Head Post Office with Administrative
office & with / without delivery office
1.33 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area ‐‐
Amusement Park 3 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area ‐‐
ISBT/Metro 2 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area ‐‐
Hospitals 2 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area ‐‐
Veterinary Hospital 1.33 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area ‐‐
Veterinary Dispensary 1.33 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area ‐‐
Nursing and Paramedic institute 2 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area ‐‐
Medical College As per norms of Medical Council
of India / Regulatory Body
‐‐
5 Industry
Industrial Plot up to 50 sqm area 2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Industrial Plot 51sqm ‐400 sqm area 2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Industrial Plot 401 sqm and above 2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area ‐‐
Flatted group Industry (Min Plot size
400 sqm)
6 Mixed Land use Parking @ 2.0 ECS / 100 sqm
built up area shall be provided
within the premises.
Where this is not
available, cost of
development of
parking, shall be
payable by the plot
allottee / owner to
the local body
concerned or Multi‐
level parking to be
provided as an
option. This condition
shall apply even if
residential premises
are used only for
professional activity.
Parking standards are prescribed in above table, however, the following Table 3.2 could be
followed for different types of land use.

3 Development Codes
Table 3.2 Permissible ECS for different land uses
S.No. Use Premises
Permissible Equivalent Car Spaces (ECS)
per 100 sqm. of floor area
1 Residential 2.0
2 Commercial 3.0
3 Industrial 2.0
4 Public Building 1.8
5 Semi‐Public Facilities 2.0
6 Mixed Land use 2.0
3.3.2 Multi storeyed parking
Special permission shall be sought for development of buildings specifically for
parking. Permission shall be granted based on width of road, requirement for parking
space, FAR available and other parameters as specified by the competent authority.
Minimum Area of plot: 2000 sq. mt. in plain areas
1000 sq. m. in hilly areas
Minimum number of car parking spaces: 50
Development of such parking lots may be undertaken by offering tradable FAR to the
developer in lieu of development of parking lots which may be surrendered to
competent authority on completion.
3.4 Specific premises
3.4.1 Residential Use Zone
The residential areas are developed either as
a) Plotted development or
b) Group housing/flatted development.
The density pattern i.e. (high density, high medium density, low medium density or
low density) are followed for working out the pattern of development with respect to:
i) Size of the plot
ii) Number of dwelling units on each plot
iii) Setbacks
iv) FAR
v) Number of storeys/ height of the building
The municipal and social infrastructure as per the norms and standards specified in the
Master Plan shall be provided. The various sites/plots required for social and
municipal infrastructure are to be indicated in the layout plans. The development
norms for different use/activities and on different sizes of plots are applied for
sanctioning of the plans. These are based on development control rules applicable to
the city/town.
3.4.2 Buildings within the Residential Use Zone
Buildings for various uses/activities within the residential use zone forming part of the
residential layout plan are to be constructed with the norms of the coverage, FAR,
height and others as applicable to that size of a residential plot.
3.4.3 Residential Premises – Plotted Housing
The layout plans for residential scheme shall be formulated keeping in view:

Development Codes 3
i) that there should be sufficient daylight and fresh air in the habitable areas within
the buildings, when constructed.
ii) that there would be protection against noise, dust and local hazards
iii) that there should be sufficient open space for various family needs and in
accordance with the provisions of clause 4.26, 4.27 and 4.28.
iv) that the circulation and access is easy and is safe from accident point of view
v) that, as far as possible, the plots are of regular shape and size and
vi) these are logically arranged in a systematic manner so as to give a regular pattern
of development in the form of row houses, detached and semi-detached houses and
if necessary the regular bungalow type plots.
The plot size may vary depending upon the type of the housing, needed for a particular city
based on general affordability of the people. The size of the plot would also depend on the
number of dwelling units to be permitted on each plot. Normally, a plot should be built for
two dwelling units on each plot. However, on bigger size plots, more than one dwelling unit
per plot can be built. For low-income group, the minimum plot size should not be less than 30
sq.mt. The following Table 3.3 is suggested for different size of the plots applicable, ground
coverage, FAR, height and number of dwelling units for a residential area:
Table 3.3 Building control in Residential Premises
Sl.No. Plot Area (sq.mt) Maximum
Ground
Coverage %
FAR No. of
DUs.
Maximum
Height (mt.)
1. 30 75 150 1 8
2. Above 30 upto 50 75 150 2 8
3. Above 50 upto 100 65 180 3 12
4. Above 100 upto 250 65 180 3 12
5. Above 250 upto 500 55 165 6 15
6. Above 500 upto 1000 45 120 8 15
7. Above 1000 upto 1500 40 100 8 15
8. Above 1500 upto 3000 33.3 100 12 15
Note:
1. In the already developed plots the pattern of development should conform to the existing regulations.
2. Basement, if constructed, may be used for incidental use such as parking, servicing and household storage.
It is not to be used as a dwelling unit.
3. The area of the basement should not be more than the ground coverage.
4. Parking as per the prescribed norms should be provided with the plot or provision should be made in the
layout plan without affecting the circulation pattern.
5. 50% of the open area of the plot should be used for proper landscaping and for plantation.
3.4.4 Group Housing
The number of dwelling units are calculated on the basis of the density pattern given in the
development plan, taking into consideration a population of 4.5 persons per dwelling unit.
Minimum size of the plot 3000 sq m.
In hill towns 5000 sq m.
Maximum ground coverage 25% to 35%
Maximum FAR
In hill areas
50 to 175 (higher FAR may be given depending on the pattern
of development)

3 Development Codes
Note:
1. Basement, if constructed, is to be used for parking, services and for essential household storage and for
providing facilities without counting in FAR.
2. The quantum of basement may vary between 33 % to 50% of the plot area.
3.4.5 Resettlement and Slum in-situ upgradation
i) Maximum net density 250 tenements per hectare.
ii) Plot size- minimum 25 sq m. However it may be reduced to 18 sq m. with 100%
coverage provided an area @ 7 sq m. per plot/tenement is clubbed with the
cluster open space.
iii) Path ways:
a) 2 m. upto 30 m. in length
b) 3 m. upto 50 m. in length
Table 3.4 Net residential density of group housing, controls
S.N. Net Residential Density
(DU/ha)
Maximum Ground
Coverage (%)
FAR
1 25 25 0.50
2 50 30 0.75
3 75 33 0.90
4 100 35 1.00
5 125 35 1.25
6 150 35 1.50
7 175 35 1.75
The size of the habitable room shall be minimum of 9.5 sqm, where there is only one
room with a minimum width of 2.4m. Where there are two rooms, one of these shall be
minimum of 9.5 sqm and other 7.5 sqm, with a minimum width of 2.1 m.
3.4.6 Low Income Housing
The minimum plot size shall not be less than 30 sqm.
i) It is recommended to provide cluster housing instead of single room dwelling.
ii) The minimum plot size with ground coverage not exceeding 75%, shall be
minimum 40 sqm in small and medium towns and minimum 30 sqm in
metropolitan cities.
iii) Plot sizes below 30 sqm and not less than 15 sqm may be permitted in case of
cluster planning. In such a case the ground coverage and FAR can be 100 and 200
respectively.
iv) Size of room: Every dwelling unit should have at least two habitable rooms, first
room of minimum 9 sqm and width of 2.5 m. Other room shall be min 6.5 sqm
with minimum width of 2.1 m provided the total area of both the rooms shall not
be less than 15.5 sqm.
50 (higher FAR may be given depending on the pattern of
development and should not exceed 150)
Maximum Height 15 m. (for plot sizes upto 4000 sq m.)
26 m. for plots above 4000 sq m.
In hill areas 15 m. for all size of plots.
Number of dwelling units To be calculated on the basis of the net plot area of a particular
neighbourhood. This may vary between 25 DUs. to 175 DUs.
per ha

Development Codes 3
3.4.7 Studio Apartments:
Minimum size of plot 2000 sqm.
Maximum Ground Coverage 33.3%
Maximum FAR 2.00
Height NR (Subject to clearance from AAI/Fire
Department and Other Statutory bodies)
Parking 2.0 ECS/100 sqm built up area
Other controls for studio apartments:
i. The maximum size of the apartment shall be 60 sqm built-up.
ii. The plots shall be located on road facing minimum width of 12m.
iii. Basement, if constructed, and used only for parking, utilities and services shall
not be counted towards FAR.
3.5 Non-residential premises
3.5.1 Foreign Mission
Maximum ground coverage 25%
Maximum floor area ratio 0.75
Maximum height 15 m.
Other Controls:
i) Basement up to the building envelope to the maximum extent of 50% plot area shall be allowed if
used for parking and services and should not be counted in FAR.
3.5.2 Guest House, Boarding House and Lodging House, Hostel
Minimum plot size 500 sq m.
Other Controls:
i) Minimum R/W in front 20 m.
ii) Basement upto the building envelope to the maximum extent of 50% of plot area shall be allowed
and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
3.5.3 Dharmshala, Baratghar, and Night Shelter
Other Controls:
i) Minimum R/W in front 16 m.
ii) Basement upto the building envelope to the maximum extent of 50% plot area shall be allowed
3.6 Commercial
3.6.1 Convenience Shopping
Maximum Height 15 m.
In hills 6 m.

3 Development Codes
3.6.2 Local Shopping/ Neighbourhood Shopping Centre
In hills 35%
Maximum FAR 1.00
In hills 9 m.
3.6.3 Community Centre
In hills 30%
Maximum FAR 1.00
In hills 15 m.
3.6.4 District Centre
Maximum FAR 1.25
In hills 1.25
Maximum Height 37m.(upto 50 as per requirement)
In hills 15 m.
Other Controls:
i) Some of the buildings in a district centre in non-hill towns could be permitted upto 50 m. height
with the approval of the Government for achieving interesting urban form.
3.6.5 Central Business District/ City Centre
Maximum height As per requirement
3.6.6 Sub-Central Business District
Same regulations as for district center and flexible at discretion of competent authority
3.6.7 Other commercial centre
3.6.8 Wholesale Trade/Ware Housing/Integrated Freight complex
Other Controls:
i) Basement upto the building envelope to the maximum extent of 50% plot area shall be allowed and
if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
ii) Further, for Risk based approval of types of Warehouses / IFC refer clause 13.5, Table 13.4
3.6.9 Informal Bazaar/market
Maximum Height 8m

Development Codes 3
3.6.10 Petrol Pumps
The following regulations are recommended for locating the petrol pump cum service
stations-
i) Minimum distance from the road intersections.
a) For minor roads having less than 30 m. R/W 50 m.
b) For major roads having R/W 30 m. or more 100 m.
ii) The minimum distance of the property line of pump from the center line of the Road
should not be less than 15 meters on roads having less than 30 m. R/W. In case of
roads having 30 m. or more R/W, the R/W of the road should be protected.
iii) Plot Size
a) Only filling stations 30 m. x 17 m. and small size 18 m. x 15 m. (for two
and three wheelers)
b) Filling-cum-service station minimum size 36 m. x 30 m. and maximum
45 m. x 33 m.
c) Frontage of the plot should not be less than 30 m.
d) Longer side of the plot should be the frontage.
iv) New Petrol Pump shall not be located on roads having less than 30 m. R/W.
Other Controls:
a) Filling-cum-service station size 36 m. x 30 m. and 45 m. x 33 m.)
i) Ground coverage 20%
ii) FAR 0.20
iii) Max. Height 6 m.
iv) Canopy Equivalent to permissible ground coverage within setback line.
v) Front Setback Min. 6 m.
b) Filling Station (size 30 mt. x 17 mt. and 18 mt. x 15 mt.)
i) Ground coverage 10%
ii) FAR 0.10
iii) Max. Height 6 m.
iv) Canopy Equivalent to permissible ground coverage within setback line.
v) Front Setback Min. 3 m.
c) Other Regulations
i) Shall be approved by Explosives/Fire Deptt.
ii) Ground coverage will exclude canopy area.
iii) Mezzanine if provided will be counted in FAR
iv) Wherever the plot is more than 33 m. x 45 m. development norms shall be restricted to as
applicable to the size i.e. 33 m. x 45 m. both in urban and rural areas.
d) Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Mother Station
i) Plot Size (Max.) 36 m. x 30 m.
ii) Maximum ground coverage 20%
iii) Maximum Height 4.5 m. (single storey)
iv) Building Component Control room/office/Dispensing room, store, pantry and W.C.
3.6.11 Hotels
In hills 1.75
Other Controls:
i) 5% of the FAR can be used the commercial space related to hotel function.
ii) Basement(s) up to the building envelope to the maximum extent of plot area shall be allowed

3 Development Codes
3.6.12 Motels
Motels are permitted in Rural Zone/ Green Belt and in commercial zones on National
Highways and Inter-State roads.
The following norms and building standards are recommended.
Minimum plot size 1.0 Ha
Minimum Setbacks front 15 m.
Rear and sides 9 m.
Maximum FAR 0.15
Maximum Ground Coverage 15%
Maximum Height 9 m.
Basement equivalent to the ground coverage shall be allowed free of FAR to the extent
necessary for air conditioning plant, filtration plant, electric sub- station, parking and
other essential services.
Parking space shall be provided on a minimum scale of 1.67 ECS per 100 sq m. of
floor area, including the provision made in this regard in the basement.
Retail and service shops shall be limited to a maximum of 5% of the floor area.
3.6.13 Service Apartments
Maximum FAR 1.50
In hills 1.50
Maximum Height As per requirement
Parking space shall be provided on a minimum scale of 2 ECS per 100 sq m. of floor area, including the
provision made in this regard in the basement.
3.7 Industrial plot
3.7.1 Flatted Group Industry and Service Centre
In hills 1.00
In hills 15 m.
Other Controls:
i) Basement upto the building envelope line to the maximum extent of 50% plot area shall be allowed
and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR
3.7.2 Light and Service Industry
Table 3.5 Development Controls on Service and Light Industrial Plots
Sl.No. Plot Size (Sq m.) Maximum
Ground
Coverage
Maximum
FAR in
Maximum
height in (m)
Plains Hills Plains Hills
1. Less than 400 60% 1.25 1.00 12 9
2. Above 400 & upto 4000 50% 1.25 1.00 12 12
3. Above 4000 & upto 12000 45% 1.25 1.00 12 12
4. Above 12000 40% 1.00 0.75 12 9

Development Codes 3
Other Controls:
i) Maximum floors allowed shall be basement, ground floor and first floor; basement should be below
ground floor and to the maximum extent of ground coverage shall be counted in FAR. In case the
basement is not constructed, the permissible FAR can be achieved on the second floor.
ii) In case of roof trusses, height of buildings could be adjusted/ relaxed.
3.7.3 Extensive Industry
Table 3.6 Development Controls on Extensive Industrial Plots
Sl.No. Plot Size (Sq m.) Maximum
Ground
Coverage
Maximum
FAR in
Maximum
height in (m.)
Plains Hills
1. 400 to 4000 50% 1.00 0.75 9
2. Above 4000 & upto 12000 45% 0.90 0.60 9
3. Above 12000 & upto 28000 40% 0.80 0.50 9
4. Above 28000 30% 0.60 0.45 9
Other controls:
i) Single Storey building with basement is allowed. Basement shall be below the ground floor and the
maximum extent of ground coverage and shall be counted in FAR.
ii) In case of roof trusses, height of building could be adjusted/relaxed.
Note:
i) A new planned industrial area to have minimum 100 300 sqm size of plot and its width shall not
be < 15 m.
ii) For industrial plots upto 1000 sq.m, 5% of the total area shall be reserved as amenity open space
which shall also serve as general parking space. When such amenity open space exceeds 1500
sq.m, the excess area could be utilised for construction of buildings for banks, canteen, welfare
centre and such other common purposes.
iii) For industrial plots more than 1000 sq m, 10% of the total area to be reserved as amenity/ open
space to a maximum of 25 sq. m.
3.8 Transportation
Table 3.7 Development controls on Transport Terminals
Sl.No. Use Premises Development Controls
Area under
Operation (%)
Area under
building (%)
FAR* Floor area that can be
utilized for passenger
accommodation
1. Rail Terminal/ Integrated
Passenger Terminal Metropolitan
Passenger Terminal
70 30 1.00 15%
2 Bus Terminal 50 50 1.00 25
3 ISBT 25 Max 50 1.00 As per requirement
4 Metro Yards 80% 20% 1.00 15%
* The FAR is to be calculated on the Building plot. Area under Bus Shelter not to be included in FAR
Other Controls:
i) The space on first and second floor shall be essentially used for public services like post office,
police‐post and other essential services.
ii) Bus queue shelters are not to be included in the coverage and FAR.
iii) In order to integrate the supporting commercial uses around the transportation zone, FAR can be
more for promoting mixed use.
3.9 Aerodromes
The following restrictions in vicinity of aerodromes shall be applicable

3 Development Codes
i) The buildings or structures in the vicinity of the ARP shall be dealt by the local
Authority as per the CCZM as mentioned under clause 4.30.2 c) and by NOCAS
from AAI.
ii) In case of buildings to be located in the vicinity of defence aerodromes, the
maximum height of such buildings shall be decided by the defence Authority.
iii) No new chimneys or smoke producing factories shall be constructed within a
radius of 8 km from the Aerodrome Reference Point (ARP).
iv) Overhead high voltage/ medium voltage lines or telephone & other communication
lines shall not be permitted in the approach/ take off climb areas (funnel zone)
within 3000 m of the inner edge of these areas.
v) A margin of 3 m shall be allowed in new constructions for wireless/ TV antennas,
cooling towers and mumties.
vi) For height Restrictions with respect to Approach Funnels and Transitional areas
the NOCAS from AAI as mentioned under clause 4.30.2 c) shall be followed.
3.10 Public - Semi-public
3.10.1 General
In hills 25%
In hills 1.00
In hills 15 m.
3.10.2 Government offices integrated office complex
In hills 1.00
In hills 15 m.
Other Control:
i) The integrated office complex shall include Central Government Office, Local Government Office, Public
Undertaking Offices and Courts.
ii) Basements up to the building envelope line to the maximum extent of plot area shall be allowed and if used for
parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
3.10.3 DISTRICT COURT (if at all this needs to be added)
In hills 1.25
Maximum height NR.
In hills 6m.

Development Codes 3
3.10.4 Health Services
Table 3.8 Development Controls on Health Centers and Nursing Homes
Sl.
No
Category Maximum Other Controls
Ground
Coverage
FAR Height
1. Hospital/*Teritary Health
care Centre
*Ground
coverage to
be decided
by interse
building to
building
distances as
per Building
Bye Laws
and fire
tender
movement
requirement
s, subject to
a maximum
40%
excluding
5%
additional
ground
coverage for
muti-level
parking
Minimum
plot
area6000
sq.m.
*FAR on plot
facing ROW
should be subject
to NOC from all
concerned
agencies
depending on
locations shall be
as under:
a. Row
less than
24m
2.50
b. Row
24m up
to 30m
3.00
c. Row
30m and
above
3.75
*No height
restriction
subject to
clearance
from AAI,
FS, DMA,
NMA.
NBC to
process the
proposed
revision of
NBC as soon
as possible.
Till date the
time the NBC
is revised,
fire services
may allow no
restriction of
height for
health care
facilities with
commensurat
e fire and life
safety
measures,
subject to
clearance
from AAI,
FS,DMA,
NMA and
other
statutory
provisions
1. *Upto 25% of the permitted
FAR can be utilized for
residential use for essential
staff, dormitory/hostel for
attendents of the patients,
Creche etc.
2. *Parking standard @ 2.0
ECS/100 sqm of floor area.
3. *Maximum 10% ground
coverage shall be allowed for
providing atrium. In case, the
permissible additional ground
coverage for atrium is utilized,
25% of the utilized ground
coverage shall be counted
toward FAR
4. *Multi Level Podium
parking shall be permissible to
the extent of building envelope
lines, free from FAR and
ground coverage to facilitate
ample parking in spaces,
subject to structural safety.
5. *Common areas such as
waiting halls, reception and fire
stairs cases shall be allowed
free from FAR
6. *Service floor of height
1.8m shall not be counted in
FAR
Parking Standard @ 2.0
ECS/100 sq.mt. of floor area.
2. Other Health Facilities
a. Maternity Home
Nursing Home/
Polyclinic / Dispensary
i)Family Welfare Centre
ii) Pediatric Centre
Geriatric Centre
Diagnostic Centre.
30% 1.50 26 mt. Parking Standard @ 2.0
3. a. Veterinary Hospital for
pet animals and birds.
b. Dispensary for pet
animals and birds.
30%
35%
1.50
1.00
26 mt.
26 mt.
Parking standard @ 1.33 ECS /
100 sq. mt. of floor area.
Parking standard @ 1.33 ECS /
100 sq. mt. of floor area.
4. a. Medical College As per norms of Medical Council of India / Regulatory Body
b. Nursing and
Paramedic Institute
30% 1.50 26 mt. Parking Standard @ 2.0
c. Veterinary Institute As per the Veterinary Council of India/Ministry norms.
*^ Natural sky light condition is exempted for Atrium and construction over the Atrium may be allowed.
*# Height restriction of 30 mts. In Hospital Buildings should be reviewed in consultation with Fire Deptt. of
State Govt.

3 Development Codes
Notes:
1. Plot area for all *Hospital/Tertiary Health Care Centre would be worked out @ 80 sq.mt. of gross
floor area per bed. However, for other health facilities like Maternity/Nursing homes, family
Welfare and other centers, the plot area would be worked out @ 60 sq.mt. of gross floor area per
bed.
2. Maximum up to 300 sq. mt. of floor area shall be allowed to be used for community space /
religious shrine / crèche / chemist shop/ bank counter on Hospital sites and also Medical
College/ Nursing and Paramedic institutes sites.
Other Controls:
a. In case of super specialty medical facilities/hospitals duly certified as such by the competent
authority, the gross area shall be worked out @ upto 125 sq. mt. per bed.
b. In case of existing premises/sites, the enhanced FAR shall be permitted, subject to payment of
charges as may be prescribed by the Authority / land owning agency and other clearances.
c. *Basement after utilization for Parking; Services Requirements such as air conditioning plant and
equipment, water storage, boiler, electric sub-station, HT & LT panel rooms, transformer
compartment, control room, pump house, generator room; staff locker room, staff changing room,
staff dining facilities without kitchen facility, Central sterile supply deptt., back end office; Other
Mechanical Services; Installation of Electrical and fire fighting equipment’s; and other services
like kitchen, laundry and radiology lab and other essential services required for the
maintenance/functioning of the building may be used for healthcare facilities with prior approval of
the concerned agencies.
d. Other controls related to basements etc. are given in end of this chapter.
e. *The bed count of a Health Facility may be allowed as per permissible FAR, needs of the
Community and demand studies.
f. *Environment clearances shall be made mandatory considering that bio-wastes are generated.
Environment clearances are mandatory as per the prevailing regulations related to the
environment.
g. *Zero discharge for sewerage shall be enforced at the cost of the promoters and post treatment
water can be used by premises for its needs of horticulture, flushing, coolant tower, washing or
disposal to other construction sites. These issues concerned the local bodies and can be dealt
accordingly as per existing regulations as the time of sanctioning the plan.
h. The additional power requirements shall be met by power supply from grid and till such time by
means of suitable captive generation.
3.11 Educational Facilities
3.11.1 Nursery School
Maximum ground coverage 33.33%
In hills 0.67
Maximum height 8 m.
In hills 6 m.
Note: Basement below the ground floor and to the maximum extent of ground coverage, and if
constructed shall be counted in FAR.
3.11.2 Primary School
In hills 1.00
3.11.3 Higher Secondary School
In hills 30%
In hills 1.00

Development Codes 3
3.11.4 College
In hills 25%
In hills 0.75
Note:
1. In case of the above premises the total area of the plot shall be divided in
i) School/college building area
ii) Play field area
iii) Parking area
iv) Residential and hostel area
2. The maximum ground coverage and FAR shall be calculated only on the areas meant for building.
Table 3.9 Development Controls for Other Education Facilities
Sl.
No
Category Maximum
Ground Coverage FAR Height
1.
2
3
Play School, Coaching Centre, Computer
Training Institute, Physical Education
Centre etc.
School for Mentally Challenged.
School for*differently abled persons.
N.A.
50%
50 %
N.A.
1.20
1.20
N.A.
18 mt.
18 mt
Notes:
Pre-Primary Schools/Nursery Schools/Montessori Schools/Creche, Play Schools, may be permissible in residential
use premises as per Mixed use policy.
Other Controls:
1. In case of new schools, the front boundary wall shall be recessed by 6 mt. to accommodate visitors parking within
setback area.
2. Playground shall be developed on pool basis in different areas at neighborhood level.
3. Practice of providing dedicated Nursery School plots in the layout plan discontinued as same is permissible in
Mixed use.
4. In case of schools for mentally / *differently abled persons, 20% of the maximum Far can be utilized for residential
use of essential staff and student accommodation.
3.11.5 Education and Research Centre (large campus i.e. above 8 Ha.)
Large campuses of universities, medical and engineering colleges and other education
and research institutes shall be covered under these regulations. The campus will be
divided into three parts and the regulations shall apply, as given below:
i) Academic, including administration (45% of the total land area)
In hills 20%
In hills 0.80
In hills 15 m.
Basement below the ground floor and to the maximum extent of ground coverage shall
be allowed and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
ii) Residential (25% of total land area)
This will be developed at a density of 400 PPHa gross. The land shall be reserved for
residential facilities @ 9.2 sqmt. per person. Sub-division regulations as given for
group housing shall apply.
iii) Sports and Cultural Activities (15% of the total area)
Maximum FAR 15

3 Development Codes
iv) Parks and landscape (15% of the total land area): Suitable landscape plan to be
prepared for this area.
3.11.6 Sports
Table 3.10 Development Controls for Education Facilities
Sl.N
o
Category Maximum
Ground Coverage FAR Height
1. Sports and amenity
structures
20% including amenity
structures
0.40 NR
(Subject to clearance from all
other statutory bodies)
2. Parking 2 ECS/100 sq. mt of floor area.
Other Development Controls:
i. To incentives development of sports facilities and swimming pool (upto maximum 100 sq. mt.) Within the
group housing areas, schools, clubs, etc. shall not be counted towards ground coverage and FAR.
ii. All these various sports facilities shall have layout plan, landscape plan, and parking plan, etc.
3.12 Security Services
3.12.1 Police Post
Other controls:
i) Basement below the ground floor to the maximum extent of ground coverage shall be allowed and if
used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
3.12.2 Police Station
Other Controls:
i) Basement upto the envelope lines and to the maximum extent of 50% of the plot area shall be
allowed and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
ii) 25 % of the plot area may be used for housing the staff and the regulations of group housing shall
be applicable to the area meant for housing.
Table 3.11 Development control for police station
Sl.
No
Gr. Cov. FAR Height
1. District Office & Battalion 30% 1.20 26 mt. 1. Up to 30% of maximum FAR can be
utilized for residential use of essential
staff ***(except Police Station 3)
2. Additional space available in police
station due to increased development
controls shall be used for locating Civil
Defence and Home Guards etc.
3. Up to 15% of maximum FAR can be
utilized for residential use/hostel for
essential staff and student
accommodation, in Police Training
Institute/ College.
4. Other controls related to basements etc.
are as per regulations
2. Police Lines
i) Administration
ii) Residential
iii) Sports & Facilities
iv) Open Spaces
Land Distribution:
- 20%
- 30%
- 10%
- 40%
3. District Jail 30% 1.20 26 mt.
4. Police Training
Institute/College*
30% 1.20 26 mt.
5. Police Firing Range 12.5% 0.25 9 mt.
6. Police camp including
Central Police
Organization/Security
Forces*
12.5% 2.55 9 mt.
7. Traffic and Police Control
Room
1. As per requirement on major road junctions/ stretches etc. as part of road
right of way based on site feasibility.
2. Maximum are – 25 Sq. mt.

Development Codes 3
Table 3.12 Development control for other services
Sl.
No
1. Disaster Management
Centre
30% (on
building
area only)
1.20 26 mt. 1. Upto 25% of maximum FAR can be utilized
for residential use of essential staff in fire
station.
2. Upto 15% of maximum FAR can be utilized
for residential use/hostel for essential staff and
student accommodation, in Fire Training
Institute/College.
3. Other controls related to basements etc. are as
per regulations.
4. Fire Post/ Fire Station/
Fire Training
Institute/College
30% 1.20 26 mt.
3.13 Post and telegraph office, head post office
Other Controls:
i) Basement up to the building envelope line and to the maximum extent of 50% of the plot area shall
be allowed and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
3.14 Farm houses
Table 3.13 Development control for farm house
Sl. No. Size of Farm Maximum FAR Maximum Height
1 Above 1.0 Ha and upto 2.0 Ha 1.00
(including mezzanine floor)
Single storeyed maximum
height 6 m.
2 2.0 Ha and above 1.50 (including floor) Single storeyed maximum
height 6 m.
Other Controls:
i) Setback in dwelling house should be 15 m. away from any boundary line of the property.
ii) Where a property abuts an urban road, the dwelling house building should be setback from the
centre line of that road by 60 m. Where the property abuts a village road, the building setback from
the centre line of that road should be 30 m.
iii) No dwelling units should be built within 400 m. of the right of way of any National Highway.
3.15 Professional activity
Professional activity shall be allowed in residential plot and flats on any floor on the
following condition:
Part of the premises shall be permitted to be used upto a maximum of 25 % of FAR or
100sqm. whichever is less, for non-residential but non-nuisance activities for rendering
service based on professional skills.

3 Development Codes
Table 3.14 Development Control for Distributive Services
Sl.No Category Maximum
___________________
Ground FAR Height
Coverage
Other Controls
1.
2.
3.
Milk booth/Milk and fruit &
vegetable booth
LPG godown including
booking office.
SKO/ LDO outlets
Permitted in all zones as per approved layout plan.
i. Plot size- upto 600sqm including booking office and security hut.
ii. Permitted in all use zones except in residential and recreational use zones
subject to statutory clearances.
i. Permitted in all use zones except in residential and recreational use zones
subject to statutory clearances.
3.16 Socio – cultural facilities
Table 3.15 Development Controls for Socio- Cultural Facilities
___________________________
Ground FAR Height
Coverage
Other Controls
1. a. Multipurpose Community
Hall.
b. Banquet hall
30%
30%
1.20
1.20
26m
26m
1. Parking standard
@3.0ECS/100sq m of floor area.
2. Other controls related to
basements etc. are given at end of
this chapter.
2. a. Community Recreational
Club.
b. Recreational Club
30%
25%
1.20 26m Parking standard
@2ECS/100sq.m of floor area.
3. Socio- cultural activities such as
auditorium, music, dance &
drama centre/mediation &
spiritual centre etc.
35% 1.20 26m 1. Parking standard @
2ECS/100sq.m of floor area.
2. A proper scheme for visitors
parking and parking adequacy
statement shall be prepared
taking into consideration large
number of visitors.
4. Exhibition cum Fair Ground 20% 0.20 26m Subject to statutory clearances.
5. Science centre 30% 1.20 NR, Parking standard @2ECS.
6. International Convention Centre 30% 1.20 Subject to
approval of
AAI, Fire
Department
and other
statutory
bodies
Parking standard @2ECS.
Notes:
i.In case of community recreational clubs, 0.50 FAR shall be admissible on the area beyond 2000 sqm.
ii.In the open area apart from outdoor games/sport facilities, swimming pool would be permissible upto an
area of 300sqm. Free from ground coverage.
iii.Basement within the ground envelope shall be allowed for parking, stilt floor for parking is permissible.
iv.30% of basement area for services, storage shall not be counted in FAR.

Development Codes 3
Other community facilities:
Development Controls for old age homes, religious facilities, etc shall be as follows:
Table 3.16 Development Controls for other community facilities
Ground FAR Height
Coverage
Other Controls
1 Old Age Home/Care Centre for
*Differently Abled Persons
/Mentally Challenged/Working
Women/Men Hostel/ Adult
Education
Centre/Orphanage/Children’s
Centre/Night Shelter.
30% 1.20 26m. 1. Parking standard@ 1.8
ECS/100 sqm of floor area.
2. Other controls related to
basement etc. are as given in
Chapter 17,Development
Code , MPD - 2021
2. Religious
a) At neighbourhood level
b) At sub city level in urban
extension*
35%
25%
0.70
0.50
15m. including
shikhara
26m.
3. Anganwari
c) At Housing area/Cluster level
30% 0.60 15m.
*4. Service Apartment 30% 2.25 NR* (Subject to
approval of AAI,
Fire Department
and Other
Statutory Bodies)
Parking @ 2ECS per 100
Sqm. of floor area.
Other controls related to
basements etc. are given in the
Development Code Chapter.
*Amended Vide S.O. No. 2895(E) dated 23rd
September, 2013.
These facilities should be developed in a composite manner to accommodate a number of religious
institutes/premises with common facilities.
Note: - sites of dhobi Ghats/laundry shall be provided in residential use zone/PSP facilities areas as per the
norms of local body.
3.16.1 Creche/Day Care facilities
As per factories Act, 1948 a Creche/Day care facility has to be provided for any
organization/establishment employing more than 15 women for their kids upto the age
of 5.
a) The height of the rooms shall be not less than 3.6 metres from the floor to soffit
and there shall not be less than 1.86 sqm of floor area / child to be accommodated
and maintaining adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air.
b) There is a minimum of one toilet and one wash hand basin for every 10 children
over the age of two years. (refer notes under Table 4.21)
c) The minimum staffing ratios for care shall be 1:4 children
d) Monitoring- There is a necessity of minimum two supervisor on continuous duty.
Chapter Note:
For projects proposed within the Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined by AMASR Act
2010, the Development regulations of Height, FAR, Coverage and any other controls stipulated
in Chapter-3 and Chapter-5 shall be superseded by site specific Heritage Bye-Laws prepared
and notified by the Competent Authority (NMA) under the AMASR Act. NOC shall have to be
obtained as per the Rules framed under the said Act by submission of required documents as
may be necessary vide rules, including “Heritage Impact Assessment” report, if so
necessitated by the NMA.

3 Development Codes

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4
4. GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
AND SERVICES
4.1 General
This part sets out the standard space requirements of various parts of a building (for all types
of buildings – low/ high rise).
Table 4.1 Occupant Load
Sl.No. Type of Occupancy Occupant Load per 100 sq m. of Plinth
or Covered Area
1 Residential 8.0
2 Educational 25.0
3 Institutional 6.60
4 Assembly
with fixed or loose seats and dance floor
without seating facilities including dining rooms
166.6
66.6
5 Mercantile
street floor and sales basement
upper sale floor
33.3
16.6
6 Business and industrial 10.0
7 Storage 3.3
8 Hazardous 10.0
* The occupant load in dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages or mental hospitals etc. where
sleeping accommodation is provided shall be calculated at not less than 13.3 persons per 100 sq.m.
** The plinth or covered area shall include, in addition to the main assembly room or space, any occupied
connecting room or space in the same storey or in the storeys above or below where entrance is common
to such rooms and space and the area available for use by the occupants of the assembly place. No
deduction shall be made in the plinth/covered area for corridors, closets and other sub-divisions; that
area shall include all space serving the particular assembly occupancy.
4.2 Requirements for Parts of Buildings
4.2.1 Plinth
4.2.1.1 Main Buildings
The plinth or any part of a building or outhouse shall be so located with respect to the
surrounding ground level that adequate drainage of the site is assured. The height of
the plinth shall be not less than 450 mm from the surrounding ground level.
4.2.1.2 Interior Courtyards and Covered Parking
Every interior courtyard shall be raised at least 150 mm above the determining ground
level and shall be satisfactorily drained.
4.3 Habitable Rooms
4.3.1 Height
The height of all rooms for human habitation shall not be less than 2.75 m measured
from the surface of the floor to the lowest point of the ceiling (bottom of slab)
provided that the minimum clear headway under any beam shall not be less than 2.4 m.
In the case of pitched roof, the average height of rooms shall not be less than 2.75 m.
The minimum clear head room under a beam, folded plates or eaves shall be 2.4 m. In
the case of air-conditioned rooms, a height of not less than 2.4 m measured from the

4 General Building Requirements and Secrvices
surface of the floor to the lowest point of air-conditioning duct or the false ceiling shall
be provided.
4.3.1.1 The requirements of clause 4.3.1 apply to residential, business and mercantile
buildings. For educational and industrial buildings, the following minimum
requirements apply:
Table 4.2 Minimum height requirement for educational and industrial buildings
4.3.1.2 Size
The area of habitable room shall not be less than 9.5 m2
, where there is only one room
with a minimum width of 2.4 m. Where there are two rooms, one of these shall not be
less than 9.5 m2 and the other not less than 7.5 m2
, with a minimum width of 2.1 m.
4.4 Kitchen
4.4.1 Height
The height of a kitchen measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point in
the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.75 m, except for the portion to
accommodate floor trap of the upper floor.
4.4.2 Size
The area of a kitchen where separate dining area is provided, shall be not less than 5.0
m2
with a minimum width of 1.8 m. Where there is a separate store, the area of the
kitchen may be reduced to 4.5 m2
. A kitchen, which is intended for use as a dining area
also, shall have a floor area of not less than 7.5 m2
with a minimum width of 2.1 m.
4.4.3 Other Requirements
Every room to be used as kitchen shall have:
a) unless separately provided in a pantry, means for the washing of kitchen utensils
which shall lead directly or through a sink to a grated and trapped connection to the
waste pipe;
b) an impermeable floor;
c) a flue, if found necessary; and
d) a window or ventilator or opening of size not less than as specified in clause 4.31.1
subject to increase in area of opening in accordance with Note 3.
4.5 Bathrooms and Water-Closets
4.5.1 Height
The height of a bathroom or water-closet measured from the surface of the floor to the
lowest point in the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.1 m.
4.5.2 Size
The area of a bathroom shall not be less than 1.8 m2
with a minimum width of 1.2 m.
The floor area of water-closet shall be 1.1 m2 with a minimum width of 0.9 m. If bath
and water-closet are combined, its floor area shall not be less than 2.8 m2
with a
minimum width of 1.2 m.
Sl.No Types of building Ceiling height
1 Educational Buildings Ceiling height 3.6 m for all regions; in cold regions, 3 m
2 Industrial Buildings Ceiling height 3.6 m, except when air-conditioned, 3 m (Factory Act
1948 and Rules therein shall govern such heights, where applicable).

Every bathroom or water-closet shall:
a) be so situated that at least one of its walls shall open to external air;
b) not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet, washing
place, bath or terrace, unless it has a water-tight floor;
c) have the platform or seat made of water-tight non-absorbent material;
d) be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or partition
shall be finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1 m
above the floor of such a room;
e) be provided with an impervious floor covering, sloping towards the drain with a
suitable grade and not towards VERANDAH or any other room; and
f) have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or open space, of area not less than
0.3 m2
with side not less than 0.3 m.
4.5.4 No room containing water-closets shall be used for any purpose except as a lavatory
and no such room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door,
window or other opening. Every room containing water-closet shall have a door
completely closing the entrance to it.
4.6 Ledge or Tand/Loft
4.6.1 Height
The minimum head-room of ledge or TAND/loft shall be 2.2 m. The maximum height
of loft shall be 1.5 m.
4.6.2 Size
A ledge or TAND/loft in a habitable room shall not cover more than 25 percent of the
area of the floor on which it is constructed and shall not interfere with the ventilation
of the room under any circumstances.
4.7 Mezzanine Floor
4.7.1 Height
It shall have a minimum height of 2.2 m.
4.7.2 Size
The minimum size of the mezzanine floor, if it is to be used as a living room, shall not
be less than 9.5 m2
.
The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor in a building shall in no case exceed one-
third the plinth area of the building.
A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment provided:
a) it conform to the standard of living rooms as regards lighting and ventilation in
case the size of mezzanine floor is 9.5 m2
or more (see 4.31.1);
b) it is so constructed as not to interfere under any circumstances with the ventilation
of the space over and under it;
c) such mezzanine floor is not sub-divided into smaller compartments;
d) such mezzanine floor or any part of it shall not be used as a kitchen; and
e) in no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be converted
into unventilated compartments.

4.8 Store Room
4.8.1 Height
The height of a store room shall be not less than 2.2 m.
4.8.2 Size
The size of a store room, where provided in a residential building, shall be not less
than 3 m2
.
4.9 Garage
4.9.1 Height
The height of a garage shall be not less than 2.4 m.
4.9.2 Size
The size of garages shall be as below:
a) Private Garage - 3.0 m × 6.0 m, minimum; and
b) Public Garage - Based on the number of vehicles parked by ECU.(Appendix ‘A-1’)
4.10 Basement
4.10.1 The basement shall not be used for residential purposes.
4.10.2 The construction of the basement shall be allowed by the Authority in accordance with
the land use and other provisions specified under the Development Control Rules.
4.10.3 The basement to be constructed within the building envelope and subject to maximum
coverage on floor 1 (entrance floor) may be put to only the following uses:
a) Storage of household or other goods of ordinarily non-combustible material;
b) Strong rooms, bank cellars, etc;
c) Air-conditioning equipment and other machines used for services and utilities of
the building; and
d) Parking spaces.
4.10.4 The basement shall have the following requirements:
a) Every basement shall be in every part at least 2.4 m in height from the floor to the
underside of the roof slab or ceiling;
b) Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement. The ventilation
requirements shall be the same as required by the particular occupancy according
to byelaws. Any deficiency may be met by providing adequate mechanical
ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust fans, air-conditioning systems, etc;
c) The minimum height of the ceiling of any basement shall be 0.9m and the
maximum, 1.2 m above the average surrounding ground level;
d) Adequate arrangements shall be made such that surface drainage does not enter the
basement;
e) The walls and floors of the basement shall be watertight and be so designed that
the effects of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken into account in
design and adequate damp proofing treatment is given; and
f) The access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternative
staircase providing access and exit from higher floors.
g) Where the staircase is continuous in the case of buildings served by more than one
staircase, the same shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the
basement floor and higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are
constructed within the building line subject to the provision of (d). The exist
requirements in basements shall comply with the provisions of Part 4 ‘Fire and
Life Safety’

4.11 Chimneys
The chimneys shall be built at least 0.9 m above flat roofs, provided the top of the
chimneys is not below the top of the adjacent parapet wall. In the case of sloping roofs,
the chimney top shall not be less than 0.6 m above the ridge of the roof in which the
chimney penetrates.
4.12 Parapet
Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony, verandah,
etc shall not be less than 1.0 m and not more than 1.2 m in height from the finished
floor level.
Note:
i. The above shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible by a staircase.
ii. However on terrace floor in the portion where installations like DG Set, Water Tank and other,
screening parapet of a suitable height may be constructed to hide such equipment’s etc and there is no
need to have uniformly increased the height of the parapet.
4.13 Cabin
The size of cabins shall not be less than 3.0 m2 with a minimum width of 1.0 m. The
clear passages within the divided space of any floor shall not be less than 0.75 m and
the distance from the farthest space in a cabin to any exit shall not be more than 18.5
m. In case the sub-divided cabin does not derive direct lighting and ventilation from
any open spaces/ mechanical means, the maximum height of the cabin shall be 2.2 m.
4.14 Boundary Wall
The requirements of the boundary wall shall be as follows:
a) Except with the special permission of the Authority, the maximum height of the
compound wall shall be 1.5 m above the centre line of the front street. Compound
wall up to 2.4 m height may be permitted if the top 0.9 m is of open type
construction of a design to be approved by the Authority.
b) In the case of a corner plot, the height of the boundary wall shall be restricted to
0.75 m for a length of 10 m on the front and side of the inter-sections and the
balance height of 0.75 m if required in accordance with (a) may be made up of
open type construction (through railings) and of design to be approved by the
Authority.
c) However, the provisions of (a) and (b) are not applicable to boundary walls of jails.
In industrial buildings, electric sub-stations, transformer stations, institutional
buildings like sanitoria, hospitals, industrial buildings like workshops, factories
and educational buildings like schools, colleges, including hostels, and other uses
of public utility undertakings and strategically sensitive buildings, a height up to
2.4 m may be permitted by the Authority.
4.15 Septic Tanks
Where a septic tank is used for sewage disposal, the location, design and construction
of septic tank shall conform to requirements of Part 9 ‘Plumbing Services, Section 1
Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation (Including Solid Waste Management)’ of
NBC, 2005.
4.15.1 Location of the Septic Tanks and Subsurface Absorption Systems
A sub-soil dispersion system shall not be closer than 18 m from any source of drinking
water, such as well, to mitigate the possibility of bacterial pollution of subsurface
water. It shall also be as far removed from the nearest habitable building as
economically feasible but not closer than 6 m, to avoid damage to the structures.

4.15.2 Requirements
a) Dimensions of septic tanks - Septic tanks shall have a minimum width of 750 mm,
a minimum depth of 1 m below the water level and a minimum liquid capacity of 1
m3. The length of tanks shall be 2 to 4 times the width;
b) Septic tanks may be constructed of brickwork, stone masonry, concrete or other
suitable materials as approved by the Authority;
c) Under no circumstances shall effluent from a septic tank be allowed into an open
channel drain or body of water without adequate treatment;
d) The minimum nominal diameter of the pipe shall be 100 mm. Further, at junctions
of pipes in manholes, direction of flow from a branch connection shall not make an
angle exceeding 45° with the direction of flow in the main pipe;
e) The gradients of land drains, under-drainage as well as the bottom of dispersion
trenches and soakways shall be between 1:300 and 1:400;
f) Every septic tank shall be provided with ventilating pipe of at least 50 mm
diameter. The top of the pipe shall be provided with a suitable cage of mosquito-
proof wire mesh. The ventilating pipe shall extend to a height which would cause
no smell nuisance to any building in the area. Generally, the ventilating pipe may
extend to a height of about 2 m, when the septic tank is at least 15 m away from
the nearest building and to a height of 2 m above the top of the building when it is
located closer than 15 m;
g) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to a seepage pit, the seepage pit may be
of any suitable shape with the least cross sectional dimension of 0.90 m and not
less than 1.00 m in depth below the invert level of the inlet pipe. The pit may be
lined with stone, brick or concrete blocks with dry open joints which should be
backed with at least 75 mm of clean coarse aggregate. The lining above the inlet
level should be finished with mortar. In the case of pits of large dimensions, the top
portion may be narrowed to reduce the size of the RCC cover slabs. Where no
lining is used, specially near trees, the entire pit should be filled with loose stones.
A masonry ring may be constructed at the top of the pit to prevent damage by
flooding of the pit by surface runoff. The inlet pipe may be taken down a depth of
0.90 m from the top as an anti-mosquito measure; and
h) When the disposal of the septic tank effluent is to a dispersion trench, the
dispersion trench shall be 0.50 m to 1.00 m deep and 0.30 m to 1.00 m wide
excavated to a slight gradient and shall be provided with 150 mm to 250 mm of
washed gravel or crushed stones. Open jointed pipes placed inside the trench shall
be made of unglazed earthenware clay or concrete and shall have a minimum
internal diameter of 75 mm to 100 mm. Each dispersion trench shall not be longer
than 30 m and trenches shall not be placed closer than 1.8 m.
4.15.3 Office-cum-Letter Box Room
In the case of multi-storeyed multi-family dwelling apartments constructed by existing
and proposed Cooperative Housing Societies or Apartment Owners Associations,
limited companies and proposed societies, an office-cum-letter box room of dimension
3.6 m × 3 m shall be provided on the ground floor. In case the number of flats is more
than 20, the maximum size of the office-cum-letter box room shall be 20 m2.
4.15.4 Business Buildings
Provision shall be made for letter boxes on the entrance floor as per the requirements
of the postal department.

4.16 Meter Rooms
For all buildings above 15 m in height and in special occupancies, like educational,
assembly, institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies with any
of the aforesaid occupancies having area more than 500 m2 on each floor, provision
shall be made for an independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per
requirements of electric (service) supply undertakings on the ground floor with direct
access from outside for the purpose of termination of electric supply from the
licensee’s service and alternative supply cables. The door/doors provided for the
service room shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.
4.17 Staircase/Exit Requirements
4.17.1 The minimum clear width, minimum tread width and maximum riser of staircases for
buildings shall be as given as below (see also Part 4 ‘Fire and Life Safety of NBC
2005).
4.17.2 Minimum width
The minimum width of staircase shall be as follows:
4.17.3 Minimum tread
The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 250 mm for residential buildings.
The minimum width of tread for other buildings shall be 300 mm.
4.17.4 Maximum riser
4.17.4.1 The maximum height of riser shall be 190 mm for residential buildings and 150 mm
for other buildings and these shall be limited to 12 per flight.
4.17.4.2 The minimum head-room in a passage under the landing of a staircase shall be 2.2
m. The minimum clear head-room in any staircase shall be 2.2 m.
4.17.5 Exit Requirements
All aspects of exit requirements for corridors, doors, stair cases, ramps, etc in respect
of widths, travel distance shall be as per Part 4 ‘Fire and Life Safety’ of NBC,2005.
4.18 Roofs
4.18.1 The roof of a building shall be so designed and constructed as to effectively drain
water by means of sufficient rain-water pipes of adequate size, wherever required, so
arranged, jointed and fixed as to ensure that the rain-water is carried away from the
building without causing dampness in any part of the walls, roof or foundations of the
building or an adjacent building.
A Residential buildings (dwellings)
NOTE — For row housing with 2
storeys, the min. width of shall be 0.75
1.0 m
B Residential hotel buildings 1.5 m
C Assembly buildings like auditoria,
theatres and cinemas
2.0 m
D Educational building 1.5 m
E Institutional buildings 2.0 m
F All other buildings 1.5 m

4.18.1.1 The Authority may require rain-water pipes to be connected to a drain or sewer to a
covered channel formed beneath the public footpath to connect the rainwater
rainwater pipe to the road gutter or in any other approved manner.
4.18.1.2 Rain-water pipes shall be affixed to the outside of the external walls of the building
or in recesses or chases cut or formed in such external walls or in such other manner
as may be approved by the Authority.
4.18.1.3 It is desirable to conserve rain water using suitable rain water harvesting techniques
including by roof water collection. In this context, reference may be made to Part 9
‘Plumbing Services, Section 1 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation (Including
Solid Waste Management)’ of NBC, 2005.
4.19 Special Requirements of Low Income Housing
Special requirements of low income housing shall be as given in relevant Section of
this Model Building Bye-Law. For detailed information in this regard, reference may
be made to the accepted standards.
4.20 Special Requirements for Cluster Planning for Housing
Special requirements for cluster planning for housing shall be as given in relevant
sections of the Model Building Bye-Law.
4.21 Group housing
a) Building requirement in respect of dwelling units upto 45 sq.mt. in size will
correspond to Table 3.3 and as applicable to plots upto 50 sq m.
b) Building requirement in respect of dwelling units above 45 sq m. may be referred
from the Table 3.3 applicable to above 50 sq m. plot size.
c) Projection into Open Spaces without counting towards FAR.
i) All open spaces provided either in interior or exterior shall be kept free from
any erections thereon and shall open to the sky. Nothing except cornice,
chhajja or weather shade (not more than 0.75 m. wide) shall overhang or
project over the said open space so as to reduce the width to less than
minimum required.
Note: Such projections shall not be allowed at height less than 2.2 m. from the corresponding
finished floor level:
ii) One canopy per block on the ground floor not exceeding 4.5 m. in length and
2.4 m. in width
iii) Balcony at roof slab level of 1.2 m. width and area not exceeding 3.5 sq m.
per bedroom but not exceeding 3 in number per flat.
iv) Balcony having entrance from the toilet/bathroom and width as 1.2 m. for
drying clothes.
4.22 Non-residential buildings
The minimum area for office room/shop or any other space to be used as workspace
shall not be less than 6.0 sq m. with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

4.23 Other general requirements
4.23.1 Swimming Pool
1) Definition: A constructed pool or a tank indoor or outside the building, used for the
purpose of swimming, bathing, aquatic sports or games, training, treatment (Therapy)
or recreation, meant exclusively for human being, having a depth of water not less than
that 60 cm. and the surface area exceeding 23.25 sq m. both for the use of public or the
institution concerned.
i) “Capacity of Pools in Relation to Bathers”: The maximum number of persons in
bathing attire within the pool enclosures of the bathing area shall not exceed one
person per 20 sq ft. (1.86 sq m.) of pool i.e. the area of the water surface.
2) “Hand Rail”: A side handrail extending up above and returning to the horizontal
surface of the pool deck curb or coping shall be provided at each side of each ladder.
3) “Depth Markers”: Depth of water shall be clearly marked at or above the water
surface on the vertical pool wall and on the edge of the deck or walk-way next to the
pool, at maximum points and at the points of break between the deep and shallow
portions and at intermediate increments of depth, spaced at not more than 2.5” (7.62
cm) intervals. Depth markers, contrasting with background shall be on both sides of
the pool.
4) “Lighting and Wiring”: Where submarine lightning is used, not less than 0.5 watts
shall be employed per sq. ft. of pool area.
5) “Area Lightning”: Where submarine lightning is employed, area lightning shall be
provided for the deck areas and directed towards the deck areas and away from the
pool surface so far as practicable, in a total capacity of not less than 0.6 watt per sq. ft
of deck area.
Where submarine lighting is not provided and night swimming is not permitted
combined pool lightning shall be provided in an amount of not less than 2 watts per sq.
ft. of total area. All submarine lightning shall be individually earthed and must be
water tight and damp proof.
6) “Over Head Wiring”: No electrical wiring for electrical or power shall be permitted to
pass over within 20 feet of the pool enclosure.
7) “Shallow Minimum Depth”: Every swimming pool shall have a minimum depth in the
shallow area of the main swimming area of not less then 0.9 mt. (3 feet), but not more
than 1.07mt. (3'-6”) from the overflow level to the floor
8) “Shallow Areas”: In a swimming pool with a diving area, the shallow area of the pool
shall be defined as the portion between the shallow end and the break point between
the shallow area and the diving area. The slope of the floor shall be uniform from the
break point between the diving area and the shallow portion to the outside edge of the
shallow portion and shall not be greater than 1 in 2 m.
9) “Vertical Wall Depth”: The pool walls shall be vertical at all points for a depth of not
less than 2 ft 6" (0. 76 m.)

4.24 Means of access (including Fire Safety- Ref Chapter 11)
4.24.1 No Building shall be erected as to deprive any other building of its means of access.
4.24.2 Every person who erects a building shall not at any time erect or cause or permit to
erect or re- erect any building, which in any way encroaches upon or diminishes the
area set apart as means of access.
4.24.3 For buildings identified in clause 11.1 the following provisions of means of access
shall be applicable.
a) The width of the main street on which buildings abut shall not be less than 12.0 m.
b) If there are any bends or curves in the approach road, sufficient width shall be
permitted at the curve to enable the fire tenders to turn, the turning circle shall be at
least of 9.0 m. radius.
c) The approach to the building and open spaces on its all sides (see Building Bye-
Laws 4.8 and 4.9) upto 6.0 m. width and the layout for the same shall be done in
consultation with the Chief Fire Officer and the same shall be of hard surface
capable of taking the weight of fire tender, weighing upto 22 tones for low rise
building and 45 tones for building 15 m., and above in height. The said open space
shall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable.
d) Main entrance to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to
the fire tender and in no case it shall measure less than 5 m. The entrance gate shall
fold back against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior
access way within the plot free for movement of the fire service vehicles. If-
archway is provided over the main entrance, the height of the archway shall not be
of height less than 5.0 m.
e) For multi-storeyed group housing schemes on one plot, the approach road shall be
20.0 m. or as per Master Plan/Development Plan provisions and between
individual buildings, there shall be 6.0 m. space around.
f) In case of basement extending beyond the building line, it shall be capable of
taking load of 45 tones for a building of height 15.0 m. and above and 22 tones for
building height less than 15.0 m.
g) The external window shall not be blocked by louvres etc. In such case provisions
shall be made so that one can enter the building to be rescued through the window
by using hydraulic platform etc.
4.24.4 Number and size of Exits 4
The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on the
occupants in each room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits, travel
distance and height of buildings as per provisions of Section 4.2 to 4.12 & 6.1 to 6.9 of
Part 4- Fire and Life Safety, NBC 2005.
4
Types of Exits
a) Exits shall be either horizontal or vertical type. An exit may be doorway, corridor and passage to an internal staircase
or external staircase, ramp to a verandah and/or terraces that have access to the street or to roof of a building. An exit
may also include horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same level.
b) Lifts escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits.

At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by individuals in
wheelchairs and shall be indicated by a sign
At least one entrance usable by individuals in wheelchairs shall be on a level that
would make the elevators accessible.
4.24.5 Arrangement of Exits
a) Exits shall be so located so that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed
22.50 m. for residential, educational, institutional and hazardous occupancies and
30.0 m. for assembly, business, mercantile, industrial and storage occupancies.
Whenever more than one exit is required for a floor of a building they shall be
placed as remote from each other as possible. All the exits shall be accessible from
the entire floor area at all floor levels.
b) The travel distance to an exit from the remote point shall not exceed half the
distance as stated above except in the case of institutional occupancy in which case
it shall not exceed 6.0 m.
4.24.6 Capacity of Exits
The capacity of exits (staircase, ramps and doorways) indicating the number of persons
could be safety evacuated through a unit exit width of 50 cm shall be as given below:
Table 4.3 Occupants per unit Exit width
Sl. No. Group of Occupancy Number of Occupants
Stairways Ramps Doors
1 Residential 25 50 75
2 Educational 25 50 75
3 Institutional 25 50 75
4 Assembly 40 50 60
5 Business 50 60 75
6 Mercantile 50 60 75
7 Industrial 50 60 75
8 Storage 50 60 75
9 Hazardous 25 30 40
4.24.7 Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors
The following minimum width provisions shall be made for each passage
way/corridor.
a) Residential buildings, dwelling unit type. 1.00 m.
b) Residential buildings, e.g., hostels, etc. 1.25 m.
c) Assembly buildings like auditorium theatres and cinemas. 2.00 m.
d) All other buildings including hotels. 1.50 m.
e) Hospital, Nursing Homes, etc. 2.40 m.
4.24.7.1 Ramps
a. The ramp to basement and parking floors shall not be less than 7.2m wide for two
way traffic and 4 m wide for one way traffic, provided with Gradient of 1:10 for
cars and 1:15 for heavy vehicles. At curved portions of the ramp or for circular
ramps the slope should not be more than 1:12.
b. Ramps may also be provided in the setbacks which can be sloped considering
unhindered movement of fire engine and in no case the gradient shall be less than
1:10.

c. All structural design/safety aspects as per latest BIS Codes & NBC, 2005 shall be
complied along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine & its maneuverings.
d. The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.4 m for stretcher and not
for vehicular movement
e. In this case Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
f. Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or
safe place
Ramps with Gradients
a. Where ramps with gradients are necessary or desired, they shall conform to the
following requirements.
b. A ramp when provided should not have a slope greater than 1 in 20 or maximum
of 1 in 12 for short distance up to 9 000 mm.
c. A ramp shall have handrails on at least one side, and preferably two sides, that
are 900 mm high, measured from the surface of the ramp, that are smooth, and
that extend 300 mm beyond the top and bottom of the ramp. Where major traffic
is predominantly children, the handrails should be placed 760 mm high.
Notes
i. Where handrails are specified to be of heights other than 80 cm, it is recommended that two sets of
handrails be installed to serve all people. Where major traffic is predominantly children,
particularly physically disabled children, extra care should be exercised in the placement of
handrails, in accordance with the nature of the facility and the age group or groups being serviced
ii. Care should be taken that the extension of the handrails is not in itself a hazard. Extension up to
300 mm may be made on the side of a continuing wall.
iii. A ramp shall have a surface that is non-slip surface and if length is 3 500 mm, the minimum
widthshall be 1 500 mm. greatly assists the challenged persons with semi-ambulatory and
ambulatory disabilities. Non-slip surfaces are provided by many finishes and materials. The
surfaces of the concrete ramps can be made nonskid by brooming the surface or by finishing with
an indenting roller.
iv. A ramp shall have a level platform at the top which is at least 1 800 mm long, if a door swings out
onto the platform or toward the ramp. This platform shall extend at least 300 mm beyond each side
of the doorway.
v. Each ramp shall have at least 1 800 mm of straight clearance at the bottom.
vi. Ramps shall have level platforms at 10 m to 12 m intervals for purposes of rest and safety, and
shall have platforms minimum 1.5 m length wherever they turn.
vii. For visually impaired people, ramps may be colour contrasted with landing.
viii. To minimize rise to wheelchair users, ramps should be equipped with herbs approximately 50 mm
high at exposed sides.
4.24.7.2 Doorways
a. Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on a corridor
or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress.
b. No exit doorways shall be less than 1m in width except assembly and institutional
buildings where Doorway shall not be less than 2 m.
c. Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not obstruct
the travel along any exit. No door when opened shall reduce the required width of
stairway or landing to less than 0.90 m Overhead or sliding door shall not be
installed.
Note: In the case of buildings where there is a central corridor, the doors of rooms shall open inwards
to permit smooth flow of traffic in the corridor

d. Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing equal to at
least, the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. Level
of landings shall be the same as that of the floor, which it serves.
e. Exit doorways shall be openable from the side, which they serve without the use of a
key.
f. Revolving doors shall not to be provided as means of fire exit.
g. Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding
the direction of exit.
4.25 Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building
4.25.1 The open spaces / setbacks covered area, FAR shall be as per Master Plan/Zonal Plan
requirements as given in the development controls of Master Plan. (Building Bye
Laws-Annexure VI)/ NBC, 2005
4.25.2 Every room that is intended for human habitation shall abut on an interior or exterior
open space or on to a verandah open to such interior or exterior open space.
4.25.3 In case of High rise the exterior open spaces around a building as in Building Bye
Laws No. shall be of green or hard surface capable of taking load of fire engine
weighing up to 45 tonnes.
4.25.4 In case, kitchen and toilets do not abut either interior or exterior open spaces,
mechanical ventilation would be accepted.
4.25.5 Up to 25% of the total setback area can be sunk for light, ventilation and access to
basement, provided fire tender movement is not hindered.
4.26 Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation
4.26.1 The whole or part of one side of one or more rooms intended for human habitation and
not abutting on either the front, rear or side open spaces shall abut on an interior open
space whose minimum width in all directions shall be 3.0 m in case of buildings not
more than 15 m/ 17.5 m (with stilts) in height, and in case of buildings above 15 m/
17.5 m (with stilts) it shall have mandatory mechanical ventilation in addition.
4.26.2 Sunken Courtyard:
Sunken courtyard up to 3mt in depth from the ground level as ‘light well’ within
building envelop shall be permitted for light and ventilation for basement area.
4.26.3 Skylight:
Skylight in interior open space (courtyard) shall be permitted subject to the fact that it
may not act as a covered space on the ground floor and does not violate the maximum/
minimum ground coverage rules.
4.27 Joint Open Air Space
4.27.1 Every interior or exterior or air space, unless the latter is a street, shall be maintained
for the benefit of such building exclusively and shall be entirely within the owner's
own premises.
If such interior or exterior open air space is intended to be used for the benefit of more
than one building belonging to the same owner; then the width of such open air space
shall be the one specified for the tallest building as specified in clause 4.10.3 and
4.10.4 abutting on such open air space.

Table 4.4 Provision of Exterior Open Spaces around the Buildings
Sl. No. Height of the Building
(m.)
Exterior open spaces to be left on all sides in m.
(front rear and sides in each plot)
As per prescribed set backs
1 10 3
2 15 5
3 18 6
4 21 7
5 24 8
6 27 9
7 30 10
8 35 11
9 40 12
10 45 13
11 50 14
12 55 and above 16
Note: On sides where no habitable rooms face, a minimum space of 9.0 m. shall be left for heights above 27.0 m.
c) In case of multi storeyed buildings the exterior open space around a building shall
be of hard surface capable to taking load of fire engine weighting upto 45 tonnes.
4.28 Provision of Podium for parking and landscaping
In case the buildings are to be constructed with stilt floor on individual plot for
providing parking space and where basement could not be approached for parking, in
such cases a podium may be constructed on ground floor in continuation of the stilt
floor having access from the front for the parking after leaving minimum 3m setback
from the plot line. The terrace of podium may be used for plantation & landscaping.
For low rise development, the maximum height permitted is 15mts. However where
the stilt floor is to be constructed for parking the height may be increased to 17.5 mtr.
4.29 Exemption to Open Spaces/Covered area
The following exemption to open space shall be permitted.
4.29.1 Projections into Open Spaces
a) Every interior or exterior open space shall be kept, free from any erection thereon
and shall be open to the sky. Nothing except cornice, chajja or weather shade (not
more than 0.75 m. wide) shall overhang or project over the said open spaces so as
to reduce the width to less than the minimum required.
Note: Such projections shall not be allowed at a height less than 2.20 m. from the corresponding finished
floor level
b) A canopy or canopies each not exceeding 4.50 m. in length and 2.40 m. in width in
the form of cantilever or cantilevers, over the main entrance/entrances, providing a
minimum clear height of 2.2 m. below the canopy.
In single storeyed residential building, only one such canopy shall be permitted for
each individual detached block. In more than one storeyed residential building, two
canopies shall be permitted over ground floor/higher floor entrances.
In buildings of other occupancies, the permissibility of canopy, canopies shall be
as decided by the Authority on its merits.

c) In case of residential building only, a balcony or balconies at roof level of a width
of 1.20 m. overhanging in set-backs within one’s own land and courtyards
provided the minimum area required shall not be reduced by more than 30% of
such open spaces.
d) The projections (cantilever) of cupboards and shelves shall be permitted and are
exempted from covered area calculations in case of residential buildings only.
Such projection shall be upto 0.75 m. depth provided.
i) That no cupboard shall project in the side set back on the ground floor.
ii) That outer length of cupboard overhanging in the set-backs shall not exceed 2.0
m. per habitable room. In addition to this, cupboard under the above and
windows can be provided.
Note: Cupboard means a space used for storage of household goods/clothes, having
shelves/partitions not more than 1.5 m. apart.
iii) Only one pergola on each floor shall be permitted in a residential building if
constructed in the exterior open spaces or terrace.
Such pergola shall not exceed 3.50 sq m. in area on which 40% shall be void and
shall have a clear height 2.20 m.
4.29.1.1 In addition to above, the following shall not be included in covered area for FAR
calculations.
a) Machine room for lift on top floor as required for the lift machine installation (see
Appendix ‘Ll’ and ‘L2’).
Note: The shaft provided for lift shall be taken for covered area calculations only on one floor.
b) Rockery, well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if
uncovered), platform round a tree, tank, fountain, bench, chabutara with open top
and / or unenclosed sides by walls, open ramps, compound wall, gate, slide swing
door, uncovered staircase (uncovered and unclosed on three sides except for a 0.90
m. high railing/wall, overhead water tank on top of building/open shafts.
c) A mumty over staircase on top floor.
d) Culvert on Municipal drains.
4.29.2 Height Limit
The Height and number of storeys shall be related to provisions of FAR as given in
Chapter-3 and the provisions of open spaces given in Building Bye-Laws and the
following:
a) The maximum height of building shall not exceed 1.5 times the width of road
abutting plus the front open spaces.
b) If a building abuts on two or more streets of different width, the building shall be
deemed to face upon the street that has the greater width and the height of the
building shall be regulated by the width of that street. Height shall however, not
exceed the maximum height as provided in the Master Plan.
c) For buildings in the vicinity of the aerodromes the maximum height of such
buildings shall be in accordance with regulations of “critical” and “non-critical”
zones as identified by the AAI in its Colour-Coded Zoning Maps (CCZM). The

application for Building plan approval shall be processed by the Authority as per
the CCZM for ‘non-critical’ areas.
Note: The location of slaughter house/butcher house and other areas for activities like depositing of
garbage dumps which would attract high flying birds like eagles/hawks etc. shall not be permitted
within a radius of 10 km. from aerodrome reference point.
4.29.3 Height Exemptions
The following appurtenant structures shall not be included in the height of building
covered under Building Bye-Laws 4.9.7.
Roof tanks and their supports not exceeding 1.0 m. in height,
Ventilating, air conditioning and lift rooms and similar service equipments,
Stair covered with Mumty not exceeding 3.00 m. in height.
Chimneys and parapet wall and architectural features not exceeding 1.50 m. in height,
unless the aggregate area of such structures exceeds 1/3 of the roof area of the building
on which they are erected. All such appurtenant structures shall be camouflaged to
achieve streamlined aesthetics.
4.30 Lighting and ventilation of rooms
4.30.1 Rooms shall have, for the admission of light and air, one or more openings, such as
windows and ventilators, opening directly to the external air or into an open
VERANDAH.
Lighting and ventilation requirements of all types of buildings shall be designed and
approved in accordance with the provisions of the following two IS Codes –
i. SP 32 (1986): Hand book on Functional Requirements of Industrial Buildings
(Lighting and Ventilation) [CED 12:Functional Requirements in Buildings] and
ii. SP 41 (1987): Hand book on Functional Requirements of Buildings (Other than
Industrial Buildings) [CED 12: Functional Requirements in Buildings]
Lighting loads of various spaces of –
i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 1, Section 1 of SP 32 (1986)
ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 2, Part 4 of SP 41 (1987)
Thermal comfort levels and design requirement of various spaces of –
i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Section 2 of SP 32 (1986)
ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Part 2 of SP 41 (1987)
Minimum Fresh Air requirement for –
i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 13 of Section 2 of SP 32 (1986)
ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 4 of Part 3 of SP 41 (1987)
4.30.1.1 Notwithstanding the area of openings obtained through the minimum aggregate area
(see Notes 1 to 3) of such openings, excluding doors inclusive of frames, shall be not
less than:
a) one-tenth of the floor area for dry hot climate;
b) one-sixth of the floor area for wet hot climate;
c) one-eighth of the floor area for intermediate climate; and
d) one-twelfth of the floor area for cold climate.
Notes
1. If a window is partly fixed, the openable area shall be counted.
2. No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted, if it is more than 7.5 m away from the opening
assumed for lighting that portion.
3. The area of openings as given in (a) to (d) above shall be increased by 25 percent in the case of a
kitchen.

All habitable rooms shall have for the admission of light and air, one or more
apertures, such as window, glazed door and fan lights, opening directly to the external
air or into an open verandah not more than 2.40 mt. in width. In case light and
ventilation to habitable space area are through an internal courtyard, the minimum
dimensions of such courtyard shall not be less than 3.0 m. x 3.0 m. for buildings upto
12.50 m. in height. For buildings with higher heights, the minimum dimensions of the
internal courtyard shall be as given in Building Bye-Laws 4.27
Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting and
natural ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and mechanical
ventilation as given in part-VII building services Section-1 lighting and Ventilation of
National Building Code of India published by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The
latest version of the National Building Code of India shall be taken into account at the
time of enforcement of the Building Bye-Laws.
4.30.1.2 Notwithstanding the above, the minimum aggregate area of openings of habitable
rooms and kitchens excluding doors shall be not less than 1/10 of the floor area.
4.30.1.3 No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than 7.50 m. from the
opening assumed for lighting that portion.
4.30.2 Ventilation Shaft
For ventilating the spaces for water closets and bathrooms, if not opening on the front
side, rear and interior open spaces, shall open on the ventilation shaft, the size, of
which shall not be less than the values given below:
Table 4.5 Size of Ventilation Shaft
Height of Building
(m)
Size of ventilation shaft
(sq m)
Minimum size of shaft (m)
Upto 10.0 1.2 0.9
Upto 12.0 2.8 1.2
Upto 18.0 4.0 1.5
Upto 24.0 5.4 1.8
Upto 30.0 8.0 2.4
Above 30.0 9.0 3.0
Notes:
i. For buildings above 30.0 m. height, mechanical ventilation system shall be installed besides the
provision of minimum ventilation shaft.
ii. For fully air-conditioned residential buildings for lodging purposes, the ventilation shaft need
not be insisted upon, provided the air-conditioning system works in an uninterrupted manner,
also, provided there is an alternative source of power supply. However, it is not mandatory in
case of buildings where ventilation is mechanized.

4.31 Building Services
4.31.1 The Planning design and installation of electrical installations, air conditioning
installation of lifts and escalators can be carried out in accordance with Part-VIII
Building Services, section–2 electrical installation, section–3 air conditioning and
heating, section-5 installation of lifts and escalators of National Building Code of
India. However deviations from National Building Code may be done as per good
Engineering practices.
4.31.2 The number and type of lifts to be provided in different buildings sha1l be as given in
Appendix-‘D’ & ‘D-1’.
4.31.3 The requirements of electric sub-station are given in Appendix-‘D2’. The provision of
electric sub-station shall also require approval from Electricity Board concerned.
4.32 Plumbing and Sanitary Services
4.32.1 The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and
sanitation and gas supply system shall be in accordance with Part-9: Plumbing
Services, Section-l Water supply, Drainage and sanitation (including Solid Waste
Management) and Section-2 Gas supply of NBC, 2005.
4.32.2 Requirement of water supply for various occupancies in buildings shall be as given in
Table 4.6, 4.7, and 4.8.
4.32.3 Requirement of sanitary fittings and installations for different occupancies in buildings
shall be as given in Table 4.9 to 4.22 for calculation of occupancy.
4.32.4 Sewage treatment plant of capacity of treating 100% waste water to be installed. (Ref
Table 14)
4.33 Segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings
4.33.1 Special requirement of segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings
(Government Buildings, Hospitals, Educational Institutions, Commercial Building
etc). Provisions and occupancies shall be referred at Table 4.15
** This section is provided for Segregated toilet facilities for visitors in Public
Buildings (within the premises of the building, but outside the building block).
Public toilets are meant for floating population, usually located near railway stations,
bus stands, market places, government hospitals, religious centers etc. These toilets
have a greater demand for urinals than community toilets.
The key considerations for siting such facilities on the site are-
i. Size of the toilet block (i.e. number of seats) and
ii. Location of the toilet block with respect to the main building block.
iii. Convenience of the visitors in accessing and using the facility.

4.33.2 Surveys conducted by the central government show that people, especially women and
aged, are unlikely to use the facility if it beyond 500 meters. The preferable location
shall be within 200-500 mt from the main entry of the building.
4.33.3 The site shall be earmarked on Site Plan or a Layout plan. The Authority shall clearly
state advantages and disadvantages of the location for the owner/ engaged Competent
Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) to make an informed
decision on the siting.
4.33.4 It must be accessible to visitors and general public during the operational hours of the
building. However, fiscal generation for maintenance may be planned w.r.t user
charges from visitors and general public.
(Experience in sample cities has shown that toilet blocks are more likely to remain
clean if they are centrally located; those on periphery sooner fall into disrepair.)
4.33.5 Other factors to be considered:
a) Wastewater conveyance/treatment and prevention of contamination-
Since sewers may not be available in many cities, in most cases the toilet blocks will
have on-site sanitation, which would require periodic cleaning of tanks / pits. Location
on site should allow easy and hygienic emptying of the pits / tanks and ensure that
ground water table is not contaminated by wastewater percolation.
b) Adequacy in provision-
The size of the block (i.e. on number of seats) must meet visitors’ need. Inadequacy
results in long queues and encourages open urination. Care is to be taken for balancing
problems and other special needs of children and the elderly.
c) Design considerations-
i. Adequate Ventilation.
ii. Door Design / Direction of swing of the door (preferred outwards),
iii. Adequate Waiting area and
iv. Adequate volumes of water storage.
d) The facilities should include:
i. Separate toilet blocks for men and women with separate entries.
ii. Seats for children to be provided in both sections for men and women.
iii. Waiting / Holding area.
iv. Space for Facility caretaker and maintenance staff – from where they can
monitor and maintain both facilities for men and women.
v. Urinal facilities for men
vi. Waste water disposal system
vii. Janitor / Store room for cleaning material / equipments.
Note: Table 4.17 may be referred for number of seats / urinals for this section.
4.33.6 Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets:
i. One special W.C. in a set of toilet shall be provided for the use of differently abled
persons, with essential provision of wash basin near the entrance.
ii. Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm. and the door shall swing out.
iii. Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm. clearance from
wall shall be made in the toilet.
iv. The W.C. seat shall be 500 mm. from the floor.

4.33.7 Water requirement and facilities:
Water requirement for the facility may be worked out and enough storage for ½ day
operation is to be kept in storage. If municipal water supply is reliable, the toilet blocks
may have underground sump that can store half a day’s requirement and overhead
tanks for another half. If municipal water supply is not available, toilet block may have
its own bore well and pump with no underground sump. Alternatively a hand tube well
can be used for storing water in an elevated (not overhead) tank. To minimize the
wastage of water, self-closing water taps should be used.
The pans must be of Pour Flush (PF) design i.e. with a steep slope. Traps should be of
a 20 mm water seal. (Use of 50 mm water seal traps will require more water for
flushing.) If toilet is to be linked to city sewer, a master trap has to be provided at the
sewer connection.
Urinals may not be fitted with urinal pots as their replacement is expensive.
** The proposed norms are based on Guidelines on Community & Public toilets Government of Odisha
Housing and Guidelines for Community Toilets, 1995; Ministry of Urban Affairs & Employment
(However, they shall be further refined, once comments and suggestions are received from the State
Governments after the circulation of Draft Model Building Bye-laws 2014).
Table 4.6 Per Capita water requirement for various Occupancies/Uses
Sl. No. Type of Occupancy Consumption per head per
day (in lt.)
1. Residential
a) In living units
b) Hostels
c) Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed)
d) Hotels (5 star and above)
135
135
180
340
2. Educational
a) Day schools
b) Boarding Schools
45
135
3. Institutional (Medical Hospitals)
a) No. of beds not exceeding 100
b) No. of beds exceeding 100
c) Medical quarters and hostels
340
450
135
4. Assembly- Cinema theatres, auditoria, etc. (per seat
accommodation)
15
5. Government or Semi public business 45
6. Segregated toilet facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings
a) Each use of toilet (including washing hands and floors)
b) Flushing urinals
7
0.20
7. Mercantile (Commercial)
a) Restaurants (per seat)
b) Other business building
70
45
8. Industrial
a) Factories where bath-rooms are to be provided
b) Factories where bath-rooms are not to be provided
45
30
9. Storage ( including Warehouses ) 30
10. Hazardous 30
11. Intermediate Stations (excluding mail and express stops). 45 (25)*
12. Junction Station 70 (45)*
13. Terminal Stations 45
14. International and Domestic Airports 70

* The values in parenthesis are for such stations, where bathing facilities are not provided.
Note: The number of persons for Sl. No. 11 to 14 shall be determined by the average number of passenger
handled by the station daily with due consideration given to the staff and workers likely to use the
facilities.
Table 4.7 Flushing Storage Capacities
Sl. No. Classification of Building Storage Capacity
1. For tenements having common convenience 900 lt. net per w.c. seat
2. For residential premises other than tenement
having common conveniences
270 lt. net for one w.c. seat each and 180
lt. for each additional seat in the same flat.
3. For factories and workshops 900 lt. per w.c. seat and 180 lt. per urinal.
4. For cinemas, public assembly hall, etc. 900 lt. per w.c. seat and 350 lt. per urinal.
Table 4.8 Domestic Storage Capacities
Sl. No. No. of Floors Storage Capacity Remarks
For premise occupied tenements with common conveniences:
1. Ground floor Nil Provided down take fittings are
installed
2. Floors 2, 3,4, 5 and upper floors 500 litre per tenement
For premises occupied as flats or blocks
1. Ground floor Nil Provided down take fittings are
installed
2. Floors 2, 3, 4, 5 and upper floors 500 litre per tenement
Note: 1. If the premises are situated at a place higher than the road level in front of the premises, storage at
ground level shall be provided on the same lines as on floors.
2. The above storage may be permitted to be installed provided that the total domestic storage
calculated on the above basis is not less than the storage calculated on the number of down take fittings
according to scale given below:
Down take taps 70 l. each
Showers 135 l. each
Bathtubs 200 l. each
Table 4.9 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit / Fittings For Personnel
1. Water closet One for every 25 persons or part thereof exceeding 15 (including
employees and customers). For female personnel 1 for every 15
persons or part thereof exceeding 10.
2. Drinking Water Fountain One for every 100 person with a minimum of one on each floor.
3. Wash Basin One for every 25 persons or part thereof.
4. Urinals Same as Sl. No. 3 of Table 4.14
5. Cleaners’ Sink One per floor minimum, preferably in or adjacent to sanitary
rooms.
Note: Number of customers for the purpose of the above calculation shall be the average number of persons in
the premises for a time interval of one hour during the peak period. For male-female calculation a ratio
of 1: 1 may be assumed.

Table 4.10 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit For Residential
Public staff
For non residential Staff
For male For female
1. Water Closet (W.C.) One per 8 Persons
omitting occupants of
the attached water
closet minimum of 2 if
both sexes are lodged
1 for 1-15 persons
2 for 16-35 persons
3 for 36-65 persons
4 for 66-100 persons
2 for 1-12 persons
4 for 13-25 persons
6 for 26-40 persons
8 for 41-57 persons
10for 58-77 persons
12for78-100 persons
Add 1 for every 6
persons or part thereof.
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3. Urinals Nil Nil upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 40-70 persons
Nil
4. Wash Basins One per 10 persons
omitting each basin
installed in the room /
suite
1 for 15 persons
2 for 16-35 persons
3 for 36-65 persons
1 for 1-12
2 for 13-25
3 for 26-40
4 for 41-57
5. Baths One per 10 persons,
less occupants of room
with bath in suite
Nil Nil
6. Cleaner’s Sinks One per 30 Bed rooms
(one per floor
minimum)
Nil Nil
7. Kitchen Sink One in each Kitchen One in each Kitchen One in each Kitchen
Table 4.10 contd: For Public Rooms
Sl.No Sanitary Unit For Male For Female
1. Water Closet One per 100 persons upto 400
persons; for over 400 add at the
rate of one per 250 persons or part
thereof.
Two for 100 persons upto 200 persons;
over 200 add at the rate of one per 100
persons or part thereof.
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3. Urinals One for 50 persons or part
thereof.
Nil, upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4. Washbasins One per WC/Urinal One per WC
5. Kitchen Sink One in each Kitchen One in each Kitchen
6. Baths (showers) One per 10 persons
7. Cleaner’s Sinks One per 30 Bed rooms (one per floor minimum)
Note: i) It may be assumed that the two-thirds of the number are males and one- third females.
ii) One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof
in the vicinity of water closet and urinals.

Table 4.11 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit Boarding Institution Other Educational Institution
For Boys For Girls For Boys For Girls
1. Water Closet (W.C.) One for 8 boys
or part thereof
One for 6 girls or
part thereof
One for 40 boys
or part thereof
One for 25 girls or
part thereof
2. Ablution Taps One in each
W.C.
One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3. Urinals One per every
25 pupils or part
thereof
-- One per every 20
pupils or part
thereof
--
4. Wash Basins One for every 8
pupils or part
thereof
One for every 6
pupils or part
thereof
One for every 60
pupils or part
thereof
One for every 40
pupils or part
thereof
5. Baths One for every 8
pupils or part
thereof
One for every 6
pupils or part
thereof
-- --
6. Drinking Water
Fountains
One for every 50
pupils or part
thereof
One for every 50
pupils or part
thereof
One for every 50
pupils or part
thereof
One for every 50
pupils or part
thereof
7. Cleaner’s Sink One per Floor
minimum
One per Floor
minimum
One per Floor
minimum
One per Floor
minimum
Table 4.11 Contd: Nursery Schools
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit Requirement
1. Water Closet One for 15 boys, one for 6 girls
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C.
3. Urinals One for 12 boys
4. Wash Basins One for every 15 pupils or part thereof
5. Baths One bath per 40 pupils
6. Drinking Water Fountains One for every 50 pupils or part thereof
7. Cleaner’s Sink One per Floor minimum
Note:
1. One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof, in the
vicinity of water closets and urinal.
2. For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the same as in case of office
buildings (Table 5.10).

Table 4.12 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy- Hospital
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit Hospitals With
indoor Patient
Ward For Males &
females
Hospitals With outdoor Patient Wards
For Males For Females
1. Toilet Suite
(1WC+1Washbasin+
1shower)
Private room upto 4
persons
For upto 4 patients
2. Water Closet (W.C.) One for every 8 beds
or part thereof
One for every 100
persons or part
thereof
One for every 25 persons
or part thereof
3. Ablution taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
4. Wash Basins Two upto 30 bed;
add one for every
additional 30 beds; or
part thereof
One for every 100
persons or
part
thereof
or part thereof.
5. Baths with Shower One bath with
shower for every
8 beds or part
thereof.
-- --
6. Bed pan washing
sink
One for each
ward
-- --
7. Cleaner’ Sinks One for each ward One per floor
minimum
One per floor minimum
8. Kitchen sinks & dish
Washers
(where
Kitchen is
provided)
One for each ward -- --
9. Urinals One for 30 beds
(male wards)
One for every 50
persons or part
thereof
--
10. Drinking water
fountain
One for each ward One for 500 persons or part thereof
Table 4.12 contd. Administrative Buildings
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit For Males For Females
1. Toilet Suite
(1WC+1Washbasin+
1shower)
For individual doctor’s/officer’s rooms
2. Water Closet (W.C.) One for every 25 persons or part
thereof
Two for every 25 persons or
part thereof
3. Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
4. Wash Basins One for every 25 persons or part
thereof
One for every 25 persons or
part thereof
5. Baths with Shower One on each floor One on each floor
6. Cleaner’s Sink One per floor minimum One per floor minimum
7. Kitchen sinks & dish
Washers (where Kitchen
is provided)
One for each floor One for each floor
8. Nil upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
From 101 to 200 persons add at
the rate of 3%; for over 200
persons add at the rate of 2.5%.
--
9. Drinking water fountain One for 100 persons or part thereof

Table 4.13 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy- (staff quarters and Hostels)
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit Doctor’s Dormitories Nurses Hostel
For Male Staff For female staff
1. Water Closet One for 4 persons One for 2 persons One for 2 persons or
part thereof
Two for 13-25
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3. Wash Basins One for every 8
persons or part thereof
One for every 8
persons or part
thereof
One for every 8
4. Bath (with shower) One for every 4
One for every 4
persons or part
thereof
One for every 4
5. Cleaner’s Sink One per floor
minimum
One per floor
minimum
One per floor
minimum
6. Drinking water
fountain
One for 100 persons or part thereof One for 100 persons
or part thereof
Table 4.14 Sanitation Requirements for Governmental and Public Business Occupancy and Offices
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit For Male Personnel For female Personnel
1. Water Closet (W.C.) One for 25 persons or part thereof Two for 15 persons or part
thereof
2. Ablution taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3. Urinals Nil upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
From 101 to 200 add @ 3%;
For over 200 persons add @ 2.5%.
--
4. Wash Basins One for every 25 persons or part
thereof
or part thereof
5. Drinking water fountains One for every 100 persons with a
minimum of one on each floor
with a minimum of 1 on
each floor
6. Cleaner’s Sinks One per floor minimum; preferably in
or adjacent to sanitary rooms.
--
7. Executive Room /
Conference Halls
Toilet Suite (1 WC, 1 washbasin, optional shower for 24 hr usages)
Unit could be common for Male/Female or separate depending on the number of user
of each facility
Note: One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided / 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity.
Table 4.15 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings
S.
No
Sanitary Unit For Male Personnel For Female Personnel
1. Public toilet near Railway Stations (24x7)
a) Water Closet(W.C)
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps
a) One for 100 users
b) One unit per 300-500 users
c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 50 users
b) --
c) One in each W.C.
2. Public Toilet near market place/offices
(for working hours)
a) Water Closet
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps
c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 50 users
b) --
c) One in each W.C.
3. Public toilets near Public Buildings
a) Water Closet
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps
c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 50 users
b) –
c) One in each W.C.
Per Capita Volume of Water required may be referred at item 6, Table 4.6
Area and sizes of seats/units may be referred at Table 4.16

Table 4.16 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets
Sl. No. Description Optimum (mm) Minimum (mm)*
1. Water Closet enclosures 900x1200 750x900
2. Urinals (divided by partition walls) 575x675 500x600
*In case of space constraint, the minimum sizes may be adopted
Table 4.17 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit Dwelling with
individual
conveniences
Dwelling without individual conveniences
1. Bath Room One provided
with water tap
One for every two tenement
2. Water Closet (W.C.) One One for every two tenement
3. Sink (or Nahani) in
the Floor
One --
4. Water Tap One One with drainage arrangement in each
tenement
One in common bath rooms and common water
closet.
Note: Where only one water closet is provided in a dwelling, the bath and water closet shall be separately
accommodated.
Table 4.18 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theaters, Auditoria.
Etc.)
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit For Public For Staff
Male Female Male Female
1 Water Closet One for 100
persons upto 400
persons. For
over 400
persons,
add at the rate
of 1 per 250
persons or part
thereof
Four for 100
persons upto
200 persons.
For over 200
persons
add at the rate
of 1 per 50
persons or part
thereof
One for 15
persons.
Two for 16-35
persons
Two for 1-12
persons.
Four for 13-25
persons
add at the rate
of 1 per 6
persons or part
thereof
2 Ablution Taps One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C
One in each
W.C
3 Urinals One for 50
persons or part
thereof
-- Nil upto
6 persons
One for 7-20
persons
Two for 21-45
persons
--
4 Wash Basins One for every
200 persons or
part thereof
One for every
200 persons or
part thereof
One for 1-15
persons
Two for 16-35
One for 1-12
persons
Two for 13-25
persons
5 Drinking Water
Fountain
One per 100 persons or part thereof
6 Cleaner’s sink One per floor
7 Shower/Bathing As per trade requirements
Note: i) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the
vicinity of water closets and urinals.
ii) It may be assumed that two thirds of the number is males and one third females.

Table 4.19 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and Museums)
Sl.
No.
Sanitary Unit For Public For Staff
1 Water Closet
(W.C.)
One for 200 persons
upto 400 persons.
For over 400 persons,
add at the rate of 1
per 250 persons or
part thereof
Four for 100
persons upto 200
persons.
For over 200
persons, add at the
rate of 1 per 50
persons or part
thereof
One for 1-15
persons.
Two for 16-35
persons.
Two for 1-12
persons.
Four for 13-25
persons, add at
the rate of 1
per 6 persons.
2 Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each
W.C
One in each
W.C
3 Urinals One for 50 persons or
part thereof
-- Nil upto
6 persons
One for 7-20
persons
Two for 21-45
persons
--
4 Wash Basins One for every 200
persons or part
thereof. For over 400
persons, add at the
rate of 1 per 250
persons or part
thereof.
One for every 200
persons or part
thereof. For over
200 persons, add at
the rate of 1 per 150
persons or part
thereof
One for 1-15
persons
Two for 16-35
One for 1-12
persons
Two for 13-25
persons
5 Cleaner’s Sink One per floor, minimum
6 Drinking Water
Fountain
One per 100 persons or part thereof
7 Shower/Bath As per trade requirements
Note: It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one third females.
Table 4.20 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit For Public For Staff
1. Water Closet
(W.C.)
One per 50
seats upto 200
seats. For over
200 seats, add
at the rate of 1
per 100 seats
or part thereof
One per 25
seats upto 200
seats. For over
200 seats, add
at the rate of 1
per 50 seats or
part thereof
1 for 15 persons.
2 for 16-35
persons.
3 for 36-65
persons.
4 for 66-100
persons.
2 per 1-12 persons.
4 for 13-25 persons.
12 for 78-100
persons.
2. Ablution Taps One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3. Urinals One for 50
persons or part
thereof
-- Nil upto 6 persons.
1 for 7-20 persons.
2 for 21-45
persons.
3 for 46-70
persons.
4 for 71-100
persons.
--
4. Wash Basins One for every water closet
5. Kitchen Sinks &
Dish Washer
One per each Kitchen
6. Service Sink One in the restaurant
Note:
i) It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one-third females.
ii) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the
vicinity of water closets and urinal.

Table 4.21 Sanitation Requirements for Factories
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit For Male Personnel For female Personnel
1. Water Closet 1 for 15 persons
2 for 16-35 persons
For 101 to 200 persons add at
rate of 3%. From over 200
persons, add at the rate of 2.5%.
2 for 1-12 persons
For 101 to 200 persons, add at the
rate of 3%. From over 200 persons
add at the rate of 2%.
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C One in each W.C.
3. Urinals Nil upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
From 101 to 200 persons add at
the rate of 3%; for over 200
persons add at the rate of 2.5%.
--
4. Washing Taps with
draining arrangement
One for every 25 persons or part thereof
5. Drinking Water
Fountains
One for every 100 persons with a minimum of one on each floor
6. Baths Preferably
Showers
As required for particular trade or occupation
7. Emergency shower
and eye wash
fountain
1 per every shop floor per 500 person
Note:
i) For many trades of a dirty or dangerous character, more extensive provisions are required.
ii) One water tap with draining arrangement shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the
vicinity of water closet and urinal
iii) Creche where provided shall be fitted with water closets (One for 10 persons or part thereof), wash
basins (1 for 15 persons or part thereof) and drinking water tap with drinking arrangement for every 50

Table 4.22 Sanitary Requirements for Large Stations and Airports
Sl. No. Place W.C. for Males W.C. for Females Urinals for Males only
1. Junction Stations,
Intermediate Stations
and Substations
3 for first 1000
persons, add 1 for
subsequent 1000
persons or part
thereof.
8 for first 1000
persons, add 1 for
every additional 1000
persons or part
thereof.
4 for every 1000 person,
add 1 for every
additional 1000 persons
or part thereof.
2. Terminal Stations and
Bus Terminals
4 for first 1000
persons and 1 for
every additional
1000 persons or part
thereof.
10 for every 1000
person and 1 for every
additional 1000
persons or part
thereof.
6 for every 1000 person
and 1 for every
additional 1000 persons
or part thereof.
3. Domestic Airports
Minimum.
For 200 persons
For 400 persons
For 600 persons
For 800 persons
For 1000 persons
2*
5
9
12
16
18
4*
16
30
40
52
58
1 per 40 persons or part
thereof.
4. International Airports
For 200 persons
For 600 persons
For 1000 persons
6
12
18
20
40
58
1 per 40 persons or part
thereof.
Note:
i) Provision for wash basins, baths including shower stalls, shall be in accordance with part ix
section 2- Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of India.
* At least one Indian style water closet shall be provided in each toilet. Assume 60 % males and 40
% females in any area.
* At least 50 % of female WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.
Table 4.23 General Standards/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area
Public Toilet On roads and for open areas: At every 1 km, including in parks, plaza, open air theatre,
swimming area, car parks, fuel stations. Toilets shall be disabled-friendly and in 50-50 ratio
(M/F). Provision may be made as for Public Rooms (Table 4.10 Contd)
Signage Signboards on main streets shall give directions and mention the distance to reach the nearest
public convenience. Toilets shall have multi-lingual signage for the convenience of visitors.
Helpline number shall be pasted on all toilets for complaints/queries.
Modes Pay and use or free. In pay and use toilets entry is allowed on payment to the attendant or by
inserting coin and user gets 15 minutes.
Maintenance/
Cleaning
The toilet should have both men and women attendants. Alternatively automatic cleaning
cycle covering flush, toilet bowl, seat, hand wash basin, disinfecting of floor and complete
drying after each use can be adopted, which takes 40 seconds.
Public toilet shall be open 24 hours.
4.34 Construction Site
1. At construction job sites, one toilet must be provided per 20 employees. In a work
zone with between 21 and 199 employees, a toilet seat and one urinal must be
provided for every 40 employees. For 200 or more workers, regulations call for a toilet
seat and a urinal per 50 workers. The toilet must be located within 200 m or 5 minute
walk.
2. Job sites that are not equipped with a sanitary sewer must, unless prohibited by local
codes, provide privies, in locations where their use will not contaminate either ground
or surface water. Other alternatives to a privy could be chemical toilets, re-circulating
toilets, or combustion toilets.
3. Toilets should be cleaned regularly and maintained in good order, running water, must
be provided along with soap and individual hand towels.

4.35 Temporary Camp Toilets
Toilet facilities shall be provided within 60 m of the, site, which shall not be closer
than 15 m of dining area or kitchen. Make sure that toilet area is cleaned at least once
per day, it is sanitary, adequately lighted and is employee safe.
4.36 Special / Contingency Toilets
A) For Special events like open air theater, religious/political gatherings, mela, etc. for
which there are no permanent toilet facilities, contingency toilets/PSUs shall be
provided. The following considerations shall determine the number of toilets to be
provided for particular event:
i) Duration of the event
ii) Type of crowd
iii) Weather conditions
iv) Whether finishing times are staggered if the event has multi-functions and the
following guidelines shall be applied with minimum 50 percent female toilets.
Table 4.24 Contingency Toilet facilities for Special Events
Sl.No. Patrons For Males For Females
Toilets Urinals Sinks Toilets Sinks
1. <500 1 2 2 6 2
2. <1000 2 4 4 9 4
3. <2000 4 8 6 12 6
4. <3000 6 15 10 18 10
5. <5000 8 25 17 30 17
Source: i) FEMA “Special Events Contingency Planning”, Toilets Page 39
ii) Jain. AK, “Spatio Economic Development Record”, Clauses 5.16-5.20
iii) “Public Toilets for Women in India”, Volume 18 No 5, September-October, 2011
B) Special Purpose Toilets: Special toilet facilities shall be adequately provided in
public projects (transport terminals/ healthcare and other public spaces) in million plus
cities for the Third gender with appropriate cleanliness arrangements.
4.37 General guidance for water supply arrangements
1. For new construction: Provision shall be made for underground tank for the storage of
water, having capacity at 200 l. per person with adequate pumping arrangements to
supply water to upper floors. Filtered water connection will be allowed only for use of
drinking and bathing needs. For other purposes i.e. flushing and gardening etc., the
individual shall be required to have own arrangements of tube well water within the
premises. While according sanction to Layout Plan, the Authority shall make a special
mention that provision for space shall be kept for the construction of underground
reservoir of adequate capacity along with booster pumping station.
2. Arrangements as given in 1 above shall also be provided in Group Housing Societies.
3. The plumbing arrangement in case of new constructions shall be made in a way that
the potable water shall be used for drinking, cooking & bathing only and for rest of the
uses, provision for ground water can be made with dual piping system.
4. Low capacity cistern should preferably be provided instead of normal 12.5 L capacity.
5. Provisions for sustainable methods of Water and Wastewater management, and Water
harvesting may be referred from Section 9.2 in the Bye-Laws.

Provisions for High-rise Development 5
5. PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE
DEVELOPMENT
5.1 High Rise
Buildings higher than 15m of height without stilts and above 17.5m of height with
stilts shall be considered as high rise building.
Note: These provisions shall be in addition to the Chapter 3 for plan sanction procedure, general building
requirements (low/high) given in Chapter 4 of this document and structural safety given in Chapter 6.
5.1.1 Plot Area
Plots to be used for high rise development should be located in an approved Layout
plan, Comprehensive plans or sub division plans as prepared and approved by
competent authorities/ as per policy of the Government of India / State Governments.
5.1.2 Means of access
a. A building shall abut on a street or streets or upon spaces directly connected from the
street by a hard surface approach road, width of approach road is not less than 9
meters,
b. If there are any bends or curves on the approach road, a sufficient width shall be
provided at the curve to enable the fire appliances to turn, the turning circle being at
least of 9.0 m radius. Where entry to the plot is through a slip road the gate width
shall not be less than 6 m for entry of the firefighting appliance.
c. The approach road to the building and open spaces on its all sides up to 6 m width
and the layout for the same shall be done in consultation with Chief Fire Officer, Fire
Service and the same shall be reinforced to ensure safety of the fire equipment and
capable of taking the weight of Fire engine, weighing up to 45 tonnes) The said open
space shall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable.
d. Main entrances to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to the
fire engine and in no case it shall measure less than 6 m. The entrance gate shall fold
back against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way
within the plot free for movement of fire service vehicles. If archway is provided over
the main entrance the height of the archway shall not be at a height less than 5m.
e. For multistoried group housing schemes on one plot, the approach road to the site
shall be minimum 18 m in width.
5.2 Peripheral Open Spaces including set backs
There shall be a space of 6 m all around up to 40m height and after that a space of 9m
all around should be provided
5.3 Parking Spaces
a. The parking spaces shall be provided as per the provisions of Master Plan or Zonal
plan as prevalent. The location of parking spaces shall be well ventilated.
b. In case of high-rise buildings parking will be permitted at any / all of the following:
i. Basements
ii. Stilts
iii. Podium
c. Stacked/ Multi-level/ Automated parking is also permitted.

5 Provisions for High-rise Development
5.4 Building components
5.4.1 Doorways
a. Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on a corridor
or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress.
b. No exit doorway shall be less than 1m in width. Doorways shall be not less than 2
m in height. Doorways for bathrooms, water closet, stores etc. shall be not less than
0.75m wide.
c. Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is, away from the room but shall not
obstruct the travel along any exit. No door, when opened, shall reduce the required
width of stairway or landing to less than 0.9m, overhead or sliding doors shall not
be installed.
d. Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight or stairs, a landing equal to at
least the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway, level
of landing shall be the same as that of the floor which it serves.
e. Exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of a
key.
f. Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding
the direction of exit.
5.4.2 Revolving Doors
Revolving door shall not be provided as a means of fire exit.
5.4.3 Stairways
a. A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.
b. The staircase shall be ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing and a vent at the
top; the vent openings shall be of 0.5 sq.m in the external wall and the top. If the
staircase cannot be ventilated, because of location or other reasons, a positive
pressure 50 Pa shall be maintained inside. The mechanism for pressurizing the
staircase shall operate automatically with the fire alarm. The roof of the shaft shall
be 1 m above the surrounding roof. Glazing or glass bricks if used in staircase, shall
have fire resistance rating of minimum 2 hour.
c. The minimum width of staircase shall be as table given below:
Table 5.1 Minimum width of staircase for different types of buildings
Types of Building Width
Residential buildings (dwellings) 1.0m
Residential hotel buildings 1.5m
Assembly buildings like auditorium, theatres and cinemas 2.0m
Educational buildings up to 30 m in height 1.5m
Institutional buildings like hospitals 2.0m
All other buildings 1.5m
d. The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 0.25m for staircase for
residential buildings. In the case of other buildings the minimum tread shall be
0.3m. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent
slipping. The maximum height of riser shall be 0.19m in the case of residential
buildings and 0.15m in the case of other buildings and shall be limited to 15 risers
per flight.
e. Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 0.9m from the center of the
tread.
f. The minimum headroom in a passage under the lading of a staircase and under the
staircase shall be 2.2m.

g. Access to main staircase shall be gained through adequate fire resistance rating
(clause 11.7.1 of Chapter 11) Automatic closing doors placed in the enclosing walls
of the staircases. It shall be a swing type door opening in the direction of the escape.
h. No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into the staircase or
staircases.
i. External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to the
open spaces or can be reached without passing through any door other than a door
provided to form a draught lobby.
j. The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be provided at a
height of 0.5m from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated by electric
light connected to corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs should be flushed
with the wall and so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur to them due to
moving of furniture or other heavy equipment’s. Further all landings of floor shall
have floor indication boards indicating the number of floor. The floor indication
board shall be placed on the wall immediately facing the flight of stairs and nearest
to the landing. It shall be of size not less than 0.5x 0.5m and it shall be prominently
on the wall facing the staircase.
k. In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the access
to the basement shall be by a separate staircase. However, the second staircase may
lead to basement levels provided the same is separated at ground level by either a
ventilated lobby with discharge points at two different ends or through enclosures
with fire resistance rating door (clause 11.7.1 of Chapter 11) or through a fire
protected corridor.
5.4.4 Lifts
General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:
a. All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts. The lifts provided in the
buildings shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency. In a
dual line arrangement (lifts opposite to each other) the lobby may be between 1.5
times to 2.5 times the depth of one car. For in-line (single line) arrangements the
lobby may be typically half of the above recommendations.
b. Grounding switch, at ground floor level, to enable the fire service to ground the lift
shall also be provided.
c. The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be installed
there in.
d. Walls of lift enclosures and lift lobby shall have fire rating of 2 hour; (Refer Section
11.7.1 of Chapter 11); lifts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2 sq.m
e. Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
f. Lift lobby doors in lift enclosures shall have fire resistance as per Section 11.7.1 of
Chapter 11.
g. Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with fire
resistance of at least 1 hour.
h. If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure between
25 and 30 Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive pressure of 50 Pa shall
be maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for pressurization shall act
automatically with the fire alarm; it shall be possible to operate this mechanically
also.
i. Lifts if communicating with the basement, the lift lobby of the basements shall be
pressurized as suggested in clause 11.9.1(g) and 11.9.1(h) with self-closing door
with fire resistance rating (Refer Section 11.7.1 of Chapter 11). Telephone or other
communication facilities shall be provided in lift cars and to be connected to fire
control room for the building.

j. Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a self
closing fire door of half an hour fire resistance.
k. Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby shall be
made to prevent water used during firefighting, etc., at any landing from entering
the lift shafts.
l. A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that
in case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign
shall also contain a plan for each floor showing the locations of the stairways.
Alternate source of power supply shall be provided for all the lifts through a
manually operated changeover switch.
m. For Pressurization Specifications of various building components refer NBC
Chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety Clause 4.10 Pressurization of Staircases (Protected
Escape Routes)
5.4.5 Basements
a. Basement shall be permitted within the setback lines subject to clearance from local
bodies/departments concerned, Municipal Corporation and Fire Department. Where
there are no setbacks, basement should be permitted after leaving 2 m and where
there is setback, it should be after leaving required 6 m from plot boundary ( as per
provisions of development control norms of Master Plan of Delhi).
b. Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area
(aggregate) not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the
perimeter of the basement shall be provided in the form of grills or breakable stall
board lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts. Alternatively, a system of air
inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke outlets at basement
ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with stall board
or pavement lights as before, but ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor
level have to be laid. Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions easily
accessible to the fire brigade and clearly marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR
INLET’ with an indication of area served at or near the opening.
c. The staircase of basements shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance rating
(Refer Section 11.7.1 of Chapter 11). The staircase shall be situated at the periphery
of the basement to be entered at ground level only, from outside open air. The
staircase shall communicate with basement through a lobby with self-closing doors
with fire resistance rating as per relevant NBC code mentioned above.
d. For travel distance Table 5.2 given below shall be followed. If travel distance exceeds that
given in the table below, additional staircases shall be provided.
Table 5.2 Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction
Sl. No Group of Occupancy Maximum Travel Distance Construction
Type 1 &2 Type 3 & 4
i. Residential(A) 30.0 22.5
ii. Educational(B) 30.0 22.5
iii. Institutional 30.0 22.5
iv Assembly(D) 30.0 30.0
v Business(E) 30.0 30.0
vi Mercantile(F) 30.0 30.0
vii Industrial(G) 45.0 Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
viii Storage(H) 30.0 Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
ix Hazardous(J) 22.5 Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
Notes:
1. For fully sprinkled building, the travel distance may be increased by 50% of the values specified above
2. Ramps shall be counted as one of the means of escape wherever permitted in National Building Code 2005.

e. In multi-story basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but each
basement level and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or
ducts. Ducts so provided shall have the same fire resistance rating as the
compartment itself. Fire rating may be taken as the required smoke extraction time
for smoke extraction ducts.
f. Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall
also be provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation of
heat / smoke sensitive detectors or sprinklers, if installed, and shall have a
considerably superior performance compared to the standard units. It shall also have
an arrangement to start it manually.
g. Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that extractors
shall continue to operate and supply fans for HVAC shall stop automatically with
the actuation of fire detectors.
h. Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per hour in case
of fire or distress call. However, for normal operation, air changes schedule shall be
as given in Part 8, Building Services, Section 3, Air-conditioning, Heating and
Mechanical Ventilation of National Building Code, 2005.
i. Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.
j. Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick
masonry or reinforced cement concrete and when this duct crosses the transformer
area or electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.
k. Use of basements for kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted, unless air
conditioned. The basement shall not be permitted below the ward block of a
hospital/nursing home unless it is fully sprinkled. Building services such as
electrical sub-stations, boiler rooms in basements shall comply with the provisions
of the Indian Electricity Act / Rules. Boiler room shall be provided at the first
basement along the periphery wall with fire resistance rating (Refer Section 11.7.1
of Chapter 11) or shall be separated with the blast wall.
l. If cutouts are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the atmospheres, all
sides cutout openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler head at close
spacing so as to form a water curtain in the event of a fire.
m. It is essential to make provisions for drainage of any such water on all floors to
prevent or minimize water damage of the contents. The drain pipes should be
provided on the external wall for drainage of water from all floors. On large area
floors, several such pipes may be necessary which should be spaced 30 m apart.
Care shall be taken to ensure that the construction of the drain pipe does not allow
spread fire / smoke from floor to floor.
5.4.6 Compartmentation
The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke remains confined
to the area where fire incident has occurred and does not spread to the remaining part
of the building.
Compartmentation and Pressurization method shall be adopted (as per caluse 4.10 of
Part 4 of NBC, 2005) to protect escape routes against ingress of smoke, or toxic gases
into the escape routes will be prevented. Pressurization shall be adopted for high rise
buildings and building having mixed occupancy/multiplexes having covered area more
than 500 m2
.
5.4.7 Ramps
a. The ramp to basement and parking floors shall not be less than 7.2m wide for two
way traffic and 4 m wide for one way traffic, provided with Gradient of 1:10 for

cars and 1:15 for heavy vehicles. At curved portions of the ramp or for circular
ramps the slope should not be more than 1:12.
b. Ramp may also be provided in setback area which can be sloped considering
unhindered movement of fire Engine and in no case the gradient shall be less than
1: 10.
c. All structural design/safety aspects as per latest BIS Codes & NBC, 2005 shall be
complied along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine & its maneuverings.
d. The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.4 m for stretcher and not for
vehicular movement
e. In this case Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
f. Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe
place.
5.4.8 Corridors
a. Exit corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate
required width of exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel to the
exterior.
b. The minimum width of a corridor in a residential building shall be 1.0 m for single
loaded and 1.8 m for double loaded and in all other buildings shall be 1.5m.
c. Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways, the height of
corridors and passageways shall be not less than 2.4 m.
d. All means of exit including staircases lifts lobbies and corridors shall be ventilated.
5.4.9 Glass Façade/ Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents
a. An Opening to the glass façade of min. width 1.5 m and height 1.5m shall be
provided at every floor at a level of 1.2 m from the flooring facing compulsory open
space as well as on road side. Construction that complies with the fire rating of the
horizontal segregation and has any gap packed with a non-combustible material to
withstand thermal expansion and structural movement of the walling without the
loss of seal against fire and smoke.
b. Mechanism of Opening: The openable glass panel shall be either left or right shall
have manual opening mechanism from inside as well as outside. Such openable
panels shall be marked conspicuously so as to easily identify the openable panel
from outside.
c. Fire seal to be provided at every floor level between the external glazing and
building structure.
d. The glazing used for the façade shall be of toughened (tempered) safety glass as per
I.S.2553.
e. To avoid fire propagation vertically from one floor to another floor, a continuous
glass I must be separated internally by a smoke/ fire seal which is of
noncombustible material having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
f. Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls and doors with fire resistance
rating (Refer Section 11.7.1 of Chapter 11). All such ducts/shafts shall be properly
sealed and stopped fire ingress at all floor levels.
g. A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having an area
between one- fourth and one-half of the area of the shaft.
h. The openable vent of minimum 2.5% of the floor area shall be provided. The
openable vent can be pop out type or bottom hinged provided with fusible link
opening mechanism and shall also be integrated with automatic Smoke Detection
System.
or

i) Alternate vertical glass panels of the façade shall be openable type with the
mechanism mentioned above in order to ventilate the smoke.
ii) Refuge areas covered with the glass façade shall have all the panels fully openable
(either left or right hinged) both from inside as well as outside.
Glass quality and Practice of use of Glass in buildings shall have to be in conformity with the
BIS codes as given in Table 5.3 below:
Table 5.3 Glass quality and Use of glass in buildings
IS Code Specifications
2553 (Part 1):1990 Specification for safety glass: Part 1 General purpose (third revision)
2835:1987 Specification for flat transparent sheet glass (third revision)
438:1994 Specification for silvered glass mirrors for general purposes (second revision)
5437:1994 Specification for figured rolled and wired glass (first revision).
14900:2000 Specification for transparent float glass.
16231 Part 1 General methodology for selection
16231 Part 2 Energy and Light
16231 Part 3 Fire and Loading
16231 Part 4 Safety related to Human Impact
5.5 Building Services
5.5.1 Staircase and Corridor Lighting
a. The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate service and shall be
independently connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation on the
ground floor, easily accessible to firefighting staff at any time irrespective of the
position of the individuate control of the light points, if any.
b. Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate supply from
parallel high-tension supply or to the supply from the stand-by generator.
c. Emergency lights shall be provided in staircase and corridor/ passageway, horizontal
exits, refuge area; and all wires and other accessories used for emergency light shall
have fire retardant property.
5.5.2 Electrical Services
a. The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in separate duct the duct shall
be sealed at every floor with non-combustible materials having the same fire
resistance as that of the duct. Low and medium voltage wiring running in shaft and
in false ceiling shall run in separate conduits.
b. Water mains, telephone cables, intercom cables, gas pipes or any other service line
shall not be laid in the duct for electric cables. Use of bus ducts/solid rising mains
instead of cables is preferred.
c. The provision of dedicated telecommunication ducts for all new building proposals
is mandatory for conveyance of telecommunication and other data cables.
d. Separate circuits for water pumps lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers
for pressurizing system shall be provided directly from the main switchgear panel
(for detailed specifications refer NBC 2005, chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety).
5.5.3 Alternate Source of Electric Supply
A stand-by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and
corridor lighting circuits, fire lifts, the stand-by fire pumps, pressurization fans and
blowers, smoke extraction and damper system in case of failure of normal electric
supply. The generator shall be capable of taking starting current of all the machines

and circuits stated above simultaneously. If the stand-by pump is driven by diesel
engine, the generator supply need not be connected to the stand-by pump.
5.5.4 Air-conditioning
Air-conditioning shall conform to the following:
a. Escape routes like staircases, common corridors, lift lobbies, etc. shall not be used as
return air passage.
b. The ducting shall be constructed of substantial gauge metal in accordance with good
practice.
c. Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floors, the opening around the ducts
shall be sealed with materials having fire resistance rating of the compartment.
d. Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be fire rated
for same fire rating. Further depending on services passing around the duct work,
which may get affected in case of fire temperature rising, the ducts shall be insulated.
e. Metallic ducts shall be used even for the return air instead of space above the false
ceiling.
f. Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall be of
noncombustible material.
g. The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall be of
noncombustible material; glass wool shall not be wrapped or secured by any material
of combustible nature.
h. Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, etc. shall not pass through the staircase
enclosure.
i. The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for every floor
shall be separated and in no way inter-connected with the ducting of any other floor.
j. If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations given
above shall be compiled with in addition to the conditions given below:
i. Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on smoke detector /
or fusible link for isolating all ducting at every floor from the main riser shall be
made.
ii. When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling units of the air-
conditioning system shall automatically be switched off.
iii. The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.
iv. The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible materials or
fire rated (Refer Section 10.7.1 of Chapter 10)
v. The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any combustible
materials.
vi. Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunking to facilitate the cleaning
of ducts of accumulated dust and to obtain access for maintenance of fire dampers.
vii. No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct unless
such duct is properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible material (glass
wool or spyglass with neoprene facing enclosed and wrapped with aluminum
sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and which would not readily conduct heat.
5.5.5 Transformers
a. If transformers are housed in the building below the ground level it shall be
necessarily in the first basement in separate fire resistance room of 4 hours rating.
Transformer shall be dry type and shall be kept in an enclosure with walls, doors
and cut-outs having fire resistance rating of 4 hour. The room shall necessarily be at
the periphery of the basement having separate and direct access from open area at
ground floor through a fire escape staircase. The entrance to the room shall be

provided with a steel door of 2 hours fire rating. A curb of a suitable height shall be
provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil from ruptured,
transformer into other parts of the basement. The switchgears shall be housed in a
separate room separated from the transformer bays by a fire-resisting wall with fire
resistance not less than 4 hours.
b. The transformer shall be protected by an automatic foam sprinkler system. When
housed at ground floor level it/they shall be cut-off from the other portion of
premises by Fire Resisting Walls of 4 hours rating.
c. A tank of RCC construction of adequate capacity shall be provided at lower
basement level, to collect the oil from the catch pit in case of emergency. The pipe
connecting the catch-pit to the tank shall be of non-combustible construction and
shall be provided with a flame-arrester.
d. The electric sub-station shall be located in a separate building in accordance to I.E.
Rules 68(I) and 64(I) (a).
e. If this is not possible due to site conditions, the sub-station shall be located on the
ground floor. As far as possible sub-station shall not be installed in a basement, for
such situations special provisions like mechanical ventilation, wherever required,
cable ducting, cable trays, top/bottom entry of HV/LV cable, hooks on
Transformer(s) & HV panels, adequate fire detection and fire fighting arrangement,
adequate drainage, effective measures to prevent flooding etc. shall be provided.
Adequate precautions shall also be taken for water proofing to prevent seepage of
water. A ramp shall also be provided with a slope, not steeper than 1 in 7, for easy
movement of equipments to and from sub-station.
f. Fire regulations – The installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local
regulations and rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC
guidelines shall be followed.
5.5.6 Gas supply
a. Town Gas / L.P. Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings, the same
shall be run in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and these shall be on
external walls, away from the staircases. There shall be no interconnection of this
shaft with the rest of the floors.
b. LPG distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length of these
pipes shall be as short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking range area, apart
from providing hood, covering the entire cooking range, the exhaust system should
be designed to take care of 30 cu.m per minute per sq.m of hood protected area. It
should have grease filters using metallic grill to trip oil vapors escaping into the
fume hood.
Note: For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may be made to Para.9 ‘Plumbing
Services, Section 3 Gas Supply’, of National Building Code of India.
c. For large/commercial kitchens all wiring in fume hoods shall be of fiberglass
insulation. Thermal detectors shall be installed into fume hoods of large kitchens for
hotels, hospitals and similar areas located in high rise buildings. Arrangements shall
be made for automatic tripping of the exhaust fan in case of fire.
d. If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or 100 V DC
operated with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the hand re-set type and
shall be located in an area segregated from cooking ranges. Valves shall be easily
accessible. The hood shall have manual facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas
injection, depending on duty condition; and Gas meters shall be housed in a suitably
constructed metal cupboard located in a well-ventilated space, keeping in view the
fact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.

5.5.7 Boiler Room
Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of
Boiler/Boiler Room:
a. The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement but be allowed in the first
basements away from the escape routes.
b. The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire resistance rating,
and this room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pit shall be
provided at the low level. Entry to this room may be provided with a composite
door of two hour fire resistance.
c. The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly
to the atmosphere.
d. Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building at the ground
floor level to enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.
e. The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall be
separated by fire resisting wall of 4 hour rating. Entry to this room shall be provided
with a composite door of 2 hour fire resistance. A curb of suitable height shall be
provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil into the boiler room in
case of tank rupture.
5.5.8 Helipad
Buildings above 200 m in height, helipad may be provided.
5.5.9 Disaster Management / Fire Safety
Refer Chapter 11 of this document.
5.5.10 Sustainable Environment and Buildings
Refer Chapter 10 of this document.
5.5.11 General
a. Architectural elements such as louvers, pergolas, other sunshine materials should be
free from FAR.
b. Any architectural roof top structures would also be permitted out of FAR if not used
for habitable or commercial purposes.
c. Building elements such as sky bridges and landscape terraces which are meant
for community purposes only shall be permitted free of FAR
d. Services can be permitted on roofs with adequate screening for the same.
e. Service floors shall not be counted in FAR. Service area on habitable floors
may be considered free from FAR.
f. Atrium/ Atria at any floor will be counted only once in the FAR. Atrium may be
enclosed by light roofing or R.C.C as per development control norms provided
in the Master Plan of Delhi
g. Scissor staircase would be permitted provided all travel distance and fire norms
are adhered to.
h. Stilts in high-rise will not be restricted to height of 2.4m as long as it is used for
parking.
i. Multilevel car parking with car lifts would be permitted with adequate fire
safety.
5.5.12 Structural Safety
As per provisions made for Structural Safety in Chapter 6

Provisions for Structural Safety 6
6. PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY
6.1 Structural design and safety
For any building under the jurisdiction of these regulations structural design/
retrofitting shall only be carried out by a Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or
Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR). Proof checking of various designs/
reports shall be carried out by competent authority as per Table 6.1 wherever
applicable.
6.1.1 Additional provisions in building regulations/ bye-laws for natural hazard prone
areas
Generally, the structural design of foundations, elements of masonry, timber, plain
concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall conform
to the provisions of Part 6: Structural D–sign -
Section– 1 Loads, Forces and Effects
Section– 2 Soils and Foundations,
Section– 3 Timber and Bamboo,
Section– 4 Masonry,
Section– 5 Concrete &
Section– 6 Steel
Section– 7 Prefabrication Systems, Building and Mixed /Composite Construction of
National Building Code of India (NBC), taking into consideration the Indian Standards
as given below:
For General Structural Safety
1) IS: 456:2000 “Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete.
2) IS: 800-2007 “Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel.
3) IS: 801-1975 “Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formal Light Gauge Steel
Structural Members in General Building Construction.
4) IS 875 (Part 2):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures Part2 Imposed Loads.
(Reference to Table 4.1- “Occupant Load” may be considered for design load)
5) IS 875 (Part 3):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings
and structures Part 3 Wind Loads.
structures Part 4 Snow Loads.
structures Part 5 special loads and load combination.
8) IS: 883:1994 “Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in Building.
9) IS: 1904:1986 (R 2005) “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings:
Foundation”
10) IS 1905:1987 “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Masonry
Walls.
11) IS 2911(Part 1): Section 1: 2010 “Code of Practice for Design and

6 Provisions for Structural Safety
Construction of Pile Foundation Section 1
Part 1: Section 2 Bored Cast-in-situ Piles
Part 1: Section 3 Driven Precast Concrete Piles
Part 1: Section 4 Bored Precast Concrete Piles
Part 2: Timber Piles
Part 3: Under Reamed Piles
Part 4: Load Test on Piles
For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection
12) IS 875 (3):1987 "Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for
Buildings and Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads"
13) Guidelines (Based on IS 875 (3)-1987) for improving the Cyclonic Resistance
of Low rise houses and other building.
For Earthquake Protection
14) IS: 1893 (Part 1)-2002 "Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures
(Fifth Revision)"
15) IS:13920-1993 "Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures
subjected to Seismic Forces - Code of Practice"
16) IS:4326-2013 "Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings -
Code of Practice (Second Revision)"
17) IS:13828-1993 "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Low Strength
Masonry Buildings - Guidelines"
18) IS:13827:1993 "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Earthen Buildings-
Guidelines"
19) IS:13935-2009 "Seismic Evaluation, Repair and Seismic Strengthening of
Buildings -Guidelines”
For Protection of Landslide Hazard
20) IS 14458 (Part 1): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 1
Selection of type of wall.
Design of retaining/breast walls
Construction of dry stone walls
23) IS 14496 (Part 2): 1998 Guidelines for preparation of landslide – Hazard
zonation maps in mountainous terrains: Part 2 Macro-zonation.
Note: Whenever an Indian Standard including those referred in the National Building Code or the
National Building Code is referred, the latest revision of the same shall be followed except
specific criteria, if any, mentioned above against that code.

6.1.2 Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)
In compliance of the design with the above Indian Standard, the Structural Engineer on
Record will submit a structural design basis report in the Proforma attached herewith
covering the essential safety requirements specified in the Standard.
The “Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)”consists of four parts (FormNo.6,
MHA Expert Committee Report)
Part 1: General Information/ Data
Part 2: Load Bearing Masonry Buildings
Part 3: Reinforced Concrete Buildings
Part 4: Steel Buildings
i) Drawings and Documents to be submitted for approval of appropriate authorities
shall include SDBR as detailed bow:
Part 1: Completed
Part 2: (if applicable) – completed
Part 3: (if applicable) – undertaking that completed Part 3 will be submitted
before commencement of construction.
Part 4: (if applicable) – undertaking that completed Part 4 will be submitted
before commencement of construction.
ii) SDBR as detailed below shall be submitted to the appropriate authority as soon
as design of foundation is completed, but not later than one month prior to
commencement of construction.
Part 1: Completed
Part-2, Part-3 or Part-4: (if applicable) Completed
6.1.3 Seismic strengthening/retrofitting
Prior to seismic strengthening/retrofitting of any existing structure, evaluation of the
existing structure as regards structural vulnerability in the specified wind/seismic
hazard zone shall be carried out by a RSE/RSDA. If as per the evaluation of the
RSE/RSDA the seismic resistance is assessed to be less than the specified minimum
seismic resistance as given in the note below, action will be initiated to carry out the
upgrading of the seismic resistance of the building as per applicable standard
guidelines.
Note:
1. For masonry buildings reference shall be made to IS 4326 and IS 13935
2. For concrete buildings and structures reference shall be made to IS15988: 2013 Seismic evaluation
and strengthening of existing RCC buildings.
6.1.4 Buildings with Soft Storey
In case buildings with a flexible storeys, such as the ground storey consisting of open
spaces for parking that is “Stilt buildings” or any other storey with open halls, special
arrangements are to be made to increase the lateral strength and stiffness of the
soft/open storey such as Steel bracing / Shear walls / Brick infills between columns.
Dynamic analysis of building is to be carried out including the strength and stiffness
effects of infills and inelastic deformations in the members, particularly, those in the
soft storey, and the structural members are to be designed accordingly.

Alternatively, the following design criteria are to be adopted after carrying out the
earthquake analysis, neglecting the effect of infill walls in other storeys:
a. The columns and beams of the soft storey shall be designed for 2.5 times the storey
shears and moments, calculated under seismic loads specified in the other relevant
clauses; or,
b. Besides the columns designed and detailed for the calculated storey shears and
moments, shear walls shall be placed symmetrically in both directions of the building
as far away from the centre of the building as feasible; to be designed exclusively for
1.5 times the lateral storey shear force calculated as before.
For details of design and provisions, IS 1893, Part 1 shall be referred.
6.1.5 Review of structural design
i) The Competent Authority shall create a Structural Design Review Panel (SDRP)
consisting of senior SER’s and SDAR’s whose task will be to review and certify the
design prepared by SER or SDAR whenever referred by the competent authority.
ii) The Reviewing Agency shall submit addendum to the certificate or a new certificate
in case of subsequent changes in structural design.
iii) Table-6.1 gives requirements of SDRP for different seismic zones namely III, IV
and V and for structures of different complexities.
iv) In seismic Zone II, buildings & structures greater than 40m in height will require
proof checking by SDRP as per detail at Sl. no.3 of Table 6.1
Table 6.1 Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design
Sl.
No.
Type of Structure Submission from SER or
SDAR
To be Proof
Checked
1. Load Bearing Buildings upto
three storeys
SDBR* Not to be checked
2. Buildings upto seven storeys
(R.C.C/Steel framed structure)
SDBR To be checked
Preliminary design To be checked
3. Building greater than seven
storeys (R.C.C/Steel framed
structure)
SDBR To be checked
Detailed structural design
and structural drawings
To be checked
4. Special Structures SDBR To be checked
Detailed structural design
and structural drawings
To be checked
* SDBR – Structural Design Basis Report
Notes:
1. Table 4.1 may be referred for Occupant Load/Live load for different building types.
2. At the preliminary proposal stage of a project, the objective is to undertake feasibility study/comparison of a number
of possible alternatives of structural schemes and determine the most cost effective one, detailed structural
calculations are not necessary for each alternative scheme. However, it is necessary to determine the member sizes
and reinforcement content in order to determine the cost. By making conservative assumptions it is possible to derive
simplified calculations for both analysis and design. This is called “Preliminary or approximate analysis, and
design”.
After the most cost effective scheme is selected and signed-off by the Client, the detailed calculations are performed on
the selected scheme to determine the precise structural members and composition (size, dimension and stress
behavior), and this is called the “Detailed structural design”.
In the aforesaid, the design of structural members is typically assumed to account for all the stress loads identified from
section xx to be applicable in the given project.
3. Special structure means large span structures such as stadium, assembly halls, or tall structures such as water
tanks, TV tower, chimney, etc.

It will be seen from the Table 6.1 above that there is a wide range of structure
typology, and the requirement by the Competent Authority for third party verification
will depend on the type of structure.
6.1.6 Certification regarding structural safety in design
Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR)
shall give a certificate of structural safety of design as per proforma given in Form-3
and Form 14 (of the MHA Expert Committee Report) at the time of completion.
6.1.7 Constructional safety
6.1.7.1 Supervsion
All construction except load bearing buildings upto 3 storeys shall be carried out under
supervision of the Construction Engineer on Record (CER) or Construction
Management Agency on Record (CMAR) for various seismic zones.
6.1.7.2 Certification of structural safety in constrution
CER/ CMAR shall give a certificate of structural safety of construction as per
proforma given in Form-13 (of the MHA Expert Committee Report) at the time of
completion.
6.1.8 Quality control and inspection
All material and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to
accepted standards of Public Works Department and Indian standard specification and
codes as included in Part-V Building Materials and Part-VII Construction practices
and safety of National Building Code of India.
6.1.8.1 Inspection
All the construction for high-rise buildings higher than seven storeys, public buildings
and special structures shall be carried out under quality inspection program prepared
and implemented under the Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) or Quality Auditor
Agency on Record (QAAR) in seismic zones IV & V.
6.1.8.2 Certification of safety in quality of construction
Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) or Quality Auditor Agency on Record (QAAR)
shall give a certificate of quality control as per proforma given in Form-15.
Quality Inspection Programme to be carried on the site shall be worked out by QAR/
QAAR in consultation with the owner, builder, CER / CMAR.
Note: Sections 6.1.7 and 6.1.8 shall not be applicable for Government buildings that are designed and
constructed under the supervision of in-house architects/engineers.
6.1.9 Control of signage & outdoor display structures, cellphone towers and telephone
towers.
Following provisions shall apply for telecommunication infrastructure-
a) Location: The Telecommunication Infrastructure shall be either placed on the
building roof tops or on the ground or open space within the premises subject to
other regulations.
b) Type of structure
i) Steel fabricated tower or antennae’s on M.S. pole.

ii) Pre-fabricated shelters of fibre glass or P.V.C. on the building roof top /
terrace for equipment.
iii) Masonry Structure/ Shelter on the ground for equipment.
iv) D.G. Set with sound proof cover to reduce the noise level.
c) Requirement:
i) Every applicant has to obtain/ procure the necessary permission from the
“Standing Advisory Committee on Radio Frequency Allocation” (SACFA)
issued by Ministry of Telecommunications.
ii) Every applicant will have to produce the structural safety & stability
certificate for the tower as well as the building from the Structural
Engineer on Record (SER) which shall be the liability of both owner and
SER.
iii) Applicant has to produce / submit plans of structure to be erected.
d) Projection: No Pager and/or Telephone Tower shall project beyond the existing
building line of the building on which it is erected in any direction.
6.2 Structural requirements of low income housing
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, for the structural safety and services for
development of low income housing, the relevant provisions of applicable IS:8888
Part 1 shall be enforced alongwith Annex C of Part 3 NBC, 2005.
6.3 Inspection
The general requirement for inspection of the development shall also include the
following regulation.
6.3.1 General Requirements
The building unit intended to be developed shall be in conformity with Regulation on
requirement of site. Generally all development work for which permission is required
shall be subject to inspection by the Competent Authority as deemed fit.
The applicant shall keep a board at site of development mentioning the survey No, city
survey No, Block No, Final Plot No., Sub plot No., etc. name of owner and name of
Architect on Record, Engineer on Record, Developer, Structural Engineer on Record,
Construction Engineer on Record.
6.3.2 Record of Construction Progress
a) Stages for recording progress certificate and checking:-
i) Plinth, in case of basement before the casting of basement slab.
ii) First storey.
iii) Middle storey in case of High-rise building.
iv) Last storey.
b) At each of the above stages, the Owner / Developer / Builder shall submit to the
designated officer of the Competent Authority a progress certificate in the given

formats (Form No. 7-10, of the MHA Expert Committee Report). This progress
certificate shall be signed by the Construction Engineer on Record.
c) The progress certificate shall not be necessary in the following cases:
i) Alteration in Building not involving the structural part of the building.
ii) Extension of existing residential building on the ground floor upto
maximum 15 sq mt. in area.
d) Completion Report
i) It shall be incumbent on every applicant whose plans have been approved,
to submit a completion report in Form No.11 (of the MHA Expert
Committee Report)
ii) It shall also be incumbent on every person / agency who is engaged under
this Development Control Regulations to supervise the erection or re-
erection of the building, to submit the completion report in Form No.12
and 13 (of the MHA Expert Committee Report) prescribed under these
Development Control Regulations.
iii) No completion report shall be accepted unless completion plan is approved
by the Competent Authority.
e) The final inspection of the work shall be made by the concerned Competent
Authority within 21 days from the date of receipt of notice of completion report.
6.3.3 Permission for Building Occupancy and Certification
The Authority issuing occupancy certificate before doing so shall ensure that following
are compiled from consideration of safety against natural hazard:
i) Certificate of lift Inspector has been procured & submitted by the owner,
regarding satisfactory erection of Lift.
ii) The Certificate of Competent Authority and or fire department for completion
and or fire requirements as provided in these regulations has been procured and
submitted by the owner.
iii) If any project consists of more than one detached or semi detached
building/buildings in a building unit and any building / buildings thereof is
completed as per provisions of D.C.R. (Such as Parking, Common Plots, Internal
Roads, Height of the Building, Infrastructure facilities, lift and fire safety
measures), the competent authority may issue completion certificate for such one
detached or semi detached building / buildings in a building unit.
iv) The occupancy certificate shall not be issued unless the information is supplied
by the Owner and the Architect on Record/ Engineer on Record concerned in the
schedule as prescribed by the Competent Authority from time to time.
6.3.4 Maintenance of Buildings
In case of building older than fifty years, it shall be the duty of the owner of a building,
to get his building inspected by a Registered Structural Engineer (RSE) within a year
from the date of coming into force of these regulations. The Structural Inspection
Report (Form No.16, of the MHA Expert Committee Report) shall be produced by the

Owner to the Appropriate Authority. If any action, for ensuring the structural safety
and stability of the building is to be taken, as recommended by SER, it shall be
completed within five years. For other buildings, the owner shall get his building
inspected after the age of building has crossed forty years. The procedure shall be
followed as per above regulation.
6.3.5 Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas
In natural hazard prone areas identified under the land use zoning regulations,
structures buildings and installations which cannot be avoided, protective measures for
such construction/development should be properly safeguarded based on the
suggestion given in the Report of the MHA Expert Committee - Volume I.
6.3.6 Registration of Professionals
Presently, the legislation for the profession of architecture is applicable in the country
in the form of Architects Act 1972, an Act of the Parliament of India. Accordingly, the
qualifications, competence and service conditions followed in the profession of
architecture are in accordance with the provisions of the said Act and the rules made
thereunder. For other professions and professionals like engineers, structural
engineers, landscape architects, urban designers, building supervisors, electrical
engineers, developers/promoters there is no legislative frame available/applicable.
Therefore, for appropriate qualifications, competence and responsibilities of
professional involved in different types of development proposals shall be applicable
as per Appendix ‘E’ Registration: Qualifications and Competence of Professionals
and methods of determination of professional fees are suggested in clause 6.3.7.
6.3.7 Professional fees for SER/SDAR and CER/CMAR
Selection of professionals and determination of professional charges shall be done by
the Authority, considering the following:
i) Structural safety of a building is the responsibility of the “SER/SDAR” for
proper design and the “CER/CMAR” for proper construction, therefore it is
imperative that selection and appointment of these professionals is made after
verification of their antecedents.
ii) The fees to be paid to SER/SDAR for structural design may be specified
keeping in view the size and complexity of the project.
iii) Similarly, fees for construction management to CER/CMAR may be specified
keeping in view the size and complexity of the project and the duration for
which construction management services have to be provided on the basis of the
total cost of the project.
iv) Proof checking: Fees for Proof checking where carried out may vary based on
the cost of the structural items enumerated in (ii) above.
6.3.8 Appointment of Professionals
The Owner/Developer shall appoint Town Planner on Record (TPR), Architect on
Record (AR), Engineer on Record (ER), Structural Engineer on Record (SER),
Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR), Geotechnical Engineer on Record
(GER), Construction Engineer on Record (CER), (CMAR), and Quality Auditor on

Record (QAR) and Quality Audit Agency on Record (QAAR) as required. Details of
qualification and requirement of registration shall be as given in Appendix ‘E’. Proper
written agreement(s), in standard format(s), shall be entered upon with such
professional(s) engaged.
6.4 Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests
The provision of the Bye-Laws are not intended to prevent the use of any material or
method of design or construction not specifically prescribed by the bye-law provided
any such alternative has been approved. The building materials approved by B.I.S. or
any statutory body will form part of the approved building material and technology as
part of the Bye-Laws.
The Authority shall promote and encourage use of Pre-fabricated factory made
building components for medium to large scale projects that have significant impact.
The use of ready mix concrete (RMC) shall also be encouraged for in-situ concrete
constructions.
Section 10.2.5 may be referred for further aspects of Sustainability and incentivized
promotion of alternative materials, methods in construction.
Note: MHA Expert Committee Report on Structural Safety, 2005 is available at the NDMA website. URL:
http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/disaster/earthquake/volume4.PDF

Special Requuirement for Occupancy/Land Development and Other 7
7. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
OCCUPANCY/LAND DEVELOPMENT AND
OTHER
7.1 Industrial Buildings (Factories, Workshops, etc.)
1. The relevant provisions contained in the Factory Act. 1948 shall apply for the
construction of factory buildings. The minimum internal height of workrooms shall not
be less than 4.5 m. measured from the floor level to the lowest point in the ceiling
provided that this bye-law shall not apply to room intended for storage, godowns and
the like purposes but only in rooms occupied by workers for purposes of manufacture.
In case of small factories, employing less than 50 workers for purposes of
manufacturing and carrying on a class of manufacturing covered under the flatted
factories and service industries, as given in the Master Plan/Development Plan, the
Authority may allow minimum height upto 3.66 m.
2. Parking space provisions as provide in development code of Master Plan/Development
Plan.
3. Requirements of water supply, drainage and sanitary installation shall be as per Table
4.2, 4.3 and 4.17 of Chapter-4, but in no case less than 1 W.C. and one urinal shall be
permitted.
4. a) Notwithstanding the provision of exits requirements as per Bye-law No. 11.8
(Chapter-11) each working room shall be provided with adequate number of
exits not less than two in number.
b) No exit shall be less than 1.2 m. in width and 2.1 m. in height and doors of
such exit shall be so arranged that it can be opened easily from inside.
c) No staircase, lobby corridors or passage shall be less than 1.2 m. in width.
In addition to the requirement in this part, provisions contained in chapter-3 will be
followed.
5. There shall be provided at all time for each person employed in any room of factory at
least 3.5 sq m. of floor space exclusive to that occupied by the machinery and a
breathing space of at least 15 cum. (Further the provision of part VIII section 1
lighting and ventilation of National Building code of India shall be followed).
6. The effluent from industries (industrial and biological in nature) shall be treated and
shall be of quality to the satisfaction of the concerned local bodies before letting out
the same into a watercourse or municipal drain.
7.2 Educational Building (School/Colleges)
1. No basement or cellar room shall be designed, constructed, altered, converted or used
for the purpose of study or instruction.
2. Every such building, exceeding two storeys in height shall be constructed of fire
resisting material throughout.

7 Special Requuirement for Occupancy/Land Development and Other
3. The minimum size of a cellar room, study room or room used for purposes of
instruction shall be 5.5 m. x 4.5 m. and no part of such room shall be distant more than
7.5 m. from an external wall abutting on the requisite open space. Every such room
shall have minimum ventilation to the extent of 1/5th
of its floor area.
4. A minimum of 1.0 sq m. of net floor space per student shall be provided. A central hall
will not be counted in the accommodation, nor will a class room for cookery, laundry,
manual instruction, drawing or science. The number of students in such building shall
be calculated on this basis for the purpose of this clause.
5. Every assembly room, gymnasium shall have a clear height of 3.6 m. except under a
girder which may project 0.6 m. below the required ceiling height.
A clear internal height under balcony or a girder shall not be less than 3.0 m.
A minimum room height for classroom in all schools and other institutions shall not be
less than 3.0 m. The minimum head room under beams shall be 2.75 m.
6. Exit requirements shall conform to bye-law 4.2 (Chapter-4). No door shall be less than
1.2 m. in width and 2.20 m. in height.
7. Requirement of water supply, drainage and sanitary installation shall conform to Table
4.2, 4.3 and 4.7 of Chapter-4.
8. A playground shall be provided as per norms.
7.3 Assembly Building (Cinema, Theaters, etc.)
1. The relevant provisions of the Cinematographic Rules/Acts of the particular States and
IS: 4878 code for construction of Cinema Building shall apply for planning, design
and construction of Cinema Building.
2. Parking spaces wherever not specifically given shall conform to clause 3.3, Table 3.1
in Chapter 3).
3. Requirements of water supply, drainage and sanitation shall conform to provisions of
Table 4.6, 4.7, 4.18 and 4.19 of Chapter 4.
4. Buildings for religious worship shall not be erected on a site, which has not been
previously approved by the Authority.
7.4 Petrol filling station
The location of the petrol filling stations and its layout shall be approved by the
Authority in consultation with the Commissioner of the Division depending upon
width of roads and traffic generated location with respect of points of intersections and
nearness to occupancies of educational, assembly, storage and hazardous uses.
7.5 Burial and cremation grounds
The Authority shall under the provisions of their Regulations/Acts, regulate the
location and area limits of the burial and cremation grounds, including cemetery. The
Authority shall permit/prohibit burial and cremation grounds to be located in certain
area layouts, after scrutiny of the proposal with respect to health and well being
surrounding neighbourhood and shall follow the selection criteria given below:
a) The proposed development in terms of land use has to be compatible with the ground;
b) Compatible landuses have to be planned with regards to prevailing wind direction and

Special Requuirement for Occupancy/Land Development and Other 7
beyond the prescribed buffer zone as given in section 4.23.5.The likely direction of
drift in the event of odour has to be accounted while planning the layout;
c) Adequate land area is to be provided to house furnaces, and for internment of cremated
remains;
d) The site has to have proper accessibility by the local road network.
7.5.1 Buffer Zones
The location of such cremation grounds have to provide for buffer zones from the
surrounding landuse to account for environmental impact of the operation:
i. A buffer zone of the order of 200 mts (depending on the nature of prevailing winds and
the natural topography of the site) between the emission stack and neighbouring
residential zone shall be considered.
ii. In any case any buffer zone shall not be less than 100 mts.
7.6 Building in mining area
Building in mining area shall not be constructed to a height more than one storey
without the special prior approval of the Authority.
7.7 Poultry farms (wherever allowed as per Master Plan)
7.7.1 The coverage for poultry farms shall be as allowed in case of farmhouses.
7.7.2 Setback: The setback for farm building from the right of way shall be as under:
Table 7.1 Setback for farm building
Road Front Setback
National Highway (90 m ) 60 m.
Provincial Highway (60 m.) 37 m.
Major Urban Road (30 m.) 22 m.
Village Road (18 m.) 13 m.
7.7.3 Space Planning
a) There should be a minimum distance of 6.0 mt. between sheds in the farm.
b) The minimum distance of any farm building from the property line should be 4.5 m.
c) The minimum distance of any farm shed or farm building from the dwelling unit
should be 7.5 m.
7.7.4 Farm Shed
a) Shed should be constructed on pillars with walls on two longer sides not higher
than 1.2 mt.
b) The remaining height of the farm sheds in respect of two longer sidewalls can be
covered with netting or other similar material.
c) The maximum height of the roof of the farm shed shall not exceed 6.0 m.
7.7.5 Dwelling Units as a Farm House
a) The following norms shall be adopted for construction of dwellings in farmhouses:
The maximum coverage for the dwelling unit shall be as per the provision of the
Master Plan / Zonal Plan.
b) The distance of parts of dwelling units from shed shall be as in Building Bye-Laws
7.7.3.

7 Special Requuirement for Occupancy/Land Development and Other
c) The requirements of parts of dwelling shall be as in Building Bye-Laws 4.2 in
Chapter-4.
d) Any other special requirements as specified by the Authority.
7.8 Special buildings not covered
In case of special buildings not covered above, norms will be followed as decided by
the Authority.
7.9 Provisions in the public buildings for handicapped persons
The building to be designed for Handicapped persons need special treatment and the
provisions for site planning, building requirements etc. are given in Appendix- ‘G’.
7.10 Resettlement and Slum insitu upgradation
Regulations pertaining to resettlement and Slum In-situ upgradation are provided for in
Appendix-‘H’.
7.11 Rules for development of land
7.11.1 The provisions of Master Plan/Development Plan and norms formulated by Authority
shall apply regarding sub-division of a large parcel of land into plots, open areas,
roads, spaces for services and community facilities.
7.11.2 Regulations for Low Income Housing. The norms specified for Low-income housing
as per NBC, 2005
7.12 Penal action for violation of Master Plan/Zonal plan regulation/bye- laws
7.12.1 The Authority under the provisions of their respective Acts shall take action for
violation of Master Plan/Zonal Plan/regulations. The Authority may take penal action
under respective Acts, which may include stopping of construction activity,
demolition/ alteration and levying of penalties as given in Appendix-‘F’.
7.12.2 The Authority may also take action as provided under Building Bye-Laws 2.14.6 in
Chapter-2.
7.12.3 In addition, action for discontinuance of services in building may also be taken.
7.13 Signs and outdoor display structures
No advertising signs (including hoarding) on buildings or on land shall be displayed
without the prior approval of the Authority. The standards specified in part X Signs
and outdoor display structures of National Building Code of India published by Indian
Standards Institution shall be applicable.

Provision for Differently-abled, Elderly and Children 8
8. PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERNTLY-ABLED,
ELDERLY AND CHILDREN
8.1 Applicability
These regulations shall be applicable to all buildings and facilities used by the public
such as educational, institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile
buildings and group housing constructed on plots having an area of more than 2000
sq.m. It shall not apply to private residential buildings.
8.2 Guidelines and Provisions
Provisions in the following guidelines shall apply:
1. “Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Disabled
and Elderly Persons”, (1998), Central Public Works Department, GoI 5
2. “Manual on Barrier Free Environment”, (2002), O/o the Chief Commissioner for
Persons with Disabilities, Ministry of Urban Development, GoI.
3. “National Building Code”, (2005), Bureau of Indian Standards,
4. “National Policy for Persons with Disabilities”, (2006), Ministry of Social Justice
and Empowerment, GoI.
5. “Harmonized Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment
for Persons with Disabilities and Elderly Persons”, (Draft 2014), Ministry of
urban Development, GoI.6
8.3 Types of buildings to adopt barrier free guidelines as notified by the State
Government
8.3.1 Buildings to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People
Higher Secondary School, Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centers, Youth Clubs,
Sport Centers, Sport Pavilions, Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, Bowling Centers,
Swimming Pools, Police Stations, Law Courts, Courts Houses, Sport Stadiums,
Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas, Auditoria, Small Offices (the maximum plinth area
1400 sq.mt) Snack Bars, Cafes and banqueting rooms (for capacity above 50 dinners).
Note:
a. In sport stadiums provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel chair)
b. @ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000 for spectators above 10,000.
c. In Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas and Auditoria provisions shall be made for non-ambulant
spectators (Small Wheel Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 for spectators above 1000.
5
http://cpwd.gov.in
6
The finalized Harmonized guidelines published by the Ministry of Urban Development.

8 Provision for Differently-abled, Elderly and Children
8.3.2 Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People
Schools for differently abled and other buildings as mentioned in Sec 16, Chapter 1
and along with Botanical Gardens, Religious Buildings, Elderly People Clubs, Village
Halls, Day Centers, Junior Training Centers, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries,
Railway Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and Departmental Stores.
Note: Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the following building, post
offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops, supermarkets, and departmental stores.
8.3.3 Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs)
Public lavatories in Tourist Sports, Clubs Motels, Professional and Scientific
Institution, Museum, Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laborites, Universities, College
for further Education, Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College, Exhibition Halls
Dentist Surgeries, Administrative Department of the Hospitals, Service Stations, Car
Parking, Buildings Airports Terminals, Bus Terminals, Factories Employing
differently-abled for sedentary works, Large Offices, (with plinth area abode 1400
sq.mt.), Tax Offices, Passport Offices, Pension Offices, and Labour Offices, Cafes,
Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For capacity above 100 dinners).
8.3.4 Site development
Level of the roads, access paths and parking areas shall be described in the plan along
with specification of the materials.
8.3.4.1 Access Path / Walk Way
Access path from plot entry and surface parking to building entrance shall be
minimum of 1800 mm wide having even surface without any steps. Slope, if any, shall
not have gradient greater than 5%. Selection of floor material shall be made suitably to
attract or to guide visually impaired persons (limited to coloured floor material whose
colour and brightness is conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor
material or the material that emits different sound to guide visually impaired persons;
hereinafter referred “o as "guiding floor material". Finishes shall have a non- slip
surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Kerbs wherever provided should
blend to a common level.
8.3.4.2 Parking
For parking of vehicles of differently-abled people, the following provisions shall
apply:
a) Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance for the
physically differently-abled persons with maximum travel distance of 30.0 m. from
building entrance.
b) The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.6 meter.
c) The information stating that the space is reserved for wheel chair users shall be
conspicuously displayed.
d) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually
impaired persons with audible signals, or other devices, which serves the same
purpose, shall be provided.

8.4 Building requirements
The specified facilities in buildings for differently abled persons shall be as follows:
8.4.1 Approach to plinth level
Every building should have at least one entrance accessible to the differently abled and
shall be indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be approached through a ramp
together with the stepped entry.
a. Ramped Approach: Ramp shall be finished with non-slip material to enter the
building. Minimum width of ramp shall be 1800mm with maximum gradient 1:12.
Length of ramp shall not exceed 9.0 meter having 800mm high hand rail on both sides
extending 300mm beyond top and bottom of the ramp. Minimum gap from the
adjacent wall to the hand rail shall be 50mm.
b. Stepped Approach: For stepped approach size of tread shall not be less than
300mm and maximum riser shall be 150mm. Provision of 800mm high hand rail on
both sides of the stepped approach similar to the ramped approach.
c. Exit/Entrance Door: Minimum & clear opening of the entrance door shall be
900mm and it shall not be provided with a step that obstructs the passage of a wheel
chair user. Threshold shall not be raised more than 12mm.
d. Entrance Landing: Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the
minimum dimension 1800mm x 2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the top
end of a slope shall be provided with floor materials to attract the attention of visually
impaired person's (limited to coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is
conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or the material that
emits different sound to guide visually impaired persons. Finishes shall have a non-slip
surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Kerbs wherever provided should
blend to a common level.
8.4.2 Corridor connecting the entrance/ exit for the differently abled
The corridor connecting the entrance / exit for differently abled leading directly
outdoors to a place where information concerning the overall use of the specified
building can be provided to visually impaired persons either by a person or by signs,
shall be provided as follows:
a) Guiding floor materials' shall be provided or device that emits sound to guide
visually impaired persons.
b) The minimum width shall be 1500mm.
c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a slope of
1:12.
d) Handrails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.
8.5 Stair-ways
One of the stair–ways - near the entrance / exit for the differently abled shall have the
following provisions:
a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm.

b) Height of the riser shall not be more than 150 mm and width of the tread 300mm.
The steps shall not have abrupt (square) nosing.
c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.
d) Handrails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend 300 mm on the top and
bottom of each flight of steps.
8.6 Lifts
Wherever lift is required as per bye-laws, provision of at least one lift shall be made
for the wheel chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended for
passenger lift of 13 person’s capacity of NBC 2005, BIS. Section 4.9.3 Table no1-
Desirable Lift size
Clear internal width 1100 mm
Clear internal depth 2000 mm
Entrance door width 900 mm
a) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed
adjacent to the control panel.
b) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 2000 mm or more.
c) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and the
closing speed should not exceed 0.25 m/ sec.
d) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates the
floor, the cage has reached indicates that the door of the cage of entrance/exit is
either open or closed.
e) Graphic/Braille signage, as per the Harmonized Guidelines, shall be provided in
the lift lobby.
8.7 Toilets
One special W.C. in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of differently abled
with essential provision of washbasin near the entrance for the differently abled.
a) The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1750 mm.
b) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall swing out.
c) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50mm clearance from
wall shall be made in the toilet.
d) The W.C. seat shall be 500mm from the floor.
8.7.1 Provision of W.Cs in buildings without lift:
Provision of special W.C. shall be made on all floors for buildings designed for
ambulant disabled persons. For buildings designed for non-ambulant disabled special
W.C. shall be provided at Ground Floor. Size of W.C. shall depend on the type of
wheel chair used by the disabled.
8.7.2 Provisions of W.Cs in buildings with lift
Provision of Special W.C. shall be made on all floors. Size will depend on the category
of disabled for whom it has been provided.
8.7.3 Toilet Details: For Toilets Designed for Ambulant Disabled
a) The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1075 x 1650 mm with a minimum depth of
1450 mm from entry door 900 mm.

b) Long handrail on the side closer to W.C. with a clear width between the handrails
shall be 900 mm and height of handrails shall be 800 mm from floor level.
c) Minimum size of the clear door opening shall be 780 mm.
8.7.4 For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Small Wheel Chair:
The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1350 x 1500 mm with a minimum depth of 1500
mm from entry door. 900 mm long handrail on the side closer to W.C. shall be
provided. To provide movement space for wheel chair, W.C. seat shall be fixed
towards one side to the opposite adjacent wall. The centerline of W.C. from the
adjacent wall shall be 400 mm and minimum 950 mm from the other wall. Minimum
size of the clear door opening shall be 780 mm.
8.7.5 For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Using Large Wheel Chair:
The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1500 X 1750 mm with a minimum depth of 1750
mm for entry door. 900 mm long handrail on the side wall closer to W.C. shall be
provided. To provide movement space for wheel chair, W.C. seat shall be fixed
towards one side of the opposite wall. The centerline of the W.C. from the adjacent
wall shall be 400 mm and a minimum of 1100 mm from the other wall. Min. size of
clear door opening shall be 860 mm.
8.8 Designing for Children
In the buildings meant for the pre-dominant use of the children, it will be necessary to
suitably alter the height of the handrail and other fittings & fixtures etc.
Note: Guiding / Warning Floor Material: The floor material to guide or to warn the
visually impaired persons with a change of colour or material texture and easily
distinguishable from the rest of the surrounding floor materials. The material with
different texture gives audible signals with sensory warning when a person moves on
this surface with walking stick. The guiding/warning floor material is meant to give
the directional effect or warn a person at critical places. It should be provided in the
following areas:
a. The access path to the building and to the parking area.
b. The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, staircases and
toilets
c. Immediately at the beginning/end of walkway where there is a vehicular traffic.
d. At the location abruptly changing in level or beginning/end of a ramp.
e. Immediately in front of an entrance/exit and the landing.
8.9 Drinking Water:
Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for the differently abled near the
special toilet provided for them.
8.10 Refuge
An alternative to immediate evacuation of a building via staircases and/ or lifts is the
movement of disabled persons to areas of safety within a building. If possible, they
could remain there until the fire is controlled and extinguished or until rescued by the
fire fighters.

a) It is useful to have the provisions of a refuge area, usually at the fire protected stair
landing on each floor that can safely hold one or two wheelchairs.
b) Hand Doorways with clear opening width of 900 mm and regular compliance
c) Have an alarm switch installed between 900 mm and 1200 mm from floor level.
8.11 Proper signage
a) Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the differently
abled persons should be done with proper signals.
b) Visually impaired persons make use of other senses such as hearing and touch to
compensate for the lack of vision, whereas visual signals benefit those with hearing
disabilities. Signs should be designed and located so that they are easily legible by
using suitable letter size (not less than 20 mm high).
c) For visually impaired persons, information board in brail should be installed on the
wall at a suitable height and it should be possible to approach them closely.
d) To ensure safe walking, there should not be any protruding sign which creates
obstruction in walking.
e) Public Address System may also be provided in busy public areas.
f) The symbols/information should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated
because people with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primary
colours.
g) International Symbol Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase,
parking areas, etc., that have been provided for the differently abled.
8.12 Public Building regulations
In case of design regulations in Public buildings (excluding domestic buildings),
provisions for differently-abled shall be adopted as per Appendix ‘G’ of the bye-laws
and according to the Annex “D” of Part 3, NBC 2005.

Rainwater Harvesting 9
9. RAINWATER HARVESTING
9.1 The RWH system
The harvesting of rainwater simply involves the collection of water from surfaces on
which rain falls, and subsequently storing this water for use. The rainwater collected
can be stored for direct use or can be recharged into the underground aquifers. In
scientific terms water harvesting (broadly) refers to collection and storage of rainwater
from the rooftops. This also restricts evaporation and seepage into building
foundations. All buildings having a plot size of 100 sq.m. or more, while submitting the
building plans for sanction, shall mandatorily include the complete proposal of
rainwater harvesting.
A rainwater harvesting system consists of:
i. Roof catchment
ii. Gutters
iii. Down pipes
iv. Rain water/ Storm water drains
v. Filter Chamber
vi. Storage Tanks/ Pits/ Sumps.
vii. Ground Water recharge structures like pit, trench, tube well or combination of
above structure.
Rainwater Harvesting is a way to capture the rain runoff, store that water above ground
or charge the underground aquifers and use it later. This happens naturally in open
rural areas. But in congested, over-paved metropolitan cities, there is a need to devise
methods to capture the rain water. The rainwater that is incident on the surface/ roof
top is guided to bore wells or pits or new/old/ abandoned wells through small diameter
pipes to recharge the underground water which can be used later whenever required.
Rainwater can be harvested to the extent of 55,000 liters per 100sq. meters area per
year from rooftops.
9.2 Rainwater harvesting techniques:
There are two main techniques of rain water harvestings.
a. Storage of rainwater on surface for future use.
b. Recharge to ground water.
The technical aspects and options of Rainwater harvesting from which the city
authorities can assess and choose to adopt are placed at Annexure III to the bye-laws.

9 Rainwater Harvesting
9.3 Harvesting provisions in various Building categories:
All buildings in a city contribute to the rainwater runoff during the monsoon and hence
such runoff can be harvested for water reuse/recharge.
The indicative provisions of rainwater harvesting in various buildings types are:
Table 9.1 Provisions for Rainwater harvesting by building types
Category / Use
Area of Plot
(sq.m.)
Provisions to be made Other conditions
Residential Plotted Houses
New Proposals 100 and above
Construction of Rain Water Harvesting
Structure.
Shall have emphasis on both storage and
reuse.
Group Housing
New Proposals All plot sizes
i. Construction of Rain Water
Harvesting Structure.
ii. Concrete paving to be avoided and
permeable materials are to be used
for all open parking spaces.
Should indicate the system of Strom
Water Drainage, Rain Water Harvesting
Structure and Recharging Well
Public and semi public buildings
All Proposals All plot sizes
i. Shall have Rain Water Harvesting
Structure and storage
ii. Shall have Recharge pits
reuse.
Commercial / Mixed use
All Proposals All plot sizes
ii. Soft landscape provisions and open
spaces with Percolation pits.
iii. Common treatment plant to be made
part of the integrated development,
funded by sale of commercial space.
Structure and Recharging Well
reuse.
Industrial
All proposals All plot sizes
ii. Soft landscape provisions and open
spaces with Percolation pits.
iii. Use of abandoned bore wells for
recharging of ground water.
iv. Common treatment plant to be made
part of the integrated development
funded by sale of commercial space.
Structure and Recharging Well.
Provision should be made not to inject
contaminated water into recharge
structures in industrial areas and care is
to be taken to keep such structures away
from sewer lines, septic tanks, soak pits,
landfill and other sources of
contamination.
Other proposals All plot sizes Similar as above Similar as above
Note: The number of recharge bores to be provided in different plot sizes shall be accordance to Sl No 2 of Table
Nos. 14.1 - 14.3 of Chapter 14.
9.4 Rain Water Harvesting Provisions for Open spaces in cities
The open spaces/recreational land use generally constitute regional parks, district
parks, play ground and stadium, sports complex, monument zones, public parking,
Plaza and other public open space. This may be as high as 30% to 50% of the city’s
geographic area. All such public open spaces above the size of 500 sq.m. shall have
arrangements for complete utilization and capture of storm water with scientific rain
water harvesting arrangements.

Rainwater Harvesting 9
Following ideas may also be included:
i. Well cum Channel cum Percolation pits.
ii. Use of abandoned bore wells for recharging of ground water
iii. Artificial or natural Storage of storm water runoff from larger sites.
9.5 Ground Water Recharge
Recharging of ground water should be made mandatory not only for residential
buildings but for all types of buildings, including Group Housing Societies having a
plot area more than 500 sq.m. and above.
The Ground Water Recharge should also be mandatory for open spaces like parks,
parking, plazas and playgrounds. The harvesting and recharge structures could be
constructed by the Authority with the involvement of community based organizations
like Resident Welfare Associations.
9.6 Enforcement and Monitoring
a. The Authority shall constitute a Rainwater Harvesting Cell which will be
responsible for enforcement and monitoring of the provisions of Rainwater
Harvesting. The cell shall employ qualified persons who are well versed with the
interpretation of Building Bye Laws and responsible for enforcement as well as
monitoring the functioning of the Rainwater Harvesting System.
b. The Authority shall include inspection of Rainwater Harvesting Structures before
issuing Completion Certificates or NOCs for service connections to the property.
c. Set an example in the city by ensuring that Rainwater is harvested in the
properties /assets owned by them including public buildings, markets, community
centers, parking spaces, roads and parks etc.
d. The Authority shall also establish a mechanism to monitor 100% of RWH
provisions in all the buildings above 1000 sq.m. with annual physical verification,
while buildings less than 1000 sq.m. can be monitored on the basis of 10%
random survey by competent authority.
e. With regard to open public spaces viz., Parks, playgrounds etc. the
implementation of provision rainwater harvesting may be done with the help of
Residents Welfare Associations, Community Building Organization and Non-
Governmental Organizations.
f. The Authority shall ensure earmarking budgetary provision for the creation and
maintenance of rainwater harvesting structures in public spaces owned and
maintained by them, like parking spaces, parks, plazas etc.
g. The practice of incentives and penalties to promote rain water harvesting shall be
formulated by the local authority based on best practices. Authority shall design
its own incentive and penalty systems, considering the water level and scarcity.

9 Rainwater Harvesting

Green Buildings and Sustainability Provisions 10
10. GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY
PROVISIONS
Modern buildings consume about 25 to 30 % of total energy, and up to 30 % of fresh
potable water, and generate approximately 40 % of total waste. Sustainable buildings
have demonstrated reduction in energy and water consumption to less than half of the
present consumption in conventional buildings, and complete elimination of the
construction and operational waste through recycling.
Thus, all buildings on various plot sizes above 100 sq.m. shall comply with the green
norms and conform to the requirements mandatory for sanction as mentioned in this
chapter.
These provisions are not specific to any rating system and are not intended to provide a
single metric indication of overall building performance. These provisions allows the
practitioners to easily exercise their engineering judgment in holistically and
objectively applying the underlying principles of sustainability to a development or
building facility, considering its functionality and required comfort level.
10.1 Provisions and Applicability
The green building provisions on various plot sizes are indicated in the table below:
Table 10.1 Provisions and applicability for various plot sizes (Residential and Non-Residential)
Plot
Category
Applicable plot
area (sq.m)
Provisions for Residential Provisions for Non- Residential
I Up to 100 Nil Nil
II 100 to 500 1(a), 2(a), 2(b), 4(a) 1(a), 2(b), 4(a)
500 to 1,000 1(a), 1(c), 2(b), 3(c), 4(a) 1(a), 1(c), 2(a), 2(b), 3(c), 4(a)
1,000 to 3,000 1(a), 1(c), 1(d), 2(a), 2(b), 3(b), 3(c),
4(a)
1(a), 1(c), 1(d), 2(a), 2(b), 3(b), 3(c),
4(a)
III Above 3,000 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 2(a), 2(b), 3(a),
3(b), 3(c), 4(a), 4(b)
1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 2(a), 2(b), 3(a),
3(b), 3(c), 4(a), 4(b)
*Note: provisions marked 1(a), 2(b) etc are as per section 10.2.
The schemes/ projects formulated on the basis of provisions given in Master plan/ Zonal Development
Plan will require approval as indicated:
EIA/ ECC (as per MoEF), NBC (latest), ECBC 2007 or latest, BEE Star rating/ LEED of IGBC/ GRIHA of TERI
Certification}
EIA- Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report,
ECC- Environmental Clearance Certificate,
MoEF – Ministry of Environment and Forest,
NBC – National Building Code,
ECBC – Energy Conservation Building Code,
BEE – Bureau of Energy Efficiency,
LEED – Leadership in Energy and Environment Design,
IGBC –Indian Green Building Council,
GRIHA – Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment,
TERI – The Energy and Resources Institute.
The prevailing provisions of the above shall be applicable. However if there are any modification in the same, the
modified provisions shall become automatically applicable.

10 Green Buildings and Sustainability Provisions
10.2 Provisions for Sanction
1. Water Conservation and Management
a) Rain Water Harvesting
b) Low Water Consumption Plumbing Fixtures
c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse
d) Reduction of Hardscape
2. Solar Energy Utilization
a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Panels (detailed at section 10.2.3 below)
b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems
3. Energy Efficiency (Concept of passive solar design of buildings) (Ref. Table 14.1-3)
a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting Fixtures (Electrical Appliances – BEE Star
and Energy Efficient Appliances)
b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems.
c) Lighting of Common areas by Solar energy/ LED devices.
4. Waste Management
a) Segregation of Waste
b) Organic Waste Management
In case owners of properties desire to procure green building ratings from one or more
rating bodies, they may suitably incorporate any other provisions if required and
additional incentive FAR as per Master Plan may be availed.
10.2.1 Provisions for City and Site level greening
In alignment with National Sustainable Habitat Mission, the Authority shall
encourage augmentation of green cover in the city/plot, by following:
The Urban Greening Guidelines, 2014 and other provisions as given below -
i. Provision of minimum 1 tree / every 80sqmt of plot area for plot sizes > 100sqmt
and planted within the setback of the plot.
ii. Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted tress in the ratio 1:3 within the
premises under consideration.
iii. Choice of species for plantation in site and abutting the road to be adopted as per
Section 8 of the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.
iv. The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of the recreational open
spaces.
10.2.2 Water Re-use and Recycling
All building having a minimum discharge of 10,000 l. and above per day shall
incorporate waste water recycling system. The recycled water should be used for
horticultural purposes.
10.2.3 Roof Top Solar Energy Installations
Rooftop photovoltaic power station, or rooftop PV system, is a photovoltaic
system that has its electricity-generating solar panels mounted on the rooftop of
residential or commercial buildings. The various components of such a system
include photovoltaic modules, mounting systems, cables, solar inverters and other

electrical accessories. Rooftop PV systems are faster than other types of renewable
power plants. They’re clean, quiet, and visually unobtrusive. Table 10.2 below
stipulates the Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation-
Table 10.2 Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation and generation
S.No. Category of buildings/area Area standards Generation requirement *
Residential
1 Plotted Housing For HIG Plots and above Minimum 5% of connected load
or 20W/sqft for “available roof
space”**, whichever is less.
2 Group Housing All proposals, as per Group Housing
Norms
Minimum 5% of connected load
space”, whichever is less.
All other buildings (Government or Private, defined as per clause 1.16 b to g)
(mandatory for buildings having shadow free rooftop area > 50 sqmt)
3
4
5
6
7
8
Educational
Institutional
Commercial
Industrial
Mercantile
Recreational
Plot size of 500 sqmt and above Minimum 5% of connected load
space”, whichever is less.
* Area provisions on roof top shall be @12 sqmt per 1KWp, as suggested by Ministry of New and Renewable Energy.
** “available rood area” = 70% of the total roof size, considering 30% area reserved for residents’ amenities.
10.2.4 Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating System in Buildings
I. No new building in the following categories in which there is a system of
installation for supplying hot water shall be built unless the system of the
installation is also having an auxiliary solar assisted water heating system:-
a) Hospitals and Nursing Home.
b) Hotels, Lodges, Guest Houses, Group Housing with a plot area of 4000 sq m.
c) Hostels of Schools, Colleges and Training Centres with more than 100
Students.
d) Barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police.
e) Individual residential buildings having more than 150 sq m. plinth area.
f) Functional Buildings of Railway Stations and Air Ports like waiting rooms,
retiring rooms, rest rooms, inspection bungalows and catering units.
g) Community Centres, Banquet Halls, Barat Ghars, Mangal Karyalayas and
buildings for similar use.

II. Definitions
i) “Solar Assisted Water Heating
System”
A device to heat water using solar energy
as heat source.
ii) “Auxiliary back-up” Electricity operated or fuel fired
boilers/systems to heat water coming out
from solar water heating system to meet
continuous requirement of hot water.
iii) “New Building” Such buildings of above said categories for
which construction plans have been
submitted to the Authority for clearance.
iv) “Existing building” Such buildings, which are licensed to
perform their respective business.
III. Installation of Solar Water Heating System
a) New Buildings: Clearance of plan for the construction of new buildings of
the aforesaid categories shall only be given if they have a provision in the
building design itself for an insulated pipeline from the rooftop in the
building to various distribution points where hot water is required. The
building must have a provision for continuous water supply to the solar water
heating system. The building should also have open space on the rooftop,
which receives direct sun light. The load bearing capacity of the roof should
at least be 50 kg. per sq m. All new buildings of above said categories must
complete installation of solar water heating systems before obtaining
necessary license to commence their business.
b) Existing Buildings: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems in
the existing building shall be made mandatory at the time of change of use to
above said category provided there is a system or installation for supplying
hot water.
IV. Capacity: The capacity of solar water heating system to be installed on the
building of different categories shall be decided in consultation with the local
bodies. The recommended minimum capacity shall not be less than 25 litres per
day for each bathroom and kitchen subject to the condition that maximum of
50% of the total roof area is provided with the system.
V. Specifications: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems shall
conform to BIS specification IS 12933. The solar collectors used in the system
shall have the BIS certification mark.
VI. Auxiliary System: Wherever hot water requirement is continuous, auxiliary
heating arrangement either with electric elements or oil of adequate capacity can
be provided.

10.2.5 Sustainable Waste Management
Zero Waste is a concept of waste management and planning approaches that
emphasize waste prevention as opposed to end waste management. This means
restructuring production and distribution systems, designing and managing products
and processes to systematically follow the 3R rule of Reduce, Re-use and Re-cycle the
volume of waste, to conserve and recover all used resources, and therefore eliminating
all discharges to landfills, and prevent air, water and land pollution.
Zero Waste/ land-fill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of segregation
at source by planning, by collection facilitation and most importantly by creating
public awareness.
The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into manure,
construction & demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper, glass and
steel back into the same and all residual inert materials can also be converted into
bricks. Achieving zero land-fill is more conveniently possible, if
a) The collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done at
household level and
b) Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level.
c) The recycling is done at decentralized, say, ward or even lower levels.
10.2.6 Sustainability of Building Materials
Sustainability of natural resources for building materials shall be ensured through
conservation of available natural resources and use of supplementary materials such as
industrial/agricultural by-products, renewable resources, factory made building
components and recycled construction and demolition waste.
Supplementary building materials (derived or processed waste) shall be suitably used
in combination with conventional resources offers dual advantages in purview of
health & environmental benefits.
Use of Factory made pre-fab/pre-cast and recycled components with Green benefits:
a) Panels, hollow slabs, hollow blocks–etc. - conservation of materials, less water
requirement.
b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland Pozzolana cement, Fly ash concrete, phosphogypsum
based walling & roofing panels, particle wood – recycled use of industrial/
agricultural by-products. (Ref. Table 14)
c) Fly ash/ AAC (Autoclaved aerated light weight concrete) panels/ CLC (Cellular
light weight concrete) panels- ensures thermal comfort (significant reduction in air
conditioning requirement)
d) Use of bamboo & rapidly growing plantation timbers- environmental benefits.
Local materials are generally suitable for prevailing geo-climatic conditions & have
advantage of low transportation cost & time. Sustainable use of building materials
shall be encouraged which may combine certain mandatory provisions and incentives.

10.3 Various Guidelines for Green Rating systems
The respective State Governments may prepare their separate Green Rating systems
for buildings by selectively combining/adopting/amending the provisions between the
following guidelines:
1. IGBC guidelines by the Confederation of Indian Industries.
2. GRIHA guidelines by the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy. GoI.
In pursuance of the National Sustainable Habitat Mission on Energy Efficiency in
Buildings, the Authority shall encourage the provisions of the following Energy
efficiency guidelines by certain mandatory provisions and incentives-
3. ECBC guidelines prepared by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of Power. GoI
4. Model Energy Efficiency guidelines. (NSMH Sub report by Bureau of Energy
Efficiency)

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11
11. FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS
11.1 Scope
This part covers the requirements of the fire protection for the multi-storeyed buildings
(high rise buildings) and the buildings, which are of 15 m. and above in height and
low occupancies of categories such as Assembly, Institutional, Educational (more than
two storeyed and built-up area exceeds 1000 sq m.), Business (where plot area exceeds
500 sq m.), Mercantile (where aggregate covered area exceeds 750 sq m.), Hotel,
Hospital, Nursing Homes, Underground Complexes, Industrial Storage,
Meeting/Banquet Halls, Hazardous Occupancies.
11.2 Procedure for clearance from fire service
11.2.1 The concerned Authority shall refer the building plans to the Chief Fire Officer for
obtaining clearance in respect of building identified in clause 2.17.4 of these Bye-
Laws.
11.2.2 The Authority shall furnish three sets of complete building plans along with prescribed
fee to the Chief Fire Officer, after ensuring that the proposals are in line with Master
Plan/Zonal Plan of the area.
11.2.3 The plans shall be clearly marked and indicate the complete fire protection
arrangements and the means of access/escape for the proposed building with suitable
legend along with standard signs and symbols on the drawings. The same shall be duly
signed/certified by a licensed Fire Consultant/Architect. The information regarding fire
safety measures shall be furnished as per Annexure ‘D’ along with details.
11.2.4 The Chief Fire Officer shall examine these plans to ensure that they are in accordance
with the provisions of fire safety and means of escape as per these bye-laws and shall
forward two sets of plans duly signed for implementation to the building sanctioning
Authority.
11.2.5 After completion of fire fighting installations as approved and duly tested and certified
by the licensed Fire Consultant/Architect, the Owner/ Builder of the building shall
approach the Chief Fire Officer through the concerned Authority for obtaining
clearance from fire safety and means of escape point of view. The concerned Authority
shall ensure that clearance from Chief Fire Officer has been obtained for the building
identified in clause 11.1 before granting the completion certificate.
11.2.6 On receipt of the above request, the Chief Fire Officer shall issue the No Objection
Certificate from fire safety and means of escape point of view after satisfying himself
that the entire fire protection measures are implemented and functional as per
approved plans.
11.2.7 Any deficiencies observed during the course of inspection shall be communicated to
the Authority for rectification and a copy of the same shall be forwarded to the
concerned building owner /builder.

11 Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements
11.3 Renewal of fire clearance
On the basis of undertaking given by the Fire Consultant / Architect, the Chief Fire
Officer shall renew the fire clearance in respect of the following buildings on
annual basis:-
1) Public entertainment and assembly
2) Hospitals
3) Hotels
4) Underground shopping complex
11.4 Fee
For augmentation of fire service facilities for effecting rescue/fire fighting operation in
high rise building, fee payable to Chief Fire Officer by the applicant(s) along with sets
of plans for obtaining the No Objection Certificate shall be as prescribed by the
Authority.
11.5 Fire Consultant
The engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) of
the project shall be responsible for making provisions for fire protection and fire
fighting measure as provided in this Chapter and for that she / he may consult an
expert in this field, as in case of other professionals for structural, sanitary and others.
11.6 Terminology
For the purpose of this Chapter all the technical terms shall have the meaning as
defined in National Building Code of India, Part-IV, Fire Protection as amended from
time to time but for the terms which are defined otherwise in these bye-Laws.
11.7 General
The Chief Fire Officer may insist on suitable provisions in the building from fire
safety and means of escape point of view depending on the occupancy, height or on
account of new developments creating special fire hazard, in addition to the provision
of these building bye laws and part IV (Fire Protection) of National Building Code of
India
11.7.1 Fire Resistance of Types of Constructions / Building Components
The fire resistance ratings for various types of construction for structural and non-
structural members shall be as given in Table 1 of Part IV of the NBC, 2005.
Building elements/components such as walls, columns, beams and floors shall have the
requisite fire resistance rating in accordance with the accepted standards at Tables 2 to
18 of Part IV of the NBC.
11.7.2 The following Sections MEANS OF ACCESS
As provided in Building Bye-Laws, Clause 4.24
Provisions of Exterior Open Spaces around the Building:
As provided in building bye laws 4.25

11.7.3 EXIT REQUIREMENT
As provided in Section 4.2 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Type of Exits: As provided in Section 4.2.1 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Number of Size of Exits: As provided in Section 4.6 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Arrangements of Exits: As provided in Section 4.5 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Occupant Load: As provided in Section 4.3 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Capacity of Exit: As provided in Section 4.4 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Staircase Requirements: As provided in Section 4.9 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Minimum Width Provision for Stairways: As provided in Section 4.9.6 of Part 4,
NBC 2005
Minimum Width Provision for Passageway/Corridors: As provided in Section 4.8 of
Part 4, NBC 2005
Doorways: As provided in Section 4.7 of Part 4, NBC 2005
Stairways: As provided in Section 4.9 of Part 4, NBC 2005
11.8 Fire Escapes or External Stairs:
a) Fire escape shall not be taken into account while calculating the number of
staircases for a building.
b) All fire escapes shall be directly connected to the ground.
c) Entrance to the fire escape shall be separate and remote from internal staircase.
d) The route to fire escape shall be free of obstructions at all times except the
doorway leading to the fire escape which shall have the required fire resistance.
e) Fire escape shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.
f) Fire escape stairs shall have straight flight not less than 125 cm wide with 25 cm
treads and risers not more than 19 cm.
g) Handrails shall be at a height not less than 100 cm.
h) Fire escape staircase in the mercantile, business, assembly, hotel buildings above
24 m. height shall be a fire tower and in such a case width of the same shall not be
less than the width of the main staircase. No combustible material shall be allowed
in the fire tower.
11.8.1 Spiral Stairs
a) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building
height 9 m.
b) A spiral stair shall not be less than 150 cm in diameter and shall be designed to
give the adequate headroom.
11.8.2 Staircase Enclosures
a) The external enclosing walls of the staircase shall be of the brick or the R.C.C.
construction having fire resistance of not less than two hours. All enclosed
staircases shall have access through self-closing door of one-hour fire resistance.
These shall be single swing doors opening in the direction of the escape. The door
shall be fitted with the check action door closers.

b) The staircase enclosures on the external wall of the building shall be ventilated to
the atmosphere at each landing.
c) Permanent vent at the top equal to the 5% of the cross sectional area of the
enclosure and openable sashes at each floor level with area equal to 1 to 15% of
the cross sectional area of the enclosure on external shall be provided. The roof of
the shaft shall be at least 1 m. above the surrounding roof. There shall be no
glazing or the glass bricks in any internal closing wall of staircase. If the staircase
is in the core of the building and cannot be ventilated at each landing, a positive of
5-mm. e.g. by electrically operated blower/blowers shall be maintained.
d) The mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shaft shall be so installed that the
same shall operate automatically on fire alarm system/sprinkler system and be
provided with manual operation facilities.
11.8.3 Ramps
a) Ramps of slope of not more than 1 in 10 may be substituted for and shall comply
with all the applicable requirements of all required stairways as to enclosure
capacity and limiting dimensions. Larger slopes shall be provided for special uses
but in no case greater than 1 in 8. For all slopes exceeding 1 in 10 and where the
use is such as to involve danger of slipping, the ramp shall be surfaced with
approved non-slipping material.
b) The minimum width of the ramps in the Hospitals shall be 2.4 m. and in the
basement using car parking shall be 6.0 m.
c) Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
d) Ramp shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards of safe
place.
e) For building above 24.0 m. in height, access to ramps from any floor of the
building shall be through smoke fire check door.
f) In case of nursing homes, hospitals etc. area exceeding 300 sq m. at each floor one
of the exit facility shall be a ramp of not less than 2.4 m. in width.
11.9 Provision of lifts
a) Provision of the lifts shall be made for all multi-storeyed building having a height
of 15.0 m. and above.
b) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hrs. by the lift. The lift provided in the
buildings shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency.
c) Grounding switch at ground floor level to enable the fire service to ground the lift
car in case of emergency shall also be provided.
d) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery be installed in it.

11.9.1 Lift Enclosure/lift
General requirements shall be as follows
a) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of two hours. Lift shafts shall have
a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2 sq m.
b) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and separated from
the shaft by the floor of the room.
c) Landing door in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than one
hour.
d) The number of lifts in one lift bank shall not exceed four. A wall of two hours fire
rating shall separate individual shafts in a bank.
e) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
f) For buildings 15.0 m. and above in height, collapsible gates shall not be permitted
for lifts and solid doors with fire resistance of at least one hour shall be provided.
g) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building a positive pressure between
25 and 30 pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a possible pressure of 50 pa shall
be maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for the pressurization shall act
automatically with the fire alarm/sprinkler system and it shall be possible to
operate this mechanically also.
h) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a
self-closing fire smoke check door of one-hour fire resistance.
i) Lift shall not normally communicate with the basement. If however, lifts are in
communication, the lift lobby of the basement shall be pressurized as in (g) with
self closing door as in (h).
j) Grounding switch(es), at ground floor level shall be provided to enable the fire
service to ground the lifts.
k) Telephone/talk back communication facilities may be provided in lift cars for
communication system and lifts shall be connected to the fire control room of the
building.
l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of the lift lobby shall be
made to prevent water used during fire fighting, etc at any landing from entering
the lift shafts.
m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating
that in case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The
sign shall also contain a plan for each floor showing the location of the stairways.
Floor marking shall be done at each floor on the wall in front of the lift-landing
door.
n) Alternate power supply shall be provided in all the lifts.

11.9.2 Fire Lift
Following details shall apply for a fire lift in addition to above requirements:
a) To enable fire service personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum
delay, one or more of the lifts shall be so designed so as to be available for the
exclusive use of the fireman in an emergency and be directly accessible to every
dwelling/lettable floor space on each floor.
b) The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4 sq.mt. It shall have a loading
capacity of not less than 545 kg. (8 persons lift) with automatic closing doors.
c) The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains in a
building and the cables run in a route safe from fire, that is within a lift shaft.
Lights and fans in the elevator having wooden paneling or sheet steel construction
shall be operated on 24-volt supply.
d) In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically switch over to
the alternate supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply could be
done through manually operated changeover switch. Alternatively, the lift should
be so wired that in case of power failure, it comes down at the ground level and
comes to stand still with door open.
e) The operation of a fire lift shall by a single toggle of two-button switch situated in
a glass-fronted box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level. When the switch is on
landing; call points will become inoperative and the lift will be on car control only
or on a priority control device. When the switch is off, the lift will return to
normal working. This lift can be used by the occupants in normal times.
f) The words 'F1RE LIFT' shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on
the lift landing doors at each floor level.
g) The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach to the top floor from
ground level within one minute.
11.10 Basement
As provided in Chapter- 4 and Building Bye-Laws.
11.10.1Requirements
i) The access to the basement shall be either from the main or alternate staircase
providing access and exit from higher floors. Where the staircase is continue the
same shall be enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the basement floor
and higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are constructed within
the building line subject to the provision of the (iv).
ii) In case of basement for office, sufficient number of exit ways and access ways
shall be provided with a travel distance not more than 15.0 m. The travel distance
in case of dead-end shall be 7.5 m.
iii) The basement shall be partitioned and in no case compartment shall be more than
500 sq m. and less than 50 sq m. area except parking. Each compartment shall
have ventilation standards as laid down in Bye-Laws separately and

independently. The partition shall be made in consultation with Chief Fire
Officer.
iv) The first basement (immediately below ground level) can be used for
services/parking/other permissible services. Lower basement, if provided, shall
exclusively be used for car parking only.
v) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area
(aggregate) not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the
perimeter of the basement shall be provided in the form of grills or breakable
starboard lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts. Alternatively a system of
air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke outlets at basement
ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with starboard
or pavement lights as before. But ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor
level have to be laid. Starboard and pavement lights should be in positions easily
accessible to the firemen and clearly marked "SMOKE OUTLET" or “AIR
INLET" with an indication of area served at or near the opening.
vi) The staircase of basement shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance of not
less than two hours and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be
entered at ground level only from the open air and in such positions that smoke
from any fire in the basement shall not obstruct any exit serving the ground and
upper stories of the building and shall communicate with basement through a
lobby provided with fire resisting self closing door of one hour rating. In case of
basement being used as car parking only, the travel distance shall be 45 m.
vii) In multi-storeyed basements, intake duct may serve all basements levels, but
each basement and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct
or ducts. Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement
levels shall also be provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on
actuation of smoke, heat sensitive detectors/sprinklers, if installed, and shall have
a considerably superior performance compared to the standard units. It shall also
have an arrangement to start it manually.
viii) Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement so that
extractors shall continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically with
the actuation of fire detectors. Mechanical extractors shall be designed to permit
30 air changes per hour in case of fire or distress call. However, for normal
operation, only 30 air changes or any other convenient factor can be maintained.
ix) Mechanical extractors shall have an alternate source of power supply.
x) Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick
masonry or RCC as far as possible and when this duct crosses the transformer
area of electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.
xi) Kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted in basement/sub-basement.
xii) If cutouts are provided from basement to the upper floors or to the atmosphere,
all side cutout openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler heads at
closed spacing so as to form a water curtain in the event of a fire.
xiii) Dewatering pump shall be provided in all basements.

11.11 Provision of helipad
All high-rise buildings of height 200 m. and above shall have provision for a Helipad
as per clause no 5.5.8 of the Bye-Laws. The same shall be approved by the Authority.
11.12 Service ducts/refuge chute
a) Service duct shall be enclosed by walls and door, if any, of 2 hours fire rating. If ducts
are larger than 10 sq m. the floor should seal them, but provide suitable opening for the
pipes to pass through, with the gaps sealed.
b) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided between one-fourth and
one-half of the area of the shaft. Refuge chutes shall have an outlet at least of wall of
non-combustible material with fire resistance of not less than two hours. They shall not
be located within the staircase enclosure or service shafts or air-conditioning shafts.
Inspection panel and door shall be tight fitting with 1 hour fire resistance; the chutes
should be as far away as possible form exits.
c) Refuge chutes shall not be provided in staircase walls and A/C shafts etc.
11.13 Electrical services
Electrical Services shall conform to the following:
a) The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in a separate duct shall be sealed at
every floor with non-combustible material having the same fire resistance as that of the
duct. Low and medium voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run in
separate conduits.
b) Water mains, telephone wires, inter-com lines, gas pipes or any other service lines shall
not be laid in ducts for electric cables.
c) Separate conduits for water pumps, lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers for
pressuring system shall be directly from the main switch panel and these circuits shall be
laid in separate conduit pipes, so that fire in one circuit will not affect the others. Master
switches controlling essential service circuits shall be clearly labeled.
d) The inspection panel doors and any other opening in the shaft shall be provided with
airtight fire doors having fire resistance of not less then 1 hour.
e) Medium and low voltage wiring running in shafts, and within false ceiling shall run in
metal conduits. Any 230 voltage wiring for lighting or other services, above false ceiling
should have 660V grade insulation. The false ceiling including all fixtures used for its
suspension shall be of non-combustible material.
f) An independent and well-ventilated service room shall be provided on the ground floor
with direct access from outside or from the corridor for the purpose of termination of
electrical supply from the licenses service and alternative supply cables. The doors
provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than 1 hour.
g) Miniature circuit breakers(MCB) and Earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) shall be
provided for electrical circuit.

11.14 Staircase and corridor lights
The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate circuits and shall be
independently connected so that it could be operated by one switch installation on the
ground floor easily accessible to fire fighting staff at any time irrespective of the
position of the individual control of the light points, if any. It should be of miniature
circuit breaker type of switch so as to avoid replacement of fuse in case of crisis.
a) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate source of power
supply.
b) Suitable arrangement shall be made by installing double throw switches to ensure
that the lighting installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get connected to
two sources of supply simultaneously. Double throw switch shall be installed in the
service room for terminating the stand by supply.
c) Emergency lights shall be provided in the staircase and corridor.
11.15 Air-conditioning
a) Air- conditioning system should be installed and maintained so as to minimize the
danger of spread of fire, smoke or fumes thereby from one floor of fire area to
another or from outside into any occupied building or structure.–
b) Air -Conditioning systems circulating air to more than one floor area should be
provided with dampers designed to close automatically in case of fire and thereby
prevent spread of fire or smoke. Such a system should also be provided with
automatic controls to stop fans in case of fire, unless arranged to remove smoke
from a fire, in which case these should be designed to remain in operation.
c) Air- conditioning system serving large places of assembly (over one thousand
persons), large departmental stores, or hostels with over 100 rooms in a single
block should be provided with effective means for preventing circulation of smoke
through the system in the case of fire in air filters or from other sources drawn into
the system even though there is insufficient heat to actuate heat smoke sensitive
devices controlling fans or dampers. Such means shall consist of approved
effective smoke sensitive controls.
11.15.1Air- Conditioning should conform to the following:
a) Escape routes like staircase, common corridors, lift lobbies; etc should not be used
as return air passage.
b) The ducting should be constructed of metal in accordance with BIS 655:1963
c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floor, the opening around the ducts
should be sealed with fire resisting material of same rating as of walls/floors.
d) Metallic ducts should be used even for the return air instead of space above the
false ceiling.
e) The material used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) should be of
flame resistant (IS 4355: 1977) and non- conductor of heat.
f) Area more than 750 sq m. on individual floor should be segregated by a firewall
and automatic fire dampers for isolation should be provided.

g) In case of more than one floor, arrangement by way of automatic fire dampers for
isolating the ducting at every floor from the floor should be made. Where plenums
used for return air passage, ceiling and its features and air filters of the air handling
units, these should be flame resistant. Inspection panels should be provided in the
main trenching. No combustible material should be fixed nearer than 15 cm. to any
duct unless such ducting is properly enclosed and protected with flame resistant
material
h) In case of buildings more than 24 m. in height, in non-ventilated lobbies, corridors,
smoke extraction shaft should be provided.
11.15.2 Fire Dampers
a) These shall be located in air ducts and return air ducts/passages at the following
points:
i) At the fire separation wall.
ii) Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.
iii) Where the ducts pass through floors.
iv) At the inlet of supply air duct and the return air duct of each compartment on
every floor.
b) The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously switch off the
air- handling fans. Manual operation facilities shall also be provided.
Note: For blowers, where extraction system and dust accumulators are used, dampers shall be
provided.
c) Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for building more than 24 m. in
height.
For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies/corridor operated by detection
system and manual control sprinkler system.
For other buildings on operation of smoke/heat detection system and manual
control/sprinkler system.
d) Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged so as to close by gravity in the
direction of air movement and to remain tightly closed on operation of a fusible
link.
11.16 Boiler Room
Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act, 2007.
Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of
boiler/ boiler room -
a) The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement, but may be allowed in the
basement away from the escape routes.
b) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire resistance
rating, and this room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pits
shall be provided at the low level.
c) Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2 hours fire
resistance.

d) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhaust directly
to the atmosphere.
e) The furnace oil tank for the boiler if located in the adjoining room shall be
separated by fire resisting wall of 4 hours rating. The entrance to this room shall be
provided with double composite doors. A curb of suitable height shall be provided
at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil into boiler room in case of tank
rupture.
f) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building near the ground
level to enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.
11.17 Alternate source of electric supply
A stand by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and
corridor lighting circuits, lifts detection system, fire pumps, pressurization fans and
bowlers, Public Addressal (PA) system, exit sign, smoke extraction system, in case of
failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of taking starting
current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously.
If the standby pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be
connected to the standby pump. The generator shall be automatic in operation.
11.18 Safety measures in electric sub-station
1) Clear independent approach to the sub-station from outside the building shall be
made available round the clock
2) The approaches/corridors to the sub-station area shall be kept clear for movement
of men and material at all times.
3) The sub-station space is required to be provided with proper internal lighting
arrangements.
4) In addition to natural ventilation proper ventilation to the sub-station area is to be
provided by grill shutters and exhaust fans at suitable places so as to discharge all
smoke from the sub-station without delay in case of fire so that sub-station
operations can be carried out expeditiously.
5) Cable trenches of 0.6 m. X 0.6 m. dummy floor of 0.6 mt. depth shall be
provided to facilitate laying of cable inside the building for connecting to the
equipment.
6) Steel shutters of 8’X 8’ with suitable grills shall be provided for transformers and
sub-station room.
7) The floor of the sub-station should be capable of carrying 10 tons of transformer
weight on wheels.
8) Built up substation space is to be provided free of cost.
9) Sub-station space should be clear from any water, sewer, air conditioning, and
gas pipe or telephone services. No other service should pass through the sub
station space or the cable trenches.

10) Proper ramp with suitable slope may be provided for loading and unloading of
the equipment and proper approach will be provided.
11) RCC pipes at suitable places as required will be provided for the cable entries to
the sub station space and making suitable arrangement for non-ingress of water
through these pipes.
12) The sub station space is to be provided in the approved/sanctioned covered area
of the building.
13) Any other alteration /modification required while erection of the equipment will
be made by the Owner / builder at site as per requirement.
14) Adequate arrangement for fixing chain pulley block above the fixing be available
for load of 15 tons.
15) Provision shall be kept for the sumps so as to accommodate complete volume of
transformer oil, which can spillover in the event of explosion of the transformer
in the basement of the building. Sufficient arrangement should exist to avoid fire
in the sub-station building from spread of the oil from the sumps.
16) Arrangement should be made for the provision of fire retardant cables so as to
avoid chances of spread of fire in the sub-station building.
17) Sufficient pumping arrangement should exist for pumping the water out, in case
of fire so as to ensure minimum loss to the switchgear and transformer.
18) No combustible material should be stacked inside the substation premises or in
the vicinity to avoid chances of fire.
19) It should be made mandatory that the promoters of the multi-storeyed building
should get substation premises inspected once a year to get their license
revalidated for the provision of electric supply from Electricity Board so that
suitable action can be taken against the Owner / Builder in case of non-
implementation of Bye-Laws.
20) The sub-station must not be located below the 1st
basement and above the ground
floor.
21) The sub-station space should be totally segregated from the other areas of the
basement by fire resisting wall. The ramp should have a slope of 1:10 with entry
from ground level. The entire Sub-station space including the entrance at ground
floor be handed over to the licensee of electricity free of cost and rent.
22) The sub-station area shall have a clear height of 15 feet (4.5 m.) below beams.
Further the Sub-station area will have level above the rest of basement level by 2
feet.
23) It is to be ensured that the Sub-station area is free of seepage / leakage of water.
24) The licensee of electricity will have the power to disconnect the supply of the
building in case of violation of any of the above points. However, provision of
emergency lights has to be made in the sub-station for emergency operations.
25) Electric sub-station enclosure must be completely segregated with 4-hours fire
rating wall from remaining part of basement.

26) The sub-station should be located on periphery /sub basement and (not above
ground floor).
27) Additional exit shall be provided if travel distance from farthest corner to ramp is
more than l5 m.
28) Perfect independent vent system 30 air changes per hour linked with detection as
well as automatic high velocity water spray system shall be provided.
29) All the transformers shall be protected with Nitrogen Injection System Carbon
Dioxide total flooding system in case of oil filled transformer. In addition to this,
manual control of auto high velocity spray system for individual transformers
shall be located outside the building at ground floor.
30) Suitable arrangement for pump house, water storage tanks with main electrical
pump and a diesel-operated pump shall be made if no such arrangement is
provided in the building. In case the water pumping facilities are existing in the
building for sprinkler system, the same should however be utilized for high
velocity water spray system. Alternatively automatic CO2 total flooding system
shall be provided with manual controls outside the electric sub-station.
31) System shall have facility to give an audio alarm in the basement as well as at the
control room.
32) Fire control room shall be manned round the clock.
33) The electric sub station shall have electric supply from alternate source for
operation of vent System lighting arrangements.
34) Cable trenches shall be filled with sand.
35) Partition walls shall be provided between two transformers as per the rules.
36) Electric control panels shall be segregated.
37) Exits from basement electric substation shall have self-closing fire smoke check
doors of 2-hours fire rating near entry to ramp.
38) All openings to lower basement or to ground floor shall be sealed properly.
39) Yearly inspection shall be carried out by electrical load sanctioning Authority.
40) Ramp to be designed in a manner that in case of fire no smoke should enter the
main building.
41) Electric sub-station transformer shall have clearance on all sides as per
BBL/relevant electric rules.
42) Other facility will be as per Building Bye-Laws and relevant electric rules.
43) Rising electrical mains shall consist of metal bus bars suitably protected from
safety point of view.
44) Oil less transformer shall be preferred. If the sub-station is located in basement /
ground floor of the main building, the transformers shall be essentially of dry
type. In case of dry type transformer room with wall enclosure is not essential.
Note: The sub-station installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire
regulations and rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC
guidelines shall be followed.

11.19 Fire protection requirements
Buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure fire safety and this
sha1l be done in accordance with part IV Fire Protection of NBC, 2005 of India, unless
otherwise specified in these Bye-Laws. In the case of buildings (identified in Bye-
Laws No. 2.17.4) the building schemes shall also be cleared by the Chief Fire Officer.
11.19.1 First Aid /Fixed Fire Fighting /Fire Detection Systems and other Facilities
Provision of fire safety arrangement for different occupancy from. Sl.No. 1 to 23 as
indicated below shall be as per Annexure ‘B-I’ ‘B-II’ & ‘B-III’.
1. Access
2. Wet Riser
3. Down Comer
4. Hose Reel
5. Automatic Sprinkler System
6. Yard Hydrant
7. U.G. Tank with Draw off Connection
8. Terrace Tanks
9. Fire Pump
10. Terrace Pump
11. First Aid Fire Fighting Appliances
12. Auto Detection System
13. Manual operated Electrical Fire Alarm System
14. P.A System with talk back facility
15. Emergency Light
16. Auto D.G. Set
17. Illuminated Exit Sign
18. Means of Escape
19. Compartmentation
20. MCB /ELCB
21. Fire Man Switch in Lift
22. Hose Boxes with Delivery Hoses and Branch
23. Pipes Refuge Area
11.19.1.1 Note for Annexure 'B-I' 'B-II' & ‘B-III'
1. Where more than one riser is required because of large floor area, the quantity
of water and pump capacity recommended in these Annexure should be
finalized in consultation with Chief Fire Officer.
2. The above quantities of water shall be exclusively for fire fighting and shall not
be utilized for domestic or other use.
3. A facility to boost up water pressure in the riser directly from the mobile pump
shall be provided in the wet riser, down comer system with suitable fire service
inlets (collecting head) with 2 to 4 numbers of 63 mm inlets for 100-200 mm
dia main, with check valve and a gate valve.
4. Internal diameter of rubber hose for reel shall be minimum 20 mm. A shut off
branch with nozzle of 5 mm. size shall be provided.

5. Fire pumps shall have positive suctions. The pump house shall be adequately
ventilated by using normal/mechanical means. A clear space of 1.0 m. shall be
kept in between the pumps and enclosure for easy movement/maintenance.
Proper testing facilities and control panel etc. shall be provided.
6. Unless otherwise specified in Bye-Laws, the fire fighting equipments/
installation shall conform to relevant Indian Standard Specification.
7. In case of mixed occupancy, the fire fighting arrangement shall be made as per
the highest class of occupancy.
8. Requirement of water based first aid fire extinguishers shall be reduced to half
if hose reel is provided in the Building.
11.20 Static water storage tank
a) A satisfactory supply of water exclusively for the purpose of fire fighting shall
always be available in the form of underground static storage tank with
capacity specified in Annexure-‘A’ with arrangements of replenishment b’
town's main or alternative source of supply @ 1000 liters per minute. The static
storage water supply required for the above mentioned purpose should entirely
be accessible to the fire tenders of the local fire service. Provision of suitable
number of manholes shall be made available for inspection repairs and
insertion of suction hose etc. The covering slab shall be able to withstand the
vehicular load of 45 tonnes in case of high rise and 22 tonnes in case of low
rise buildings. A draw off connection shall be provided. The slab need not
strengthened if the static tank is not located in mandatory setback area.
b) To prevent stagnation of water in the static water tank the suction tank of the
domestic water supply shall be fed only through an over flow arrangement to
maintain the level therein at the minimum specified capacity.
c) The static water storage tank shall be provided with a fire brigade collecting
branching with 4 Nos. 63mm dia instantaneous male inlets arranged in a valve
box with a suitable fixed pipe not less than 15 cm dia to discharge water into
the tank. This arrangement is not required where down comer is provided.
11.21 Automatic sprinklers
Automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in the following buildings:
a) All buildings of 24 m. and above in height, except group housing and 45 m.
and above in case of apartment /group housing society building.
b) Hotels below 15 m. in height and above 1000 sq m. built up area at each floor
and or if basement is existing.
c) All hotels, mercantile, and institutional buildings of 15 m. and above.
d) Mercantile buildings having basement more than one floor but below 15 m.
(floor area not exceeding 750 sq m.)
e) Underground Shopping Complex.
f) Underground car / scooter parking /enclosed car parking.
g) Basement area 200 sq m. and above.

h) Any special hazards where the Chief Fire Officer considers it necessary.
i) For buildings up to 24 m. in height where automatic sprinkler system is not
mandatory as per these Bye-Laws, if provided with sprinkler installation
following relaxation may be considered.
ii) Automatic heat/smoke detection system and M.C.P. need not be insisted
upon.
iii) The number of Fire Extinguisher required shall be reduced by half.
11.22 Fixed Carbon di-oxide /Foam/DCO water spray extinguishing system
Fixed extinguishing installations shall be provided as per the relevant specifications in
the premises where use of above extinguishing media is considered necessary by the
Chief Fire Officer.
11.23 Fire alarm system
All buildings of 15 m. and above in height shall be equipped with fire alarm system,
and also residential buildings (Dwelling House, Boarding House and Hostels) above
24 m. height.
a) All residential buildings like dwelling houses (including flats) boarding houses
and hostels shall be equipped with manually operated electrical fire alarm system
with one or more call boxes located at each floor. The location of the call boxes
shall be decided after taking into consideration their floor without having to travel
more than 22.5 m.
b) The call boxes shall be of the break glass type without any moving parts, where
the call is transmitted automatically to the control room without any other action
on the part of the person operating the call boxes.
c) All call boxes shall be wired in a closed circuit to a control panel in a control
room, located as per Bye-Laws so that the floor number from where the call box
is actuated is clearly indicated on the control panel. The circuit shall also include
one or more batteries with a capacity of 48 hours normal working at full load. The
battery shall be arranged to be a continuously trickle charged from the electric
mains.
d) The call boxes shall be arranged to sound one or more sounders so as to ensure
that all occupants of the floor shall be warned whenever any call box is actuated.
e) The call boxes shall be so installed that they do not obstruct the exit ways and yet
their location can easily be noticed from either direction. The base of the call box
shall be at a height of 1.5 m. from the floor level.
f) All buildings other than as indicated above shall, in addition to the manually
operated electrical fire alarm system, be equipped with an automatic fire alarm
system.
g) Automatic detection system shall be installed in accordance with the relevant
standard specifications. In buildings where automatic sprinkler system is
provided, the automatic detection system may not be insisted upon unless decided
otherwise by the Chief Fire Officer.

Note: The installation of Fire Alarm Systems shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire regulations
and rules, there under whenever they are in force and the provisions in local bye-laws, if any.
Several type of fire detectors are available in the market but the application of each type is limited and
has to be carefully considered in relation to the type of risk and the structural features of the building
where they are to be installed.
11.24 Control Room
There shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with
communication system (suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities for
receiving the message from different floors. Details of all floor plans along with the
details of fire fighting equipment and installation shall be maintained in the Control
Room. The Control Room shall also have facility to detect the fire on any floor
through indicator boards connecting fire detection and alarm system on all floors. The
staff in charge of the Control Room shall be responsible for the maintenance of the
various services and fire fighting equipment and installation. The Control Room shall
be manned round the clock by trained fire fighting staff.
11.25 Fire drills and fire orders
The guidelines for fire drill and evacuation etc. for high-rise building may be seen in
Appendix (B) of NBC 2005 part IV. All such buildings shall prepare the fire orders
duly approved by the Chief Fire Officer.
A qualified fire officer and trained staff shall be appointed for the following buildings:
a) All high rise buildings above 30 m. in height where covered area of one floor
exceeds 1000 sq m. except apartments / group housing.
b) All hotels, identified under classification 3 star and above category by
Tourism Department and all hotels above 15 m. in height with 150 beds capacity or
more without star category.
c) All hospital building of 15 m. and above or having number of beds exceeding 100.
d) Underground shopping complex where covered area exceeds 1000 sq m.
e) All high hazard industries.
f) Any other risk which Chief Fire Officer considers necessary.
The lightening protection warning light (red) for high-rise buildings shall be provided
in accordance with the relevant standard. The same shall be checked by electrical
department.
11.26 Material used for construction of building
a) The combustible/flammable material shall not be used for partitioning, wall
paneling, false ceiling etc. Any material giving out toxic gases/smoke if involved
in the fire shall not be used for partitioning of a floor or wall paneling or a false
ceiling etc. The surface frames spread of the lining material shall conform to class-
I of the standard specification. The framework of the entire false ceiling would be

provided with metallic sections and no wooden framework shall be allowed for
paneling/false ceiling.
b) Construction features/elements of structures shall conform to National Building
Code and BIS code
11.27 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
The use of LPG shall not be permitted in the high-rise building except
residential/hotel/hostel/kitchen/pantry (if any) and shall be located at the periphery of
the building on the ground level.
11.28 House keeping
A high standard of house keeping must be insisted upon by all concerned. There must
be no laxity in this respect. It must be borne in mind that fire safety is dependent to a
large extent upon good housekeeping.
11.28.1 Good House-Keeping includes the following:-
a) Maintaining the entire premises in neat and clean condition.
b) Ensuring that rubbish and combustible material are not thrown about or allowed
to accumulate, even in small quantity, in any portion of the building. Particular
attention must be paid to corners and places hidden from view.
c) Providing metal receptacles/waste paper basket (of non-combustible material) at
suitable locations for disposal of waste. Separate receptacles must be provided for
disposal of cotton rags/waste, wherever it is generated, these must under no
circumstances be left lying around in any portion of the building.
d) Ensuring that receptacles for waste are emptied at regular intervals and the waste
removed immediately for safe disposal outside the building.
e) Ensuring that all doors/fixtures are maintained in good repairs, particular attention
must be paid to self-closing fire smoke check doors and automatic
fire/doors/rolling shutters.
f) Ensuring that self-closing fire/smoke check doors close properly and that the
doors are not wedged open.
g) Ensuring that the entire structure of the building is maintained in good repairs.
h) Ensuring that all electrical and mechanical service equipments are maintained in
good working condition at all times.
i) Ensuring that Cars /Scooters etc. are parked systematically in neat rows. It is
advisable to mark parking lines on the ground in the parking areas near the
building and in the parking area on ground floor and in basement(s); as
applicable, inside the building. A parking attendant must ensure that vehicles are
parked in an orderly manner and that the vehicles do not encroach upon the open
space surrounding the building.
11.28.2 Smoking Restrictions
a) Smoking shall be prohibited throughout the basement(s) and in all areas where
there is a profusion of combustible materials. Easily readable "NO SMOKING"

signs must be conspicuously posted at locations where they can catch the eye.
Each sign must also include a pictograph. The sign may also be illuminated.
b) In all places where smoking is permitted ashtrays, half filled with water, must be
placed on each table/at each other suitable locations for safe disposal of spent
smoking material. The design of the ashtrays must be such that they cannot easily
topple over. If, for any reason, this is not practicable a minimum of one metal
bucket or other non-combustible container half filled with water must be provided
in each compartment for disposal of spent smoking materials.
11.28.3 Limiting the Occupant Load in Parking and Other Areas of Basement(s)
Where parking facility is provided in the basement(s) no person other than the floor-
parking attendant may be allowed to enter and remain in the parking areas except for
parking and removal of Cars/Scooters. Regular offices must not be maintained in the
storage/parking area in the basement(s). The stores/godowns must be opened for the
limited purpose of keeping or removing stores.
No person other than those on duty may be permitted in the air-conditioning plant
room(s), HT/LT switch room, transformer compartment, control room pump-house,
generator room, stores and records etc.
11.29 Fire prevention
In addition to the measures recommended above, the following fire prevention
measures must be implemented when the building is in occupation.
a) Storage of flammable substances, such as diesel oil, gasoline, motor oils, etc must
not be allowed anywhere within the building. The only exception to this rule may
be:
i) Storage of diesel oil in a properly installed tank in a fire-resisting
compartment in the generator room;
ii) Diesel oil, gasoline, motor oil etc, filled in the vehicle tanks.
b) Preparation of tea and warming of food must be prohibited throughout the
building.
c) Where heaters are used during winters, the following precautions must be taken.
i) All heaters, except convector heaters, must be fitted with guards.
ii) Heaters must not be placed in direct contact with or too close to any
combustible material.
iii) Heaters must be kept away from curtains to ensure that the latter do not blow
over the heater accidentally.
iv) Heaters must not be left unattended while they are switched on.
v) Defective heaters must be immediately removed from service until they have
been repaired and tested for satisfactory performance.
vi) Use of heaters must be prohibited in the entire basement, fire control room and
in all weather maker rooms throughout the building. Also in all places where
there is profusion of combustible flammable materials.
d) Use of candles or other naked light flame must be forbidden throughout the
building, except in the offices (for sealing letters only) and kitchen. When

candles/ spirit lamps are used for sealing letters/packets, extreme care must be
taken to ensure that paper do not come in direct contact with the naked flame and
the candle/spirit lamp does not topple over accidentally while still lighted. All
candles/spirit lamps kitchen fires must be extinguished when no longer required.
e) Fluorescent lights must not be directly above the open file racks in offices/record
rooms. Where this is unavoidable, such lights must be switched on only for as
long as they are needed.
f) Filling up of old furniture and other combustible materials such as scrap paper,
rags, etc. must not be permitted anywhere in the building. These must be promptly
removed from the building.
g) More than one portable electrical appliance must not be connected to any single
electrical outlet.
h) Used stencils, ink smeared combustible materials and empty ink tubes must not be
allowed to accumulate in rooms/compartments where cyclostyling is done. These
must be removed and disposed off regularly.
i) All shutters/doors of main switch panels and compartments/shafts for electrical
cables must be kept locked.
j) Aisles in record rooms and stores must have a clear uniform width of not less than
1.0 m. Racks must not be placed directly against the wall/partition.
k) In record rooms, offices and stores, a clear space of not less than 30 cm. must be
maintained between the top-most stack of stores/records and the or lighting
fittings whichever is lower.
l) A similar clearance, and at (k) above must be maintained from fire detectors.
m) Fire detectors must not be painted under any circumstances and must also be kept
free from lime/distemper.
n) Records must not be piled/dumped on the floor.
o) Welding or use of blow torch shall not be permitted inside the building, except
when it is done under strict supervision and in full conformity with the
requirements laid down in IS: 3016-1966 code of practice for fire precautions in
welding and cutting operation.
p) Printing ink/oil must not be allowed to remain on the floor, the floor must be
maintained in a clean condition at all times.

11.30 Occupancy restrictions
a) The premises leased to any party shall be used strictly for the purpose for which
they are leased.
b) No dangerous trade/practices (including experimenting with dangerous chemicals)
shall be carried on in the leased premises.
c) No dangerous goods shall be stored within the leased premises.
d) The common/public corridor shall be maintained free of obstructions, and the
lessee shall not put up any fixtures that may obstruct the passage in the corridor
and/or shall not keep any wares, furniture or other articles in the corridor.
e) The penalty for contravention of the condition laid down below must be
immediate termination of lease and removal of all offending materials.
f) Regular inspection and checks must be carried out at frequent intervals to ensure
compliance with conditions above.
Note: For any further details / clarification NBC, Part 4 shall be referred. Norms and standards in Part 4
of NBC 2005 shall be overriding in any instance of variance of standards.

Conservation of Heritage Sites 12
12. CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES
INCLUDING HERITAGE BUILDINGS,
HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL
FEATURE AREAS
Conservation of heritage sites shall include buildings, artifacts, structures, areas and
precincts of historic, aesthetic, architectural, cultural or environmentally significant
nature (heritage buildings and heritage precincts), natural feature areas of
environmental significance or sites of scenic beauty.
12.1 Applicability
These regulations shall apply to heritage sites which shall include those buildings,
artifacts, structures, streets, areas and precincts of historic, architectural, aesthetic,
cultural or environmental value (hereinafter referred to as Listed Heritage
Buildings/Listed Heritage Precincts) and those natural feature areas of environmental
significance or of scenic beauty including, but not restricted to, sacred groves, hills,
hillocks, water bodies (and the areas adjoining the same), open areas, wooded areas,
points, walks, rides, bridle paths (hereinafter referred to as ‘listed natural feature
areas’) which shall be listed in notification(s) to be issued by the State Government /
identified in Master Plan.
The provisions in this chapter are beyond the regulations applicable on the Prohibited
and Regulated areas as defined by Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and
Remains (AMASR) Act 2010, where site specific Heritage Bye-Laws prepared and
notified by the Competent Authority (National Monuments Authority) under the
AMASR Act shall be applicable. NOC shall have to be obtained by submission of
required documents as may be necessary, including “Heritage Impact Assessment”
report, if so necessitated by the NMA.
12.1.1 Definitions
a) “Heritage building” means and includes any building of one or more premises
or any part thereof and/or structure and/or artifact which requires conservation
and/or preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or artisanry and/or
aesthetic and/or cultural and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose and
includes such portion of land adjoining such building or part thereof as may be
required for fencing or covering or in any manner preserving the historical and/or
architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural value of such building.
b) “Heritage Precincts” means and includes any space that requires conservation
and/or preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or
cultural and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose. Walls or other
boundaries of a particular area or place or building or may enclose such space by
an imaginary line drawn around it.

12 Conservation of Heritage Sites
c) “Conservation” means all the processes of looking after a place so as to retain its
historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural significance and
includes maintenance, preservation, restoration, reconstruction and adoption or a
combination of more than one of these.
d) “Preservation” means and includes maintaining the fabric of a place in its
existing state and retarding deterioration
e) “Restoration” means and includes returning the existing fabric of a place to a
known earlier state by removing accretions or by reassembling existing
components without introducing new materials.
f) “Reconstruction” means and includes returning a place as nearly as possible to a
known earlier state and distinguished by the introduction of materials (new or
old) into the fabric. This shall not include either recreation or conjectural
reconstruction.
12.2 Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings
It shall be the duty of the owners of heritage buildings and buildings in heritage
precincts or in heritage streets to carry out regular repairs and maintenance of the
buildings. The State Government, the Municipal Corporation or the Local Bodies and
Authorities concerned shall not be responsible for such repair and maintenance except
for the buildings owned by the Government, the Municipal Corporation or the other
local bodies.
12.3 Restrictions on development / re-development / repairs etc.
No development or redevelopment or engineering operation or additions / alterations,
repairs, renovations including painting of the building, replacement of special features
or plastering or demolition of any part thereof of the said listed buildings or listed
precincts or listed natural feature areas shall be allowed except with the prior
permission of Commissioner, Municipal Corporation /Vice Chairman, Development
Authority. Before granting such permission, the agency concerned shall consult the
Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by the State Government and shall
act in according with the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
i) Provided that, before granting any permission for demolition or major alterations
/ additions to listed buildings (or buildings within listed streets or precincts), or
construction at any listed natural features, or alteration of boundaries of any
listed natural feature areas, objections and suggestions from the public shall be
invited and shall be considered by the Heritage Conservation Committee.
ii) Provided that, only in exceptional cases, for reasons to be recorded in writing, the
Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice Chairman, Development Authority
may refer the matter back to the Heritage Conservation Committee for
reconsideration.
However, the decision of the Heritage Conservation Committee after such
reconsideration shall be final and binding.

12.4 Penalties
Violation of the regulations shall be punishable under the provisions regarding
unauthorized development. In case of proved deliberate neglect of and/or damage to
Heritage Buildings and Heritage Precincts, or if the building is allowed to be damaged
or destroyed due to neglect or any other reason, in addition to penal action provided
under the concerned Act, no permission to construct any new building shall be granted
on the site if a Heritage Building or Building in a Heritage Precinct is damaged or
pulled down without appropriate permission from Commissioner, Municipal
Corporation/ Vice Chairman, Development Authority.
It shall be open to the Heritage Conservation Committee to consider a request for re-
building/reconstruction of a Heritage Building that was unauthorizedly demolished or
damaged, provided that the total built-up area in all floors put together in such new
construction is not in excess of the total built-up area in all floors put together in the
original Heritage Building in the same form and style in addition to other controls that
may be specified.
12.5 Preparation of list of heritage sites including heritage buildings, heritage
precincts and listed natural feature areas
The list of heritage sites including Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and listed
Natural Features Areas is to be prepared and supplemented by the Commissioner,
Municipal Corporation / Vice- Chairman, Development Authority on the advice of the
Heritage Conservation Committee. Before being finalized, objections and suggestions
of the public are to be invited and considered. The said list to which the regulation
applies shall not form part of this regulation for the purpose of Building Bye-laws.
The list may be supplemented from time to time by Government on receipt of proposal
from the agency concerned or by Government suo-moto provided that before the list is
supplemented, objections and suggestions from the public be invited and duly
considered by the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/Vice- Chairman
Development Authority/and/or State Government and / or the Heritage Conservation
Committee.
When a building or group of buildings or natural feature areas are listed it would
automatically mean (unless otherwise indicated) that the entire property including its
entire compound / plot boundary along with all the subsidiary structures and artifacts,
etc. within the compound/plot boundary, etc. shall form part of list.
12.6 Alteration / modification / relaxation in development norms
On the advice of the said Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by the
Government and for reasons to be recorded in writing, the Commissioner, Municipal
Corporation / Vice Chairman, Development Authority shall follow the procedure as
per Development Authority Act, to alter, modify or relax the Development Control
Norms prescribed in the Master Plan, if required, for the conservation or preservation
or retention of historic or aesthetic or cultural or architectural or environmental quality
of any heritage site.

12.7 Heritage precincts / Natural feature areas
In cases of streets, precincts, areas and (where deemed necessary by the Heritage
Conservation Committee) natural feature areas notified, development permissions shall
be granted in accordance with the special separate regulation prescribed for respective
streets, precincts / natural feature areas which shall be framed by the Commissioner
Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman, Development Authority on the advice of the
Heritage Conservation Committee.
Before finalizing the special separate regulations for precincts, streets, natural features,
areas, the draft of the same shall be published in the official gazette and in leading
newspapers for the purpose of inviting objections and suggestions from the public. All
objections and suggestions received within a period of 30 days from the date of
publication in the official gazette shall be considered by the Commissioner, Municipal
Corporation / Vice- Chairman, Development Authority / Heritage Conservation
Committee.
After consideration of the above suggestions and objections, the agency concerned,
acting on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee shall modify (if
necessary) the aforesaid draft separate regulations for streets, precincts, areas and
natural features and forward the same to Government for notification.
12.8 Road widening
Widening of the existing roads under the Master Plan of the City or Town / Zonal
Development Plan or in the Layout Plan shall be carried out considering the existing
heritage buildings (even if they are not included in a Heritage Precinct) or which may
affect listed natural features areas.
12.9 Incentive uses for heritage buildings
In cases of buildings located in non-commercial use zones included in the Heritage
Conservation List, if the owner / owners agree to maintain the listed heritage building
as it is in the existing state and to preserve its heritage state with due repairs and the
owner / owners / lessees give a written undertaking to that effect, the owner / owners /
lessees may be allowed with the approval of the Heritage Conservation Committee
within permissible use zone to convert part or whole thereof of the non-commercial
area within such a heritage building to commercial/office use/hotel. Provided that if
the heritage building is not maintained suitably or if the heritage value of the building
is spoiled in any manner, the commercial / office / hotel use shall be disallowed.
12.10 Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony
After the guidelines are framed, buildings within heritage precincts or in the vicinity of
heritage sites shall maintain the skyline in the precinct and follow the architectural
style (without any high-rise or multi-storeyed development) as may be existing in the
surrounding area, so as not to diminish or destroy the value and beauty of or the view
from the said heritage sites. The development within the precinct or in the vicinity of

heritage sites shall be in accordance with the guidelines framed by the Commissioner,
Municipal Corporation / Vice- Chairman, Development Authority on the advice of the
Heritage Conservation Committee or separate regulations / guidelines, if any,
prescribed for respective zones by Municipal Corporation / Development Authority.
12.11 Restrictive covenants
Restrictions existing as imposed under covenants, terms and conditions on the
leasehold plots either by the State Government or by Municipal Corporation of the
city/town or by Development Authority shall continue to be imposed in addition to
Development Control Regulations. However, in case of any conflict with the heritage
preservation interest/environmental conservation, this Heritage Regulation shall
prevail.
12.12 Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts
Listed Heritage Buildings / Listed Heritage Precincts may be graded into three
categories. The definition of these and basic guidelines for development permissions
are as follows:
Listing does not prevent change of ownership or usage. However, change of use of
such Listed Heritage Building / Listed Precincts is not permitted without the prior
approval of the Heritage Conservation Committee. Use should be in harmony with the
said listed heritage site.
Table 12.1 Grading of Listed heritage
Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III
(A) Definition
Heritage Grade-I comprises
buildings and precincts of
national or historic importance,
embodying excellence in
architectural style, design,
technology and material usage
and/or aesthetics; they may be
associated with a great historic
event, personality, movement
or institution. They have been
and are the prime landmarks of
the region.
All natural sites shall fall
within Grade-I.
Heritage Grade-II (A&B) comprises of
buildings and precincts of regional or
local importance possessing special
architectural or aesthetic merit, or
cultural or historical significance
though of a lower scale than Heritage
Grade-I. They are local landmarks,
which contribute to the image and
identity of the region. They may be the
work of master craftsmen or may be
models of proportion and
ornamentation or designed to suit a
particular climate.
Heritage Grade-III comprises
building and precincts of
importance for townscape; that
evoke architectural, aesthetic, or
sociological interest through not as
much as in Heritage Grade-II.
These contribute to determine the
character of the locality and can be
representative of lifestyle of a
particular community or region
and may also be distinguished by
setting, or special character of the
façade and uniformity of height,
width and scale
(B) Objective:
Heritage Grade-I richly
deserves careful preservation.
Heritage Grade-II deserves intelligent
conservation.
Heritage Grade-II deserves
intelligent conservation (though on
a lesser scale than Grade-II and
special protection to unique
features and attributes)

Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III
(C) Scope for Changes:
No interventions be permitted
either on exterior or interior of
the heritage building or natural
features unless it is necessary
in the interest of strengthening
and prolonging the life of the
buildings/or precincts or any
part or features thereof. For
this purpose, absolutely
essential and minimum
changes would be allowed and
they must be in conformity
with the original.
Grade-II(A): Internal changes and
adaptive re-use may by and large be
allowed but subject to strict scrutiny.
Care would be taken to ensure the
conservation of all special aspects for
which it is included in Heritage Grade-
II.
Grade-II(B): In addition to the above,
extension or additional building in the
same plot or compound could in certain
circumstances, be allowed provided
that the extension / additional building
is in harmony with (and does not
detract from) the existing heritage
building(s) or precincts especially in
terms of height and façade.
Internal changes and adaptive re-
use may by and large be allowed.
Changes can include extensions
and additional buildings in the
same plot or compound. However,
any changes should be such that
they are in harmony with and
should be such that they do not
detract from the existing heritage
building/precinct.
(D) Procedure:
Development permission for
the changes would be given on
the advice of the Heritage
Conservation Committee.
Development permission for the
changes would be given on the advice
of the Heritage Conservation
Committee.
Development permission for
changes would be given on the
advice of the Heritage
Conservation Committee.
(E) Vistas / Surrounding
Development:
All development in areas
surrounding Heritage Grade-I
shall be regulated and
controlled, ensuring that it does
not mar the grandeur of, or
view from Heritage Grade-I.
All development in areas surrounding
Heritage Grade-II shall be regulated
and controlled, ensuring that it does not
mar the grandeur of, or view from
Heritage Grade-II.
All development in areas
surrounding Heritage Grade-III
shall be regulated and controlled,
ensuring that it does not mar the
grandeur of, or view from Heritage
Grade-III.
12.13 Opinion of the Heritage Conservation Committee
Nothing mentioned above should be deemed to confer a right on the owner / occupier
of the plot to demolish or reconstruct or make alterations to his heritage building /
buildings in a heritage precinct or on a natural heritage site if in the opinion of the
Heritage Conservation Committee, such demolition / reconstruction /alteration is
undesirable.
12.14 Approval to preserve the beauty of the area
The Heritage Conservation Committee shall have the power to direct, especially in
areas designated by them, that the exterior design and height of buildings should have
their approval to preserve the beauty of the area.
12.15 Signs and outdoor display structures / including street furniture on heritage sites
Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman, Development Authority on
the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee shall frame regulations or

guidelines to regulate signs, outdoor display structures and street furniture on heritage
sites.
12.16 Composition of heritage conservation committee
The Heritage Conservation Committee shall be appointed by the State Government
comprising of:
(i) Secretary (UD) Chairman
(i) In charge Architecture, State PWD Member
(iii) Structural Engineer having experience of 10 years in the
field and membership of the Institution of Engineers, India Member
A) Architect having 10 years experience Member
B) Urban Designer Member
C) Conservation Architect Member
(ii) Environmentalist having in-depth knowledge and experience Member
of 10 years of the subject .
(iii) Historian having knowledge of the region having 10 years Member
experience in the field
(vi) Natural historian having 10 years experience in the field Member
(vii) Chief Town Planner, Municipal Corporation Member
(viii) Chief Town Planner, Development Authority Member
(ix) Chief Architect, Development Authority Member
(x) Representative of State Archeological Department Member
(xi) Chief Town Planner, State Town & Country Planning
Department Member-Secretary
(a) The Committee shall have the powers to co-opt upto three additional members who
may have related experience.
(b) The tenure of the Chairman and Members of other than Government Department /
Local Bodies shall be three years.
The terms of reference of the Committee shall inter alia be:
(i) To advice the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman,
Development Authority whether development permission is to be granted under
Building Bye-Laws No. 12.3 and the conditions of permission.
(ii) to prepare a supplementary list of heritage sites, which include buildings artifacts,
structures, streets, areas, precincts of historic, aesthetic, architectural, cultural, or
environmental significance and a supplementary list of natural feature areas of
environmental significance, scenic beauty including but not restricted to sacred
groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies (and the areas adjoining the same), open areas,
wooded areas, points, walks, rides, bridle paths etc. to which this Building Bye-
Law would apply.
(iii) To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration, or variance of any of
the Building Bye-laws;

(iv) To frame special regulations / guidelines for precincts and if necessary for natural
feature areas to advise the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman,
Development Authority regarding the same;
(v) To advise whether to allow commercial / office/ hotel use in the (name the areas)
and when to terminate the same.
(vi) To advise the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman,
Development Authority in the operation of this Building Bye-law to regulate or
eliminate/erection of outside advertisements/bill boards/street furniture;
(vii) To recommend to the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman
Development Authority guidelines to be adopted by those private parties or public
/ government agencies who sponsor beautification schemes at heritage sites;
(viii) To prepare special designs and guidelines / publications for listed buildings,
control of height and essential façade characteristics such as maintenance of
special types of balconies and other heritage items of the buildings and to suggest
suitable designs adopting appropriate materials for replacement keeping the old
form intact to the extent possible.
(ix) To prepare guidelines relating to design elements and conservation principles to be
adhered to and to prepare other guidelines for the purposes of this Regulation;
(x) To advise the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation / Vice- Chairman,
Development Authority/ on any other issues as may be required from time to time
during course of scrutiny of development permissions and in overall interest of
heritage / conservation;
(xi) To appear before the Government either independently or through or on behalf of
the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation / Vice-Chairman, Development
Authority in cases of Appeals under Development Authority/Municipal
Corporation Act in cases of listed buildings / heritage buildings and listed precincts
/ heritage precincts and listed natural feature areas.
12.17 Implications of listing as heritage buildings
The Regulations do not amount to any blanket prevention of demolition or of changes
to Heritage Buildings. The only requirement is to obtain clearance from
Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman Development, Authority and
Heritage Conservation Committee from heritage point of view.
12.18 Ownership not affected
Sale and purchase of Heritage Buildings does not require any permission from
Municipal Corporation of the city/town/ Development Authority/or Heritage
Conservation Committee. The Regulations do not affect the ownership or usage.
However, such usage should be in harmony with the said listed precincts / buildings.
Care will be taken to ensure that the development permission relating to these
buildings is given within 60 days.

Streamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals 13
13. STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN
APPROVALS
13.1 Streamlining the building approval/sanction procedure (Ease of Doing Business)
Typically for any urban infrastructure development project, a number of clearances are
required. As per World Bank‘s Report Doing Business, 2014 India is ranked 183, out
of 189 countries in terms of dealing with construction permits and on an average there
are 37 procedures involved and 162 days are spent before obtaining permission for
undertaking construction. It clearly signifies that the procedure for obtaining
clearances is time consuming and projects often get stalled due to delay in obtaining
clearances from various agencies.
In order to attract investments into the country, efforts are being made to improve
‘Ease of Doing Business’. In this direction, the limit of Built-up Area (BUA) for
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) has been reduced from 50,000 sqm to 20,000 sqm.
The local bodies have been directed to get the entire building approval process made
online so that the building plan applications are submitted online alongwith building
fees and other charges, and after due scrutiny, the approvals are also to be conveyed
online.
Further, external bodies like Urban Art Commission (UAC), National Monuments
Authority (NMA), Airports Authority of India (AAI), Metro Rail Corporation (MRC),
Heritage Conservation Committee (HCC), etc. grant No Objection Certificate (NOC)/
approvals on the proposed building plans to the local bodies. All such external bodies
are mandated to prepare online NOC systems compatible to and integrated with that of
the local bodies and the desired information is to be sent to the concerned external
bodies and their comments/ NOC/ approval are to be received online so that there is no
need for building proponents to pursue matter with local bodies or external agencies.
The specific requirements of the external bodies are to be added in the Common
Application Form (CAF) of the local body so that building proponent has to file all
information at a single customized online application. The objective is to make the
whole process simplified and streamlined to ensure ease in getting the approvals for
building permit within stipulated time.
Further, a procedure has been laid down in clause 2.14.1 d of the MBBL for sanction
of building plans of small residential plots measuring up to 105 sqm based on standard
or other designs. The process is to facilitate building proponents of such small sized
plots to either adopt standard plans or get their building plans prepared by a competent
professional, and submit to the concerned local bodies along with fees, other charges,
drawings and documents before commencement of the construction where the
submission itself shall be deemed sanction. Hence, such persons may not have to wait
for processes of approval from the local bodies to commence construction.

13 Streamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals
13.2 Clearances at Master Plan level
Individual construction proposals should not generally require separate clearances
from various authorities each time. Such clearances should be integrated into the DCR
of the Master/Development Plan of the concerned city. The areas unaffected by any of
the restrictions should be clearly marked out and mapped, preferably on a GIS
platform. Area zones of differential control regulations (within the city) by any of
these agencies may also be mapped accordingly. This will result in a composite map of
the city with various control regulations as per the various agencies clearly marked on
the map. Thus, the sites which are located outside these restricted/regulated areas
would not require availing clearance from the respective authorities, thereby reducing
the clearance process significantly.
Following are the clearances which should be integrated into the city Master Plan-
Table 13.1 Clearances from various agencies proposed to be integrated in Master Plans
Sl No. Name of Agency Type of Clearance Area of Influence
1
National Monuments Authority
through Competent Authority
Ancient Monument approval
As prescribed in the AMASAR (Amendment
and Validation) Act, 2010 for protection of
monuments
2 Ministry of Environment
Environment Clearance
(EC)
As prescribed in the statutory provisions for
EIA and clearance based on the size of the
project in accordance with Environment
protection Act,1986
3
Central Ground Water
Authority
Borewell Registration
Certificate
As per Guidelines/criteria for evaluation of
proposals/ requests for ground water
abstraction, 2012
5 Ministry of Civil Aviation AAI Height NoC
Critical and non-critical area as identified by
AAI
6 Ministry of Defense Defense Clearance
Areas in and around Defense Establishments
as identified by MoD.
7
Coastal Zone Management
Authority
NOC (if near sea/coastal
areas)
Areas under the CRZ regulations.
8 NHAI/PWD Road access
Buffer zones as prescribed by NHAI along
National Highways.
9 Ministry of Railways Area clearance
Buffer zones as prescribed by Railways along
the Rail tracks/depots/yards etc.
Efforts are on at the Government of India level to coordinate with all the central ministries and
their organizations so that they streamline their own internal processes to issue no objection
etc. where ever required by law. The efforts are mainly focused on delegating the powers at
appropriate levels, establishing an online application process for time bound delivery, creating
public awareness about their requirements, reviewing the restrictions and reducing them,
sharing the data and norms with local authorities to be incorporated in DCR etc.
Recognizing the concern for streamlining the procedures for clearances to be obtained from
various departments in least possible number of procedures and number of days, the following
model is given which suggests that the entire process of Pre and Post-Construction approvals
should be completed within one month:

Table 13.2 Timelines of clearances from various agencies
Explanatory Notes:
1. The above Table and Chart indicates that the processes after the applicant applies for building approval with clear land title
and possession of land. Hence, clearances related to CLU and Land Title has not been considered.
2. The table illustrates the duration of clearances obtained in Normal course and suggests the reduced duration of 26 days (Pre-
Construction) if the Approving Authority adopts online sanctions.
3. Clearances indicated at S Nos. C-J are concurrent with applications at the pre-construction stages, wherein their process of
approval can be taken up simultaneously.
4. Clearances indicated at S Nos. L-N are concurrent with applications during-construction stage, wherein their process of
approval can be taken up simultaneously.
5. S No. P has to be linked with S No. O, once applicant receives the Completion Certificate, service plan clearances and
connections would be deemed to be sanctioned.
S.l No. Type of approval Approving Authority Stage of project Normal
Duration
(Days)
Reduced
Duration
(Days)
Activity
Sequence
A
Intimation of Disapproval
(IoD)
Development Authority/
Municipality
Pre construction 30 5
Start
Activity
B
Site & Building Layout
approval
Municipality
Pre construction 30-60 5 Following A
C
NOC (if near sea/coastal
areas)
Coastal Zone Management
Authority
Pre construction 30-60 10 Following B
D Road access NHAI/PWD Pre construction 30 10 Following B
E Ancient Monument approval
Archaeological Survey of
India (ASI)
Pre construction 30 10 Following B
F Environment Clearance Ministry of Environment Pre construction 180
Only for
large project Following B
G
Borewell Registration
Certificate
Central Ground Water
Authority
Pre construction 15 5 Following B
H
Fire Fighting Scheme
Approval
Fire Department Pre construction 30 15 Following B
I AAI Height NoC Civil Aviation Department Pre construction 30-60 10 Following B
J Defence Clearance Ministry of Defence Pre construction 180 10 Following B
K
Building Permit Issue
(All NOCs)
Municipality
Pre construction 1
Max of After
C-J
Sub total 26 (Max)
L
Electric Substation NoC
(substation /transformers in
the building)
Electricity Distribution
Authority
During
construction
15 5 After K
M
Damp Proof Certificate
(On Site)
Development Authority
During
construction
7 3 After K
N Pollution Clearance
State Pollution control
Board
During
construction
30-60 5 After L
Ø Construction Complete Construction Time depends on the project Scale and Size
O
Building completion
Certificate
Municipality
Post construction 30-60 5 After Ø
P
Service Plan Clearance and
Service Connections
Service Departments/
Parastatals
Post construction 30 10 After O
Q Occupancy Certificate
Municipality
Post construction 15 2 After P
Sub total 17 (Max)

13.3 Clearances at the Local Authorities
The Urban Local Bodies and Urban Development Authorities shall ensure clearances
in minimum possible time. Clearances indicated at Sl. No. A,B,H,K,L,M,N,O,P, and Q
have to be obtained at the local level and all efforts have to be made to sanction the
building plan using online application procedures.
13.4 Options for reducing the timelines for approvals:
The above suggested model is only indicative, however, there is scope for streamlining
the procedures for clearances to be obtained from various departments in the least
possible number of procedures and number of days. The model should serve as a guide
to Urban Local Bodies and Development Authorities for adoption. Since the number of
procedures and duration varies from state to state, as per the local conditions, the
model would require modifications to suit a specific city. Some of the options which
can reduce the time taken for various procedures are:
(a) Online sanctions: Some of the ULBs/Development Authorities like Pune Municipal
Corporation and West Bengal Housing and Industrial Development Corporation have
introduced online sanction for issuing building plan and completion certificate. This
process reduces the time taken to a large extent. The example of Pune and West
Bengal may be considered in other States.
The process involves use of software tools for scrutiny of building plans. All the
documents are required to be submitted electronically using a portal. In case the
building plans do not confirm to the DCR the deviations are listed out in form of a
report and intimated to the applicant/engaged Competent Professional for building
plan design, vide an online ID in his account.
(b) Empowering Professionals: Empowering Competent Professionals (as per Appendix
‘E’) for building plan design will facilitate to streamline the procedure for obtaining
approvals. The Authority shall empanel such professionals based on their track record.
The empowered professionals can, also on behalf of Developers/builders submit the
documents required at the time of various clearances.
Signing authority of Architects and Town planners for different size and type of layout
shall be followed as per section 2.10.
Further to the Standard Building Layouts as specified in section 2.14.1 (d), any
building proposed with a ceiling limit of 105 sq mt of built-up area on plots of any
size, conforming to the standard approved layout by the Authority shall be treated as
deemed approved for construction. No formal sanction would be required for the
owner/proponent who can submit a simple one page form alongwith other documents
to the local body and can immediately take up construction work.
Commencement of construction work on site shall be undertaken as per clause 2.15.1
of the bye-laws. The process of obtaining “Completion Certificate” can also be
initiated by the owner by submitting “as-built drawings”.

(c) Outsourcing procedures: Countries like USA, Australia and New Zealand have
outsourced work pertaining to clearances and have appointed firms /companies to
undertake the work on behalf of Authorities. This has been working very successfully
and the procedure for obtaining clearances is free of any hassles and the same has
become transparent and streamlined. The example of Passport office is a good case to
study to build confidence in favor of outsourcing non discretionary activities in order
to support limitations of capacity and manpower at the Authority.
(d) Creating a Cell in ULB/Development Authorities: There is a need for creating a
specialized cell in Authority which is manned by qualified personnel conversant with
the procedures and the interpretation of development regulations. The Cell should be
headed by a qualified Town Planner who should lead a team of Architects, Engineers,
Environment Specialist and Legal Experts among others. The cell should have the
dedicated provision for online submissions and conveying the on line approvals as
well. This will require robust software and hardware system capable of handling large
digital files.
(e) Single Window System: This is a requirement that is growing popularity among the
Authorities. All agencies involved in the process need to be integrated in a single
electronic facility with proper coordination and monitoring of timelines. The Authority
needs to constitute teams comprising of experts from various agencies to be formed
under the overall supervision of a Town Planner designated to assist developers/
builders with complex projects and to constantly improve the sanction process by
cutting down delays.
(f) Integration of agencies outside the ULBs for online clearances: Various agencies
like AAI, NMA, SUAC, Fire Services, Department of Industries, Ministry of Defense,
Metro Rail etc grant NOC clearance to the building plans in certain specific cases. This
may be streamlines in the spirit of Ease of Doing Business by following 2 directions
as given below -
i. Building permission for specific areas /sizes are to be examined by the external
agencies. These areas should be plotted on GIS based colour-coded map which
may be made available in the public domain on the agency’s website, with clearly
identified co-ordinates so that building falling only in these areas need to
approach the concerned agencies for obtaining clearances. These maps may also
be made available on the website of the concerned Local Bodies.
ii. The external agencies also need to develop online clearance/NOC application
systems which should suitably be integrated with the online building approval
systems of the Local bodies.
The two systems should be so compatible that the building plans submitted to the local
bodies may after scrutinizing with colour-coded zoning maps shall be e-transmitted to
the external agencies. The agency concerned should give clearance within a period of
maximum of 10 days with no requirement of applicant to physically visit the offices of
the agencies. The NOC may again be e-transmitted to the concerned local body on the
building permission system so that the ULB shall use those for final approval.

13.5 Risk Based Classification of building proposals
There is a need to make provisions for fast-tracking building permission procedures
for all non-automatic approvals. Therefore, in the spirit of ‘Ease of Doing Business’,
the buildings have been classified further on the basis of risk parameters/ risk based
classification to clear the building permits on fast track system. This kind of
classification shall be used for fast tracking the sanction of building plans, which shall
facilitate regulated and faster construction permits, and also aid in improving the rating
of the country in World Bank’s assessment in ‘Ease of Doing Business’.
Further, the ULB in consultation with all parastatal bodies involved, shall identify risk
based classification of industrial, commercial and institutional buildings and prepare
risk based matrix, in-line with those proposed in MBBL for residential and storage
buildings/ warehouses/ godowns and accordingly prescribe the fast tracking approval
system. This exercise shall be done within a period of 3 months from the date of
publication of the Local Building Bye-laws.
On the basis of above-mentioned risk matrix prepared by each of the agencies involved
in approving building plans, State Government shall design and notify necessary legal
instructions to implement risk based mechanism with a view to fast track building
permissions based on their risk classification. These instruments may include, but are
not limited to, delegation of powers, out-sourcing, empowering architects, self-
certifications, etc. These notifications shall be done within 3 months from the date of
notification of risk matrix by each competent authority / agency as mentioned above.
13.5.1 Residential Buildings
For approval of the residential plotted and group housing buildings, risk based
classification shall be as per Table 13.3 -
Table 13.3 Risk Matrix for different Residential buildings
Risks Very Low Low Moderate High
Criteria Parameters
Size of the Plot Square Meters Below 105 m2
105 - 500 m2
Above 500 m2
All sizes ii
Height of building Meters Below 15 m Below 15 m Below 15 m 15 m and above
Use of the premise Various Categories Residential
Plotted
Residential
Plotted
Residential
Plotted
Group Housing
Note:
i. Considering no other issue like Monuments, Metro, DUAC, Airports etc. are involved. In case the property lies within the
regulated zone of metro rail, airport etc. the online clearance from the local body concerned shall be taken
ii. Group Housing area is minimum 2000 sq mt (may vary between States)
iii. The Urban Local Body/ Urban Development Authority shall empanel professionals as per “Appendix E-1”.
iv. The Urban Local Body/ Urban Development Authority shall work out and prescribe fees for submitting the building plans
v. The fees shall be derived by an automated built-in calculator in the online system of submission.
Suggested Fast Tracking Tools:
For Very Low Risk Buildings:
The process prescribed in clause 2.14.1 d) shall be followed.
For Low Risk Buildings:
A Competent professional (qualification & competence as per Annexure-E) shall be empowered to
issue the building permit, but only after submitting the plan along with requisite documents and fees to
the concerned local body. If the owner/ professional desires to get the building plan sanctioned by the
local body, building plans prepared by a qualified architect/ engineer will have to be submitted to the
concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents and the local body shall grant
the building permit within 10 days

For Moderate risk Buildings:
Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have to
be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The local
body shall grant the building permit within 20 days.
For High risk Buildings:
Clearance from Fire department and other necessary clearances from AAI, NMA and other agencies
have to be obtained. Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the
building plans will have to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other
requisite documents. The local body shall grant the building permit within 20 days.
13.5.2 Storage/Warehouse Buildings
For approval of the buildings meant for use as storage buildings/ warehouses/
godowns, risk based classification shall be as per Table 13.4 -
Table 13.4 Risk Matrix for Storage/Warehouses
Risks
Very Low Low Moderate High
Covered Area on all
floors/ Built-up area
Up to 250 m2
Above 250 m2
and
up to 2000 m2
Up to 2000 m2
Above 2000 m2
Height of building Below 15 m Below 15 m Below 15 m Below 15 m
Abutting Road width Min. 12 m Min. 12 m Min. 12 m Min. 12 m
Type of Material
storage
Category A Category A Category B
(Stacking height - Medium)
Category B (Stacking
height -High)
Note:
i. The level of Risk is classified according to the material stored in the warehouse/storehouse. Material shall be classified
according to the Categories defined in Appendix “I”.
ii. Building application of buildings listed under sections 3.6.8, Section 4.9 and Item 2 of Table 3.14 of the MBBL shall be
dealt in accordance with this table for building plan approvals.
iii. The Urban Local Body/ Urban Development Authority shall empanel professionals as per “Appendix E-1”.
iv. The building application processing fees shall be derived by an automated built-in calculator in the online system.
Suggested modes of Fast Tracking:
For Very Low Risk Buildings:
A competent professional (qualification & competence as per Annexure-E) shall be empowered to
issue the building permit, but only after submitting the plan along with requisite documents and fees to
the concerned local body. If the owner/ architect/ engineer desires to get the building plan sanctioned
by the local body, he shall apply online to the local body and the local body shall grant the building
permit within 10 days.
For Moderate Risk Buildings:
For High Risk Buildings:
Building plans will have to be prepared by a qualified architect and the building plans will have to be
submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The local

13.5.3 Industrial Buildings
For approval of the buildings meant for use as storage buildings/ warehouses/
godowns, risk based classification shall be as per Table 13.5
Table 13.5 Risk Matrix for Industries
Risks Low Moderate High
Criteria Parameters
Size of the Plot Square Meters upto 350 m2
Above 350 m2
All sizes
Height of building Meters Less than 15 m Less than 15 m 15 m and above
Abutting Road width Meters Min. 12 m Min. 12 m Min. 12 m
Note:
i. The level of Risk is classified according the size and height of the industrial building proposed.
ii. The Urban Local Body/ Urban Development Authority shall empanel professionals as per “Appendix E-1”..
iii. The building application processing fees shall be derived by an automated built-in calculator in the online system.
Suggested modes of Fast Tracking:
1. Deemed Approval with Self-Certification
2. Plans to be submitted along with Structural drawings which does not require sanction
For Moderate Risk Buildings:
1. Plans to be submitted to the empanelled professional.
2. Fire/Structural safety certification by Fire Services/ Structural Engineers
3. Approval to be granted within 10 working days by the empanelled professional.
4. Approved plan to be submitted to ULB/DA.
For High Risk Buildings:
1. Online application
2. Immediate acknowledgement by software
3. Fire/Structural safety certification by Fire Services/ Structural Engineers
4. Approval by ULB/DA within 20 working days.
13.6 Other Suggestions to enhance ease of doing business:
Some other suggestions, regarding Fast-Track construction permits are:
13.6.1 Citizens’ Charter
A Citizens’ charter lists out the timelines and upper limits of time for the delivery of
citizen services of the organization. The objective of issuing the charter is to improve
the quality of public service in terms of timely delivery. Such charters should be
brought out by all municipalities to maintain high standards of accountability and
transparency. The standards of service to be provided, the maximum number of days
required for building approvals and the standards procedures should be listed out in the
citizens’ charter. Some states have gone a step further and introduced a citizen service
delivery guarantee act whereby the time lines prescribed by a citizen charter are
made statutory and binding on officials.
13.6.2 Capacity building
Capacity building measures are to be adopted for such functionaries to identify
Training Needs (TNA) and other technical requirement of duties that they are required
to discharge. Fresh recruitments commensurate to the technical qualification/
experience are to be made by the State Government, if there is complete absence of the
technical expertise needed for the said services.

13.6.3 Empowered Committees
The Authorities may also consider constituting ‘Empowered Committees’ or ‘Peer
Expert Groups’ for undertaking scrutiny and approval. This committee can be manned
as per the requirement and area of more than one municipality can be put under its
jurisdiction.
13.6.4 Simplification of bye-laws
The building Bye-Laws need to be simplified for easy comprehension of lay person as
well as professionals involved in developmental activities. The simplification process
should also include the process of application, the filling up of forms and streamlining
the process of application.

Climate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances 14
14. CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION –
INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL
CLEARANCE WITH SANCTION
Land, Air, Noise, Water, Energy, biological/ socio-economic/ solid / other waste
management are the main facets considered in relation to Pre, During and Post
Building Construction for Sustainable Environment Management. Therefore, it is
necessary for the building process to ensure compliance to various conditions laid
down by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.
The building construction sector is a major contributor towards carbon footprints
which affects climate change. India is committed towards mitigating the effects of
climate change and moving towards internationally accepted norms for environmental
friendly building construction. Currently this objective of environmental safeguard is
achieved through obtaining a specific environmental clearance (EC) for any
construction project having a size of more than 20,000 sq mts. This is administered
under notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.
With rapid urbanisation and growth of Indian economy, it is anticipated that the
construction activity will experience a proportionate growth. Government is also
committed towards streamlining of clearances for buildings and real estate sector and
empowering the urban local bodies with an objective of Ease of Doing Business.
14.1 Environmental conditions for compliance during Building approvals
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change has now decided to integrate
the environmental concerns into building plan approval process and empowering the
concerned local body/development authority to approve and certify compliance of
stipulated requirements. The new building construction proposals are classified in the
following 3 categories:-
1) Conditions for Category ‘A’ Buildings: Built-up Area 5000 sqmt – 20000 sqmt
2) Conditions for Category ‘B’ Buildings: Built-up Area 20000 sqmt – 50000 sqmt
3) Conditions for Category ‘C’ Buildings: Built-up Area 50000sqmt – 150000 sqmt
A local Authority, i.e. ULB/DA/any other body authorized to sanction building plans
shall approve the building plans by ensuring the stipulated conditions in Table 14.1,
14.2 and 14.3 for the respective categories of buildings.
These environmental conditions may be suitably integrated in the building permission
conditions so that their effective implementation could be ensured by the local
authority while sanctioning building plans in their respective urban areas.
However, in order to empower the Local Authority, the State/UT Governments will be
required to amend their building by-laws to incorporate a specific set of conditions as

14 Climate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances
given in the Tables 14.1, 14.2 and 14.3. Once these conditions are incorporated
through due process adopted by States/UTs into the Building Bye-Laws and made
applicable and enforceable by their local authority, States / UTs will be required to
approach M/o Environment, Forest and Climate Change alongwith the Draft
notification for seeking clearance that the requirements have been met and after getting
the clearance from M/o EFCC, State/UT shall issue notification of Building Bye-laws
alongwith stipulated conditions. Copy of the notification shall be forwarded to
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change so that they may notify the
particular State or part thereof for which conditions have been suitably integrated to
delegate the powers to the Local Authority. Thereafter, for such notified area no
separate prior Environmental clearance will be required. However, for those
States/UTs or part of the States/UTs where these conditions have not been
incorporated in the Building Bye-Laws, the existing arrangement of mandatory prior
Environment clearance by State Environment Impact Assessment Authority shall
continue to hold.
States are, therefore, advised to amend their building by-laws by incorporating the set
of conditions for each category A, B and C as mentioned above either for the entire
State/UT or clearly identified part thereof, where they would like to integrate the
environmental clearance conditions with building permissions and empower the local
authority to examine, stipulate and ensure compliance of conditions required to
address environmental concerns. The State/UT should submit such proposal/
notification at draft stage as well as a copy of the final notification to the M/o
Environment, Forest and Climate Change.
i. For building plans with a total built-up area between 5,000 sqm and 1,50,000 sqm,
environment clearance will be required to be synchronized with the bye-laws.
ii. The concerned Urban local body, authorized to sanction building plans, shall
ensure at the time of sanctioning a building plan that the environmental
requirements stipulated in Table 14.1 (for above 5,000 sqm and up to 20,000 sqm),
Table 14.2 (for above 20,000 sqm and up to 50,000 sqm) and Table 14.3 (for above
50,000 sqm and up to 1,50,000 sqm), as the case may be, are complied with.

Table 14.1: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction
(Category “A”: 5000 sqmt - 20000 sqmt)
Sl.
No.
Medium Environmental conditions MBBL
Ref. Clause
1 Natural Drainage The inlet and outlet point of natural drain system should be
maintained with adequate size of channel for ensuring
unrestricted flow of water.
-
2 Water conservations –
Rain Water Harvesting
and Ground Water
Recharge
A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where
the recharge bores (minimum one per 5000 sqm of built-up
area) shall be provided. The rain water harvested should be
stored in a tank for reuse in household through a provision
of separate water tank and pipeline to avoid mixing with
potable municipal water supply. The excess rain water
harvested be linked to the tube well bore in the premise
through a pipeline after filtration in the installed filters.
Table 9.1
2(a) The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of the
recreational open spaces.
10.2.1 (iv)
3 Solid Waste
Management
Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground
level for facilitating segregation of waste.
10.2.5 (b)
4 Energy In common areas, LED/ solar lights must be provided. 10.2 3c)
5 Air Quality and Noise Dust, smoke and debris prevention measures such as
screens, barricading shall be installed at the site during
construction. Plastic/ tarpaulin sheet covers must be used
for trucks bringing in sand and material at the site.
-
5 (a) The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if installed, must be
minimum 10m away from the building. In case it is less
than 10m away, the exhaust pipe shall be taken up to 3m
above the building.
-
6 Green cover A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sqm of land shall be
planted and maintained. The existing trees will be counted
for this purpose. Preference should be given to planting
native species.
10.2.1 (i)
6(a) Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in
the ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that
is cut) shall be done with the obligation to provide
continued maintenance for such plantations.
10.2.1 (ii)

(Category “B”: 20000 sqmt - 50000 sqmt)
Sl.
No.
Ref. Clause
maintained with adequate size of channel for ensuring
unrestricted flow of water.
-
2 Water conservations –
Rain Water Harvesting
and Ground Water
Recharge
A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the
recharge bores (minimum one per 5000 sqm of built-up area)
shall be provided. The rain water harvested should be stored
in a tank for reuse in household through a provision of
separate water tank and pipeline to avoid mixing with potable
municipal water supply. The excess rain water harvested be
linked to the tube well bore in the premise through a pipeline
after filtration in the installed filters.
Table 9.1
10.2.1 (iv)
3 Solid Waste
Management
Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground
level for facilitating segregation of waste.
10.2.5 (b)
4(a) At least 1% of connected applied load generated from
renewable energy source such as photovoltaic cells or wind
mills or hybrid should be provided.
10.2
4(b) As per the provisions of the Ministry of New and Renewable
energy solar water heater of minimum capacity 10 litres/4
persons (2.5 litres per capita) shall be installed.
1–.2.4 - IV
4(c) Use of flyash bricks: Fly ash should be used as building
material in the construction as per the provisions of Fly Ash
Notification of September, 1999 and as amended from time to
time.
10.2.6 (b)
5 Air Quality and Noise Dust, smoke and debris prevention measures such as screens,
barricading shall be installed at the site during construction.
Plastic/ tarpaulin sheet covers must be used for trucks
bringing in sand and material at the site.
-
5(a) The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if installed, must be minimum
10m away from the building. In case it is less than 10m away,
the exhaust pipe shall be taken up to 3m above the building.
-
6 Green cover A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sqm of land shall be
planted and maintained. The existing trees will be counted for
this purpose. Preference should be given to planting native
species.
10.2.1 (i)
6(a) Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the
ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut)
shall be done with the obligation to provide continued
maintenance for such plantations.
10.2.1 (ii)

(Category “C”: 50000 sqmt - 150000 sqmt)
Sl.
No.
Ref. Clause
maintained with adequate size of channel for ensuring unrestricted
flow of water.
-
2 Water conservations
– Rain Water
Harvesting and
Ground Water
Recharge
A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the
recharge bores (minimum one per 5000 sqm of built-up area) shall
be provided. The rain water harvested should be stored in a tank for
reuse in household through a provision of separate water tank and
pipeline to avoid mixing with potable municipal water supply. The
excess rain water harvested is to be linked to the tube well bore in
the premise through a pipeline after filtration in the installed filters.
Table 9.1
10.2.1 (iv)
2(b) The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from the
competent authority
2(c) Use of potable water in construction should be minimized.
2(d) Low flow fixtures and sensors must be used to promote water
conservation.
2(e) Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of dual
plumbing system.
3 Solid Waste
Management
Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level for
facilitating segregation of waste.
10.2.5 (b)
3(a) All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized
recyclers for which a written tie-up must be done with the authorized
recyclers.
3(b) Organic waste composter/ vermiculture pit with a minimum capacity
of 0.3 Kg/tenement/day must be installed wherein the STP sludge
may be used to be converted to manure which could be used at the
site or handed over to authorized recyclers for which a written tie-up
must be done with the authorized recyclers.
4(a) At least 1% of connected applied load generated from renewable
energy source such as photovoltaic cells or wind mills or hybrid
should be provided.
10.2
4(b) As per the provisions of the Ministry of New and Renewable energy
solar water heater of minimum capacity 10 litres/4 persons (2.5 litres
per capita) shall be installed.
10.2.4 - IV
4( c) Use of flyash bricks: Fly ash should be used as building material in
the construction as per the provisions of Fly Ash Notification of
September, 1999 and as amended from time to time.
10.2.6 (b)
4(d) Use of concept of passive solar design of buildings using
architectural design approaches that minimize energy consumption
in buildings by integrating conventional energy-efficient devices,
such as mechanical and electric pumps, fans, lighting fixtures and
other equipment, with the passive design elements, such as building
orientation, landscaping, efficient building envelope, appropriate
fenestration, increased day lighting design and thermal mass.
10.2 (3)
4(e) Optimize use of energy systems in buildings that should maintain a
specific indoor environment conducive to the functional
requirements of the building by following mandatory compliance
measures (for all applicable buildings) as recommended in the
Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) 2007 of the Bureau of
Energy Efficiency, Government of India.
10.2 (3)
5 Air Quality and Noise Dust, smoke and debris prevention measures such as screens,
barricading shall be installed at the site during construction. Plastic/
tarpaulin sheet covers must be used for trucks bringing in sand and
material at the site.
-

Sl.
No.
Ref. Clause
5 (a) The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if installed, must be minimum 10m
away from the building. In case it is less than 10m away, the exhaust
pipe shall be taken up to 3m above the building.
-
6 Green cover A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sqm of land shall be planted and
maintained. The existing trees will be counted for this purpose.
Preference should be given to planting native species.
10.2.1 (i)
6 (a) Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the ratio
of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) shall be
done with the obligation to provide continued maintenance for such
plantations.
10.2.1 (ii)
7 Sewage Treatment
Plant
Sewage treatment plant with capacity of treating 100% waste water
shall be installed. Treated water must be recycled for gardening and
flushing.
4.32.4
8 Environment
Management Plan
The environment infrastructure like Sewage Treatment Plant,
Landscaping, Rain Water Harvesting, Power backup for
environment, Infrastructure, Environment Monitoring, Solid Waste
Management and Solar and Energy conservation, should be kept
operational through Environment Monitoring Committee with
defined functions and responsibility.
-
-------------------------------------------------****-------------------------------------------------------

REFERENCES:
The following listed documents and guidelines have been extensively referred in preparation,
compilation and finalization of the Model Building Bye-Laws 2016
1. National Building Code, 2005, Bureau of Indian Standards.
2. Draft Unified Building Bye Laws for Delhi 2015, Delhi Urban Arts Commission.
3. Proposed Amendment in Town and Country Planning Legislations,
Regulations for Land Use Zoning,
Additional Provisions in Development Control Regulations for Safety
Additional Provisions in Building Regulations / Byelaws for Structural Safety- in Natural
Hazard Zones of India
by Committee of Experts, Ministry of Home Affairs, GoI.
4. DC Regulations Greater Mumbai- 1991, Government of Maharashtra.
5. Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999, Government of Kerala.
6. Draft Harmonized Guidelines on the Norms and Standards for Barrier Free Environment
for persons with disability and elderly persons, 2014
7. Energy Conservation Building Code, 2007, by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of
Power.
8. Indian Green Building Council, 2001, by Confederation of Indian Industries.
9. Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment (GRIHA) Guidelines, MNRE
10. CE 335 Design project preliminary design of structural members by R. Clarke
11. Building Bye-Laws notified by various State Governments of India

Annexure and Appendices
Annexure “A”
Occupancy Categorization of Buildings for Water and Other Requirement for Fire
Fighting
Zone-I Zone-II Zone-III
GROUP “A”: RESIDENTIAL GROUP “A”: RESIDENTIAL GROUP “A”: RESIDENTIAL
A1 Lodging and Rooming
Houses
A2 One or two family private
dwelling
A3 Dormitories
A4 Apartment Houses
A5 Hotels F2 Shops and stores, etc. above
500 sq.mt. floor area
F3 Underground shopping
centers
GROUP “B” EDUCATIONAL
B1 Schools up to higher
secondary level
GROUP “C” INSTITUTIONAL
C1 Hospitals and Sanitoria (More
than 100 beds)
GROUP “G” INDUSTRIAL
G3 High hazard Industries
GROUP “C” INSTITUTIONAL
C1 Hospital & Sanitoria (upto
100 beds)
C2 Custodial Institutions
C3 Penal & mental Institutions
GROUP “D” ASSEMBLY
BUILDINGS
D1 For more than 1000 persons
with permanent stage and fixed
seats
D2 For less than 1000 persons
with permanent stage and
fixed seats
GROUP “H” STORAGE
BUILDINGS
GROUP “D” ASSEMBLY
BUILDINGS
D3 Upto 300 persons without
permanent stage and fixed
seats
D4 Above 300 persons without
permanent stage & fixed
seats
GROUP “E” BUSINESS
BUILDINGS
E1 Offices, Banks, etc.
E2 Laboratories, Libraries, etc.
E3 Telephone Exchanges
GROUP “J” HAZARDOUS
BUILDINGS
GROUP “E” BUSINESS
E3 Computer Installations
E5 Broadcasting stations
GROUP “F” MERCANTILE
F1 Shops, Stores, etc. upto 500
m2
floor area
G1 Low hazard Industries

Annexure “B-I”
Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-I Category
Sl.
No.
Measures Group-A: Residential
A1, A2, A3, A4
Group-B:
Educational
Group-C:
Institutional
O I II III I II III I II III
1 Access P P P P P P P P P P
2 Means of Escape P P P P P P P P P P
3 Compartmentation P P P P P P P P P P
4 Refuge Area X X X X X X X X X X
5 Emergency Lights X X P P P P P P P P
6 Exit Signs P P P P P P P P P P
7 PA System with Talk Back Facility X X X X X P P P P P
8 Moefa X X X P X P P P2 P P
9 Extinguishers P P P P P P P P P P
10 Hose Reel P3 P P P P3 P P P P P
11 Yard Hydrant X X X P X P P X P P
12 Down Comer X X X P X P X P4 X X
13 Wet Riser X X P X X X P X P P
14 Fire Detection System X X X X X P6 X P2 P P
15 Automatic Sprinkler System S S S S S S FS S S FS
16 Under Ground Tank X X X X X X P P2 P P
17 Over Head Tank P13 P P P P P P P P P
18 Fire Pumps X X X X X X P X P P
19 Booster Pumps P3 P P P P P3 P P X P
20 Auto D.G. Set P3 X P P P3 P P P P P
21 MCB/ELCB P P P P P P P P P P
22 Hose Boxes X X X P X P P P4 P P
23 Fireman’s Grounding Switch P P P P P P P P P P

Annexure “B-I” (Contd.)
Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-I Category
Sl.
No.
Measures Group-D:
Assembly D3, D4
Group-E:
Business E3, E5
Group-G: Industrial G1
I II III I II III IV V VI VII VIII
1 Access P P P P P P P P P P P
2 Means of Escape P P P P P P P P P P P
3 Compartmentation P P P P P P P P P P P
4 Refuge Area X X X X X X X X X X X
5 Emergency Lights P P P P P P P P P P P
6 Exit Signs P P P P P P X X P P P
7 PA System with Talk Back Facility P1 P P X P P X X X X P
8 Moefa P1 P P X P P X X P P P
9 Extinguishers P P P P P P P P P P P
10 Hose Reel P2 P P P P P X P P P P
11 Yard Hydrant X P P X P P X X X P P
12 Down Comer X X P P2 X X X X X X X
13 Wet Riser X P P X P P X X X P5 P
14 Fire Detection System P7 P P P2 P8 P9 X X X P P
15 Automatic Sprinkler System S7 FS FS S S FS S S S S FS
16 Under Ground Tank P7 P P X P P X X P10 P11 P
17 Over Head Tank P2 P P P P P P5 P P P P
18 Fire Pumps P11 P P X P P X X X P5 P
19 Booster Pumps X X X P X X P12 P P P P
20 Auto D.G. Set P7 P P P P P X X P P P
21 MCB/ELCB P P P P P P P P P P P
22 Hose Boxes P P P P2 P P X X X P5 P
23 Fireman’s Grounding Switch P P P P P P P P P P P
Legend
O Guest Houses/Lodging having up to 20 rooms or 40 beds and below
I Height less than 15 mt.
II Height 15 mt. and above up to 24 mt.
III Height above 24 mt
IV Height less than 15 mt. and plot area less than 250 sq.mt.
V Height less than 15 mt. and plot area 251 sq.mt. and above up to 500 sq.mt.
VI Height less than 15 mt. and plot area 501 sq.mt. and above up to 1000 sq.mt.
VII Height less than 15 mt. and plot area more than 1001 sq.mt.
VIII Height above 15 mt. and up to 18 mt.

P To be Provided.
X Not to be provided.
S Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 sq.mt. or more.
FS Fully Sprinklered.
1. To be provided if seating capacity exceed 750.
2. To be provided if building is more than ground floor, first floor and total
covered area exceed 1500 sq. mt.
3. To be provided in building where total covered area exceeds 1000 sq. mt.
or
Building is more than ground floor except group housing.
4. To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and total covered area
exceeds 300 mt.
5. To be provided if building is more ground floor.
6. To be provided in building except educational buildings.
7. In case seating capacity is 1000 persons minimum or covered area above
1500 sq.mt. or basement area 200 sq.mt. and more (other than places or
worships).
8. To be provided fore E-4 and E-5 buildings but not required if building is
fully sprinklered.
9. To be provided for E-4 and E-5 buildings.
10. 25,000 lt. capacity under ground water storage tank to be provided.
11. 50,000 lt. capacity under ground water storage tank to be provided.
12. To be provided where ever sprinklers are not installed.
13. Terrace tank of 5,000 lt. capacity to be provided, if sprinklers and
installed. The capacity shall be accordingly increased.

Annexure “B-II”
Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-II Category
Sl.
No.
Measures Group-A: Residential
A5 : Hotels
Group-C:
C2: Hospital
Group-D:
Assembly
D1, D2, D5
I II III IV V VI V VI
1 Access P P P P P P P P
2 Means Of Escape P P P P P P P P
3 Compartmentation P P P P P P P P
4 Refuge Area X X X X X X X X
5 Emergency Lights P P P P P P P P
6 Exit Signs P P P P P P P P
7 PA System With Talk Back Facility X P P P P P P P
8 Moefa X P P P P P P P
9 Extinguishers P P P P P P P P
10 Hose Reel P P P P P P P P
11 Yard Hydrant X X P P X P X P
12 Down Comer X P2 X X X X X X
13 Wet Riser X X P2 X P4 P P5 P
14 Fire Detection System X P P P P3 P P P
15 Automatic Sprinkler System S S FS F S7 S FS S8 FS
16 Under Ground Tank X X P P P3 P P8 P
17 Over Head Tank P P P P P P P P
18 Fire Pumps X X P P P4 P P8 P
19 Booster Pumps P P P X P X P X
20 Auto D.G. Set P P P P P P P P
21 MCB/ELCB P P P P P P P P
22 Hose Boxes X P P P P4 P P P
23 Fireman’s Grounding Switch P P P P P P P P

Annexure “B-II” (Contd.)
Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-II Category
Sl.
No.
Measures Group-E: Business
E1, E2, E4
Group-F:
Mercantile
Group-G. Industrial G2
VII VIII IX X XI XII XIII XIV XV
1 Access P P P P P P P P P
2 Means of Escape P P P P P P P P P
3 Compartmentation P P P P P P P P P
4 Refuge Area X X X X X X X X X
5 Emergency Lights P P P P X X P P P
6 Exit Signs P P P P X X P P P
7 PA System with Talk Back Facility X P P X X X X X P
8 Moefa X P P X X X P P P
9 Extinguishers P P P P P P P P P
10 Hose Reel P P P P1 P P P P P
11 Yard Hydrant X P P X X X X P P
12 Down Comer P3 X X X X X P4 X X
13 Wet Riser X P P X X X X P6 P
14 Fire Detection System P3 P P X X X X X P
15 Automatic Sprinkler System S S FS S S S S FS FS
16 Under Ground Tank X P P X X P9X P10 P P
17 Over Head Tank P P P P1 P P P P P
18 Fire Pumps X P P X X X X P P
19 Booster Pumps P P P P1 P P P P P
20 Auto D.G. Set P P P X X P P P P
21 MCB/ELCB P P P P P P P P P
22 Hose Boxes P3 P P X X X P P P
23 Fireman’s Grounding Switch P P P P P P P P P
Legend for Appendix “B-II”
I Height less than 15 mt. and area up to 300 sq. mt. on each floor.
II Height less than 15 mt. and area above 300 sq. mt. up to 1000 sq. mt. on each
floor.
III Height less than 15 mt. and area above 1000 sq. mt. on each floor.
IV Height 15 mt. and above.
V Height less than 15 mt.
VI Height 15 mt. and above up to 30 mt.
VII Height less 15 mt.
VIII Height 15 mt. and above up to 24 mt.

IX Height more than 24 mt.
X Height less than 15 mt. and plot area up to 750 sq. mt.
XI Height less than 15 mt. and plot area less than 250 sq.mt.
XII Height less than 15 mt. and plot area 251 m2 and above up to 500 sq. mt.
XIII Height less than 15 mt. and plot area 501 m2 and above up to 1000 sq.mt.
XIV Height less than 15 mt. and plot area more than 1001 sq. mt..
XV Height above 15 mt. and up to 18 mt.
P to be Provided
X not to be provided
S Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 m2 or more
1. To be provided if building is more than one floor.
2. To be provided in buildings above two floors.
3. To be provided if the building is more than ground floor, first floor and
covered area exceeds 1500 sq. mt.
4. To be provided if building is more than first floor and the covered area
exceeds 300 sq. mt.
5. To be provided for more than storeyed buildings and above.
6. To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and above.
7. Buildings to be fully sprinklered if height exceeds 15 mt.
8. To be provided if seating capacity exceeds 1000 persons.
9. 25,000 lt. capacity under ground tank to be provided.
10. 50,000 lt. capacity a ground tank to be provided if riser is not provided.

Annexure “B-III”
Fire Protection Requirements for buildings in Zone-III Category
Sl.
No.
Measures Group F mercantile
(F2,F3)
Group G
Industrial (G3)
Group H
Storage
Group J
Hazardous
H<15m
A>750M2
H>15 m UGS I II III IV H<15m
Single
Storey
H<15m
More
than one
Storey
H<15 m
Single
Storey
H<15m
More
than
one
Storey
1 Access P P P P P P P P P P P
2 Means of Escape P P P P P P P P P P P
3 Compartmentation P P P P P P P P P P P
4 Refuge Area X X X X X X X X X X X
5 Emergency Lights P P P X P P P X P P P
6 Exit Signs P P P X P P P X P P P
7
PA System with
talk back facility
P1 P P X X X X X X P P
8 Moefa P1 P P X X X P X X P P
9 Extinguishers P P P P P P P P P P P
10 Hose Reel P P P P P P P P P P P
11 Yard Hydrant P P P X X P P P2 P2 P P
12 Down Comer X X X X X X X X X X X
13 Wet Riser P1 P P X X P3 P1 X P3 X X
14
Fire Detection
System
X P P X X P P X X P P
15
Automatic
Sprinkler System
FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS4 FS FS FS
16
Under Ground
Tank
P P P P5 P6 P7 P P6 P P P
17 Over Head Tank P P X P P P P P P X P
18 Fire Pumps P P P P P P P P4 P P P
19 Booster Pumps X X X X X X X X X X X
20 Auto D.G. Set P P P P P P P P P P P
21 MCB/ELCB P P P P P P P P P P P
22 Hose Boxes P1 P P X P P P X P3 P P
23
Fireman’s
Grounding Switch
in Lifts
P P P P P P P X P X P

Legend for Annexure “B-III”
U.G.S. Under Ground Shopping complex
i) Height less 15 mt. shopping complex
ii) Height less 15 mt. and plot area 251 sq. mt. and above up to 500 sq. mt.
iii) Height less 15 mt. and plot area 501 sq.mt. and above up to 1000 sq.mt.
iv) Height less 15 mt. and plot area more than 1001 sq.mt.
P To be provided.
X Not to be provided.
S Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 sq. mt. or more.
1. To be provided in building of more than one floor.
2. To be provided if covered area exceeds 1000 sq.mt.
3. To be provided in building above two floors.
4. To be provided in buildings if covered area is more than 200 sq.mt.
5. 50,000 lt. capacity underground state water storage tank to be provided.
6. 1, 00,000 lt. capacity underground state water storage tank to be provided.
7. 2, 00,000 lt. capacity underground state water storage tank to be provided.

Annexure “C”
1. Water Requirement Criterion: Unless otherwise specified in Annexure B, water
requirement for fighting in different categories of occupancies shall be based on
following.
Occupancy
Category
Sprinkler
Design
Discharge
Density
(lt./min/sq.mt.)
Sprinkler
Design
Area
(sq.mt.)
Max. area
coverage/
Sprinkler
(sq.mt.)
No. of House
Streams*
Fully other
Sprinkled
Duration of Discharge
(Min.)
Fully
Sprinkled
Wet Riser
Sprinkled
LEVEL-I 02.5 084 21 2 4 45 45
LEVEL-II 05.0 360 12 3 6 60 90
LEVEL-III 10.0 225 09 3 6 90 90
Note: The discharge through a standard hose stream shall be taken as 567 lt./min.
2. Estimation of Total Water Requirements Fully Sprinklered Buildings
Occupancy
Category
Sprinkler (lt.) Riser (lt.) Total (lt.) Wet Riser cum Down
Comer (lt.)
LEVEL-I 9,450 51,030 60,480
(60,000)
1,02060
(1,00,000)
LEVEL-II 1,08,000 1,02,060 2,10,060
(2,00,000)
2,04,120
(2,00,000)
LEVEL-III 2,02,500 1,02,060 3,04,560
(3,00,000)
3,06,180
(3,00,000)
3. Water Storage Tanks
1. The design of the water storage tanks shall be as laid down in National
Building Code of India.
2. The capacity of underground water storage tank shall not be more than
85% of the total water requirement.
3. The capacity of overhead tank shall not be less than 15% of the total water
requirement.
4. The entire water requirement can be provided in over head tanks and
pumping requirements shall be finalized in consultation with Chie Fire
Officer.
5. Under ground water storage tank shall not be provided in the set back
areas.

Storage Requirements
Occupancy
Category
Under Ground Static Tank Over Head Tank
Fully Spkd. (lt.) Riser (lt.) Fully Spkd. (lt.) Riser (lt.)
LEVEL-I 50,000 85,000 10,000 15,000
LEVEL-II 1,70,000 1,70,000 30,000 30,000
LEVEL-III 2,50,000 2,50,000 50,000 50,000
4. Riser/Downcomer
1. The size of the riser/ downcomer shall be such that velocity of flow does
not exceed 5 m/second subject to a minimum of 100 mm. diameter.
2. The number of riser/downcomer shall be calculated on the basis that if 30 mt. of
delivery hose is laid, it reaches the farthest comer of the remotest compartment on
the floor.
3. The riser/downcomer shall be provided in the staircase/staircase lobby in such a
manner that it does not obstruct the means of escape.
4. Only single headed hydrants shall be used on the riser/downcomer.
5. The size of hose to be provided with the internal hydrants shall be 50 mm
diameter and with 63 mm diameter instantaneous male/female couplings.
6. Diffuser branch shall only be provided in the hose boxes.
7. In case of partially sprinklered building tapping from the wet riser is
permitted for sprinkler feed.
8. In case of fully sprinklered building separate rising mains and pumps shall
be used for sprinkler system and wet riser.
5. Selection of Pumps
1. Pumping requirement shall be met by a single pump or combination of
pumps.
2. If more than one pumps are installed to meet the pumping requirement
they shall be so arranged that they come into operation one after another
depending upon fall in pressure in the mains and the combined pumping
capacity shall be 20% more than the actual pumping capacity needed.
3. Jockey pump shall be selected to give minimum 3% and maximum 5% of
aggregate pumping requirement at the same pressure to that of the main
pump subject to maximum discharge of 450 LPM.
4. Standard pumps shall only be used having discharge capacity as 1800
LPM, 2280 LPM 2850 LPM & 4550 LPM.
5. The pump shall be capable of giving the pressure as shown in the table
below:

Occupancy
Category
Pressure* At Terrace Level
Fully Spkd. (Kgf./Cm2) Riser(Kgf./Cm2)
LEVEL-I 3.5 3.5
LEVEL-II 3.5 5.5
LEVEL-III 5.5 7.0
* Orifice plates shall be installed at the hydrants on rising mains / yard
hydrants to ensure that the pressure does not exceed 7 Kgf./Cm2.

Annexure "D"
Questionnaire for High Rise Buildings/Other Buildings
Fire Service Headquarters
1. Name of the building ……………………………………………………………...
2. Address of the building ……………………………………………………………
3. Name and address of builder/promoter………………………………………….
4. Name and address of owners /occupiers of individual flats ………………………
5. Plot area …………………………………………………………………………….
(a) Title ………………………………………………………………………….
(b) Land use (in case of residential building indicate no. of dwelling
units…………………………………………………………………………
6. Covered Area (at grade level) ……………………………………………………..
7. Height of tile building ……………………………………………………………..
8. a) Overall height (from grade level up to terrace level ) …………………………………
b) Whether set back areas are conforming to unified building bye-laws
………………………………………………………………………………………
..
9. a) Number of Basement(please indicate level below grade in each case)
b) If basement extends beyond the building line, please indicate the load bearing
strength of the roof of basement) ………………………………………………..
c) Area of the basement …………………………………………………………...
d) Whether any piazza is proposed? if so, details of the level of piazza and ramp
etc. be indicated …………………………………………………………………
10. Number of floors (including ground floor) ………………………………………..
11. Occupancy use (please mention separately, use for basement and floors)
………………………………………………………………………………………
12. Covered area of typical floor ……………………………………………………...
13. Parking areas (please give details) …………………………………………….......
14. Details of surrounding properties / features

Compass
direction In
relation to the
building
Type of
Property/
feature
Height in case
of building
Distance wall
to wall from
building
Any other
information
North
South
East
West
15. Approach to proposed building width of the road and connecting roads, if any
………………………………………………………………………………………
16. Please give details of water supply available exclusively for the fire fighting
……………………………………………………………………………………
17. Has wet riser(s) been provided? If so, please indicate the number of risers and
internal dia of each ………………………………………...……………………
18. Has any down comer been provided? If so, please give details including pump
capacity……………………………………………………………………………
19. Please indicate the present arrangement for replenishment of water for fire
fighting……………………………………………………………………………
20. Is a public or other water storage facility available nearby? if so, please give the
capacity and distance from your building, also please indicate if it is easily
accessible……………………………………………..…………………………
21. Please give any other information regarding availability of water supply for fire
fighting ……………………………………………………………………………
22. Have internal hydrants on each floor including basement (s) and terrace.
a) No. of hydrants on each floor including basement (s) and
terrace…………………………………………………………………….…..
b) Bore and length of each floor including basement(s) …………...…………...
c) Size (bore) and type of nozzle fitted to each hose reel……...………………..
d) Is the hose reel connected directly to the riser or to the hydrant outlet?
…………………………………….…………………………………..
23. Has fire hose been provided near each hydrant? if so, Please indicate ………….....
a) The type hoses………………………………………………………………
b) The size (bore) of hose …………………………………………………
c) The length of each hose ……………………………………………………
24. Have branch pipes been provided? if so, please indicate

a) The type of branch pipe……………………………………………..………
b) Size of nozzle fitted to each branch…………………………………………
25 a) If the basement is used for Car / Scooter parking or storage.
Has it been sprinkled?………………………………….…………………
b) Whether any cubicles proposed in the basement? If so, the area of each
cubical be indicated? ……………………………………………………
c) Whether segregation/compartmentation of the basement has been
provided? If so, please give details…………………………………………
26. Is the building equipped with automatic fire detection and alarm system? If so,
please indicate
a) The type of detectors used ………………………………………………….
b) The standard to which the detectors conform ……………………………...
c) The code to which the installation conform ……………………………
27. Have manual call boxes been installed in the building for raising an alarm in the
event of outbreak of fire? If so, please give details………………………………....
28. Has public address system been installed in the building with loudspeaker on each
floor with talk back facility………………………………………………………
29. Has an intercom system been provided between the various floors and the fire
control room in entrance lobby? ……………………………………………………
30. Has a fire control room been provided in the entrance lobby of the building?
………………………………………………………………………………………
31. How many staircases have been provided in the building? Please indicate in each
case:-
a) Width of the stairway………………………………………………………
b) Width of treads……………………………………………………………...
c) Height of risers …………………………………………………………
d) If the treads are of the non-slip type………………………………………
32. What is the average occupant load per floor?………………………………………
33. Whether fire tower has been proposed? …………………………………………
34. How many lifts have been installed in the building? Please indicate in each case:
a) The floors between which the lifts runs…………………………………
b) The type of doors fitted to the lift Car and at each landing………………....
c) Fire resistance raring of lift Car and landing doors, if known ……………
d) Floor area of the lift car……………………………………………………
e) Loading capacity of the lift car …………………………………………

f) Has communication system been installed in the lift car? …………………
g) Has a fireman’s switch been installed in the lift for grounding it in the
event of fire ………………………………………………………………..
35. Have any stationary fire pump (s) been installed or pressuring the wet riser? If so,
please indicate.
a) The number of pumps………………………………………………………
b) The size of suction and delivery connection of each pump ………………
c) The output of each pump ………………………………………………
36. Has the building been protected with sprinkler system, If so, detail of sprinkler
pump……………………………………………………..………………………….
37. Has a standby source of power supply been provided? If it is through a generator,
please indicate.
a) The capacity (output) ………………………………………………………
b) The functions that can be maintained simultaneously by the use of the
Generator, such as operating lift(s); fire pumps, emergency lighting etc.
system; exit signs; PA system etc…………………………………………
c) Is the generator automatic in action or has to be started manually?………
38. Has any Yard hydrant been provided from the building's fire pump? …………
39. Where more than one lifts are installed in a common enclosure have individual
lifts been separated by fire resisting walls or 2 hours fire rating? …………………
40. Has the lift shaft(s) lift lobby or stairwell been pressurized? If so, give
details………………………………………………………………………………
41. Has the lift lobbies and staircase been effectively enclosed to prevent fire/smoke
entering them from outside at any floor? ………………………………………………………
42. Have all exits and direction of travel to each exit been sign-posted with
illuminated signs? ………………………………………………………………
43. Has a false ceiling been provided in any portion of the building? If so, please
indicate location and also mention if the material used for the false ceiling is
combustible or non-combustible……………………………………………
44. Is the building centrally air-conditioned? if so, please indicate:
a) The material used for construction of ducts and its fittings………...……
b) The type of lining used for ducts, if any…………………………………
c) The type of lagging used for ducts, if any for insulating any portion of the
duct; please also indicate how the lagging is secured……………………
d) If plenum is used for return air passage has it been protected with fire
detectors? Please give details…………………………………………
e) Has a separate A.H.U. been provided for each floor?

f) Whether automatic shutdown of A. H. U. is coupled with detection
system/sprinkler system………………………………………………
g) Is the ducting for each floor effectively isolated or is it continuous on more
than one floor? ………………………………………………………
h) Are the fire dampers being provided?……………………………………
45 Where are the switchgear and transformer located? If inside the building please
indicate: ………………………………………………………………………
a) If the switchgear and transformer (s) have been housed in separate
compartments, effectively separated from each other and other portions of
the building by a four-hour's fire resistive wall? ………………………….
b) What precautions have been taken to prevent a possible fire in the
transformer (s) from spreading? ……………………………………
c) Are transformer protected by high velocity water spray system…………
46 I) Where electrical cables, telephone cables wet risers / down comers pass
through a floor or wall has the spaces (apertures) round the cables /pipes
been effectively sealed/plugged with noncombustible, fire resistance
material?…………………………………………………………………….
II) Ventilation
a) Whether natural ventilation is relied upon? If so, give details of the vents
for the stairwell life shafts………………………………………………
b) Whether mechanical ventilation has been proposed? If so, give details of
the proposed system indicating the number of air changes for the basement
and other floors………………………………………………………
c) Whether mechanical ventilation is coupled with automatic detection
system/sprinkler system? Please give details of the system………………
47. Please indicate the number and type of fire extinguishers provided at various
locations and the arrangement for the maintenance of the extinguishers
…………………………………………………..……………………
48. Please indicate if all fire extinguishers bear the BIS mark…………………
49. Whether the refugee area has been provided? If so, the floor on which provided
and the total area provided floor-wise……………………………………………
50. Are the occupants of the building systematically trained in fire prevention, use of
fire extinguishers and emergency procedures? If so, please give
details…………………………………………………………
51. Does an emergency organization exist in the building? If so, please give details
and append a copy of the emergency (fire) orders………………………………
52. Has a qualified officer been appointed for the building either individually or
jointly with other building(s)………………………………………………

53. Has the building been protected against lighting? If so, does the lighting
protection conform to any code? Please indicate details provision of MCB and
ELCB in the building…………………………………………………………….
54. The work has not been started on site and construction will be started only after
final approval of the Authority / the position of construction at site is given below:
………………………….…………………………………………………………
Name and address of the consultant with Registration No…………………………
Owner's Signatures Signature of the Applicant / Architect
Name………………………………… Name……………………………………….
(In block letters) (In block letters)
Designation…………………………………
Organization………………………………
Signature of Fire Consultant
Dated:
Name………………………………..
(In block letters)
Remark of the concerned Authority. The proposal has been broadly examined. The above
information is correct and the proposal is permissible as far as development Authority is
concerned (Additional comments, if any, may be given below or attached):
The proposal can be considered by Fire Services at conceptual stage/is forwarded to Fire
Service along with 3 sets of drawings which are according to bye-laws, Master Plan,
Zonal Plan, and fire fighting regulations and policy instructions of Government. The
proposal involves relaxation in respect of height/set backs/ ………………………The
architect has been advised to furnish the requisite material and documents given in the
attached list, within one week time directly to the Fire Service.
Signature of Authority
Name:
Designation and office Seal:

Appendix “A”
(Bye laws 2.9.1 & 6.3.5)
(To be submitted in duplicate)
Form for Application to Erect, Re-Erect or to make Material Alteration in any Place
in a Building
To
Commissioner/Vice Chairman/Secretary
Sir,
I hereby give notice on behalf of Shri………………………….(owner) that the owner
intends to erect/demolish or make alteration in the building number or to on/in Plot No
……………………….Block No……………….. House No …………………..situated at
…………………………………………………….Scheme...…………………………....an
d in accordance with the building Bye-law No……………………………………….
and I forward herewith, the following plans and specification duly signed by me and by
the owner.
1. Site plan
2. Building Plan
3. Service Plan
4. Parking and circulation plan.
5. Landscape Plan
6. General Specifications (in attached form)
7. Ownership Title (Lease/Conveyance/Sale Deed, etc)
8. Other document, as required
ii) The building plan has been prepared strictly as per the approved building Byelaws
and relevant IS Codes / provisions of NBC. The construction shall be carried out
in accordance with the building plan and I shall be completely accountable for any
lapse on my part up to within 6 months after obtaining completion certificate of
the building.
iii) The Building permit fee as required under bye-laws 2.13 has been deposited vide
receipt No ………………dated. …………………(Photocopy enclosed).

iv) I am aware that in the event of building being constructed in violation of the
sanctioned building plan approval, the Authority shall have the right to take action
against me as it may deem fit including referring the matter to concerned
professional and statutory councils for taking disciplinary action against me.
……………………….. ………………………….
Signature of the Owners (Signature of Registered
Architect/Engineer/Supervisor)
Name of owner(s)………………………….. … Registration No. of the
Address of the owner(s)……………………… Architect/Engineer/Supervisor
Address of the Architect/Engineer/
Supervisor
Encl: As stated above Dated: ………………………..

Appendix “A-1”
(Bye laws 2.9.1)
Statement of the Proposal and Certificate
By the Owner and Registered Architect
Classification of the Proposal…………………………………………………
(To erect/re-erect/demolition)
Scheme /Colony ……………..…………. Plot No. ………………….……………
Plot Area ……………………………. sq.mt. Size (in meter)
Area Statement
Description Permissible Proposed
sq.mt.
Remarks
sq.mt.
Max. Ground coverage
Basement
Ground Floor
First Floor
Second Floor
Third Floor
Total Floor area
Floor Area Ratio
No. of Dwelling Units
Maximum height (in meters)
Setbacks As per approved
Layout plan (mt.)
Proposed
(mt.)
Front
Rear
Left
Right

Parking (for above 250 sq.mt)
Equivalent Car
space @ 1.33 ECS
per 100 sq.mt of
permissible built
floor area
Open Parking
@ 23 sq.mt per ECS
Ground Floor
covered parking
@ 28 sq.mt per ECS
Basement Total
parking (sq.mt)
@32 sq.mt per ECS
ii) Fee & Charges
a) Building permit fee Rs………………………
b) Use of City Infrastructure Charges Rs……………………
c) Additional floor space charges (provisional) Rs…………………………
d) Peripheral charges (Provisional) only for Group IV CHBS
Rs………………………..
e) Any other charges (please specify) Rs………………………
Total amount (as per the details above) Rs………………………
Receipt No………………………………… Dated………………………………
We hereby certify that
1. The plot in question forms part of the approved layout plan and its location
size and area conform to the approved layout plan and lease/sale deed/NOC of
the lease Administration Branch of concerned Development Authority.
2. Plot is lying vacant and no construction shall be started before sanction.
3. The plot is free from all encumbrances (owner responsibility).
Area
in sq.mt
Area in sq.mt@ 23
sq.mt per ECS
Open Parking
Area in sq.mt @ 28
sq.mt. per ECS
Covered Gr. Floor
Area in sq.mt @
32 sq.mt. per
Basement
Total (sq.mt)
1 2 3 4 5

4. The period of construction valid up to ……………………. As per the lease
condition / further extension of time for construction granted by the lessor is
valid up to …………………… Time construction obtained from the lease
Administration Branch, Concerned Development Authority.
5. Size of each dwelling unit is not more than 300 sq.mt.
Signature of Owner(s) Signature of Registered Architect
Name………………………………. Name……………………………
(In block letters) (in block letters)
…………………………………… Registration No………………………………
Address………………………… Address……………………………………….
…………………………………… ………………………………………………..
Dated: …………………………….. Dated: ……………………..
Authority Letter
I hereby authorize Mr./Mrs.………………………………………. to collect the sanction
whose signature is verified below.
Specimen signature of signature of the owner(s)/Registered Architect/
Mr./Mrs………………………………………………………………………………….
Dated received…………………………………… Date ………………………………
(Signature of authorized person / owner / Registered Architect)
Dated:……………………………. Remark, if any………………………………

Appendix “A-2”
(Bye laws: 2.10.9)
Form for Specifications of Proposed Building
The purpose (Residence, Office, Restaurant, Hotel, Dharmshala, School, Hostel Cinema,
Shop, Factory Others) for which it is intended to be used………………………………
…………………………………………………
Details of coverage on respective floor are given below:
1. Basement Floor……….
2. Ground Floor…………
2. Mezzanine Floor………
3. First Floor……………..
4. Second Floor………….
5. Third floor…………….
6. …………………………
7. …………………………
8. …………………………
9. …………………………
10. …………………………
a) Approximate number of inhabitants proposed to be accommodated……………
…………………………………………………
b) The number of latrines, Urinals, Kitchens, Baths to be provided………………
………………………………………………..
c) The source of water to be used in the construction………………………………
………………………………………..…………………………………………
d) Distance from public sewer………………………….………………
e) The materials to be used in construction Walls/Columns/Foundations/Roof/
Floors…………………………….………………………………………………
Signature of Registered Architect/Engineer/Supervisor
Name………….………………………………………
Registration No……………………………………….
Address………………………..……………………....
……………………………….………………………..
Existing (sq.mt) Proposed (sq.mt) Total (sq.mt)

Appendix “A-3”
(Bye laws: 2.10.10)
Form for Supervision
To
The Commissioner/Vice-Chairman/Secretary
Sir,
I hereby certify that erection/re-erection demolition or material alteration in / of Building
No………………………………….on / in ………………….Plot No………………….in
Block No……………………… situated at ………………………….. scheme………...…
shall be carried out under my supervision and I certify that all the materials (type &
Grade) and workmanship of the work shall be generally in accordance with the general
specification submitted along with and the work shall be carried out according to the
sanctioned plans which also included the services like drainage, sanitary, water supply,
and electrical.
Signature of Registered Architect Engineer/Supervisor
………………………………………………………….
Name of Registered Architect/Engineer/Supervisor
(In block letters)………………………………..……....
Registration No. of Architect/Engineer/Supervisor
………………………………………………………….
Address of Registered Architect/Engineer/Supervisor
………………………………………………………….
Dated: …………………………

Appendix “A-4”
(Bye laws: 2.13)
Undertaking for Payment of Other and Peripheral Charges
Note: It should be on non-judicial stamp paper of specified amount attested by
Notary Public / First class Magistrate.
Undertaking
I ………………………………Son of Shri ………………………………. aged………....
Years residents of …………………………….Owner of Plot No ……………………
in……………………..Co-operative Housing Building Society Ltd…………………
hereby undertake to pay the balance of peripheral and other charges as and when required
by the concerned Authority and in this regard Authority’s decision will be finally binding
on me.
Executed by me as……………….on day of……………………….....2004.
……………………………….
Executant
Witness:
1……………………………
2……………………………

Appendix “A-5”
(Bye laws: 2.9.4 viii)
Affidavit-cum-Undertaking
(Affidavit of Competent Professional on Rs. 2/- Non-Judicial Stamp paper of specified amount to be
attested by Notary Public/Metropolitan Magistrate)
I …………………………………… son of ……………………………………Architect
by profession having office at………………………………….Do hereby solemnly affirm
and declare as under:
1. That I am a Licensed Architect/Engineer/Supervisor/Plumber duly registered
with the Authority vide registration No. ……………………….……………
2. That I have been engaged as a Competent professional as per Appendix ‘E’of
the Bye-Laws for preparing the building plans and to supervise construction in
respect of Plot No………...Block No………………… situated at……………
3. That I have prepared the building plans in respect of the aforesaid plot.
4. That I have studied the layout plan of the colony and gone through the
instructions, policy decisions and other relevant documents in respect of the
plot and colony.
5. That I have personally inspected the site. The plot under proposal forms part
of the approved layout plan with respect to its location, size shape and area of
the plot and proposed land use is also in conformity with the approved layout
plan. The plot has been demarcated at site and the size, shape and area of plot
available at site tallies with the approved layout plan.
6. That the ownership documents are in the shape of registered sale-deed/lease-
deed in favour of the applicants and have been thoroughly examined and the
ownership in favour of the applicant is in order.
7. That there is no construction in existence at the plot and no construction shall
be started before sanction of the building plans.
8. That there is no encroachment on the Municipal land/road/other property and
road widths as shown in the layout plan are available at site.
9. That the proposal are in conformity with the terms and condition of lease deed
which is still valid and period of construction as per lease-deed and the
extension granted by the lessor is valid up to……………………………
10. That the proposal have been prepared strictly in accordance with the Building
Bye-laws rules regulation and practice of the department and no
misinterpretation on inference of provision of Building Bye-Law has been
done while preparing the plans. The construction shall be carried out strictly
in accordance with the sanctioned building plans and in case any deviation is
carried out, I shall inform the concerned Authority within 48 hours.

11. That in case the owner dispenses with my services at any stage whatsoever, I
shall inform the concerned Authority within 48 hours.
12. That the size of each dwelling unit is not more than 300 sq. mt.
13. That mandatory setbacks have been proposed and shall be maintained in
accordance with the setbacks marked in the layout plan/Master Plan.
14. That before submission of the proposal, necessary information/clarification
have been obtained from the concerned department of the concerned
Authority. The plot is safe and is not affected in any scheme or the road
widening. Building activities for residential use are allowed with number of
storeys as per approved layout plan.
15. That no development/additional development/deficiency charges are payable,
against this plot (in case development/additional development/deficiency
charges are payable then its details be given in the separate para)
16. That no non-compoundable deviations shall be carried out during the course of
construction.
17. That nothing has been concealed and no misrepresentation has been made
while preparing and submitting the building plans.
18. That in case anything contrary to the above is found or established at any
stage, the concerned Authority shall be at liberty to take any action as it may
deem fit including revocation of sanction of building plans and debarring me
for submission of building plans with the Authority under the scheme and also
lodge a complaint with the Council of Architecture for appropriate action.
Deponent
Verification:
I the above named deponent do hereby verify at ……………………………………....
on this……………. of ………….. 20……… that contents of the above affidavit are
true and correct to my knowledge. No part of it is false and nothing has been
concealed there from.
Deponent

Appendix “A-6”
(Bye laws: 2.14.2)
Building Permit/Sanction
File No…………………
Dated………………………….
To
Subject: Sanction u/s………………………………
Dear Sir or Madam,
With reference to your application dated……………….. for the grant of sanction
to erect/re-erect/add to/alteration in the building to carry out the development
specified in the said application relating to Plot No………………… Block
No……………. situated in/at……………………………………. I have to state that
the Authority subject to the following conditions and corrections done in the plans has
sanctioned the same on………………………………………….
1. The plans are valid up to …………………day……………Months
………. year ……………
2. The construction will be undertaken as per sanctioned plan only and no
deviation from the bye-laws will be permitted without prior sanction. Any
deviation done against the bye-laws is liable to be demolished and the
supervising Architect engaged on the job will run the risk of being black
listed.
3. Violation of building bye-laws will not be compounded.
4. It will be the duty of the owner of the plot and the Architect preparing the
plans to ensure that the sanctioned plans are as per prevalent Master
Plan/Zonal Plan/Building Bye-laws. If any infringement of bye-laws
remain unnoticed, the concerned Authority reserves the right to amend the
plans as and when infringement come to the notice and concerned
Authority will stand indemnified against any claim on this account.
5. A notice in writing shall be sent to Authority before commencement of the
constructions of the building as per bye-laws. Similar notice will be sent to
Authority when the building has reached up to plinth level.
6. The owner shall not occupy or permit to occupy the building or use or
permit to use the building or any part thereof affected by any such work
until occupancy certificate is issued by the concerned Authority.
7. Concerned Authority will stand indemnified and kept harmless from all
proceedings in court and before other authorities of all expenses /claims

which the concerned Authority may incur or become liable to pay as a
result or in consequences of the sanction accorded by it to these building
plans.
8. The doors and window leaves shall be fixed in such a way that they shall
not, when open project on any street.
9. The owner will not convert the house into more dwelling units on each
floor then the sanctioned.
10. The building shall not be constructed within minimum distance as
specified in Indian Electricity Rules from voltage lines running on side of
the site.
11. The land left open as a consequence of the enforcement of the setback rule
shall form part of the public street.
12. The owner shall ensure that the public areas like road, parks and
other public opens spaces are not used for stacking the building
materials or machineries to avoid public inconvenience and nuisance.
13. The sanction will be void if auxiliary conditions mentioned above and
other conditions whatsoever imposed are not complied.
14. The owner will use the premises for the use, which has been sanctioned.
15. The owner will not proceed with the construction without having the
supervision of an Architect/Engineer as the case may be. If heshe changes
his ArchitectEngineer, heshe shall inform the Authority about the
appointment of new ArchitectEngineer within 48 hours, with a proper
certificate from him.
Yours Faithfully
For ……………………………
Encl: A set of sanctioned plan.

Appendix “A-7”
(Bye laws: 2.14.2)
Form for Refusal of Building Permit
To
File No……………………………. Dated
………………………………
Sir.
With reference to your application No…………………….dated………………..
for the grant of sanction for the erection of building/execution of work in House
No………….. Plot No…………………..Block No……………………….
Scheme……………………….. Situated at ………………………………. I have you
inform you that building permit under relevant provisions of the Act
of…………………………………………... has been refused on…………………………
on the following grounds.
1
2
3
4
5
Yours faithfully
For………………………..
Authority.

Appendix “A- 8”
(Bye laws: 2.14.3)
Form of Revalidation
File No……………………….
Dated………………….
Shri /Madam …………………………………
………………………………………………..
………………………………………………..
Subject: Revalidation of Building Plans relating to plot No………………………
Block No………………….Scheme……………………………….
Dear Sir / Madam,
Block No.
1. With reference to your application dated…………on the subject cited above, I am
directed to inform you that your building plan which were sanctioned on……….
vide file No………………..have been revalidated up to
……………………………
2. Original sanctioned plan submitted by you is also returned herewith.
3 Please acknowledge receipt.
Yours Faithfully,
For…………………………
Authority
Encl: As above.

Appendix “A-9”
(Deleted vide amendment in Bye laws: revised clause 2.15.1 b)
Form for Notice for Commencement of Work
(contents deleted vide amendments)

Appendix “A-10”
(Bye laws: 2.15.3)
Information for Intimation of Completion of Work up to Plinth Level
To
The ………………………………
…………………………Authority,
Sir,
The construction up to plinth/column up to plinth level has been completed in
Building No………………………….. on/in Plot No……………… Scheme
No………….. Road/Street ……………………Ward………………………………in
accordance with your permission No…………………..dated………………..under my
supervision and in accordance with the sanctioned plan.
Yours faithfully,
Signature of Licensed Architect/Engineer/Supervisor
Name………………………………………………...
(In Block letters)
Address:……………………………………………..
.………………………………………………………
Date:……………………….

Appendix “A -11”
(Bye laws: 2.15.3)
Inspection Report
I………………………………working as a …………………………… with ……………
have carried out the inspection of Building No………………..on/in Plot No……………..
Scheme No.……………….Road/Street………………ward..…………….. in accordance
with permission No………………...dated………………... .The following deviation from
the sanctioned plans have been noticed which are against the provision of Master Plan /
Bye-laws are of non-compoundable nature.
Description of deviations noticed: ………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
You may not proceed with further work till such time the deviations made are rectified
and construction brought in conformity to sanction plans.
Yours Faithfully
For…………………………………
…………………………………….
…………………………………….
Competent Authority
Office No……………………………..
Office Stamp………………………….
Date…………………………………...

Appendix “A-12”
(Bye laws: 2.16)
Form of Notice of Completion
(To be submitted along with prescribed fee for notice of completion and other relevant documents)
To
The ……………………………….
Dear Sir,
I/We hereby give notice that I/We have completed the erection of building/execution of
the works in Plot No …………………… Block
No……………….Scheme…………………… situated at…………………. in pursuance
of the sanction granted by the Authority vide File No……………………………
dated………………………I/We are enclosing all reports of the Authority inspection
carried out during construction period.
2. Permission to occupy or use the building may be granted.
Yours Faithfully,
Signature of owner………………………
Name of owner …………………………
(In Block letters)
Address of the owner ……………………
……………………………………………
Dated: …………………..
Encl : As above

Appendix “A-13”
(Bye laws: 2.16 x)
Form for Certificate of Architect/Engineer/Supervisor
(To be submitted along with notice of completion)
To
The ……………………………….
Dear Sir,
We hereby certify that the erection, re-erection or material alteration in/at building
No…………………………………..on in Plot No……...……………………………
Block No…………….Scheme…………….situated at……………...has been supervised
by me and has been completed on ………………. according to the plans sanctioned, vide
office communication No………………. dated …………………..The work has been
completed to our best satisfaction, the workmanship and all the materials (type & grade)
have been used strictly in accordance with general and detailed specifications. All the
drainage/Sanitary/Water Supply work has been executed under our supervision and as per
Building Bye-laws. No provisions of the Building Bye-laws and condition prescribed or
order issued there under have been transgressed in the course of the work. The building is
fit for use for which it has been erected /re-erected or altered/constructed and enlarged.
2. Certificate:
i) Certified that the building(s) has been constructed according to the sanctioned
plan and structural design (one set of structural drawings as executed is
enclosed) which incorporate the provisions of structural safety as specified in
relevant prevailing NBC Part 6 and IS codes standards/Guidelines.
ii) Further certified that water harvesting as well as waste water re-cycling
systems have been provided as per the sanctioned building plan.
iii) It is also certified that construction has been one under our supervision and
guidelines and adheres to the drawings submitted and the records of
supervision have been maintained by us.
3. Permission to occupy of use the building may be granted.
4. Any subsequent change from completion drawings will be the responsibility of the
owner(s)
a) Signature of the owner b) Signature of the Architect/Engineer
with date with date
Name in Block letters Name in Block letter, Licence No.

Address Address
c) Signature of the Structural Engineer c) Signature of Supervisor/Engineer/
with date (for certificate 1) Group/Engineer with date
(as defined in NBC of India) Name in Block letters, Licence No.
Name in Block Letters Address
Address
Dated :………………………

Appendix “A-14”
(Bye laws: 2.17.1)
File No………………………...
Plan No………………………..
Dated:……………………….
Shri/Miss/Smt……………………….
………………………………………
Completion-cum-Occupancy Certificate
With reference to your notice of completion dated……………I hereby certify that
building as per description below certified plan at Plot No………………Block
No………………… Scheme …………………………………………...situated at
………………………………
whose plans were sanctioned vide No……………………has been inspected with
reference to building bye-laws in respect to the structural safety, fire safety, hygienic and
sanitary conditions and proposed rainwater harvesting systems inside and in the
surroundings and is declared fit for occupation and release of regular water and electricity
connections. The description of the construction work completed is given as under:
Description of Construction Work Block Wise/Building Wise.
1. Block Building No.
2. Details of Completed Work floor wise.
Vice Chairman
or
Commissioner of Authority

Appendix “A-15”
(Bye laws: 2.17.1)
Form of Rejection or Compliance in Respect of Occupancy Certificate
File No…………………………….
Dated:…………………………
Sh/Smt…………………………………….
……………………………………………..
Subject: Occupancy Certificate in respect of Plot No………………………..
Dear Sir / Madam,
1) With reference to your letter dated
2) With reference to your notice of completion dated
3) In continuation of this office letter of even No…………………..dated on the
subject noted above, I am directed to inform you that your case bas been
examined and occupancy certificate is rejected for the reasons as given below:-
Yours Faithfully
For…………………………….
………………………Authority
1. …………………………………..
2. …………………………………..
3. …………………………………..
4. …………………………………..

Appendix “B”
(Bye laws: 2.9.4 & 6.3.8)
Affidavit/Undertaking
(For Handing Over Land Required For Road Widening)
That I/We have submitted building plans for construction of building on plot
No………….. Block No…………………….located at………………………to the
…………………….. under Sanction………………… of the ……………….. Act for
favour of sanction.
I/We undertake to hand over the land required for road widening as shown on site plan to
concerned Authority free of cost as and when asked by……………………to do so.
I/We have already understood that the……………………is granting sanction on the basis
of my undertaking.
If I/We fail to do so, the sanction so accorded shall be revoked and construction done as
consequence thereof shall be deemed to have done unauthorisedly and shall be actionable
u/s ……………………..of the ……………………….Act.
DEPONENT
Verification
I/We verify that the contents of the above undertaking are correct to the best of my
knowledge and belief and nothing material has been concealed there from.
DEPONENT

Appendix “B-1”
(Bye laws: 2.9.4. iv)
INDEMNITY BOND FOR BASEMENT
This Indemnity Bond is executed by Shri/Smt.…………………………………………
S/o, D/O, W/O Shri/Smt…………………………………………………………….………
R/O……………………………………………….in favour of Development Authority.
Whereas the executant has submitted to the concerned Authority the plans for, sanction of
basement over Plot No………………… under the provisions of the Act and lie bye- laws
made there under:-
And whereas the concerned Authority has agreed to sanction the aforesaid construction
subject to the conditions that the owner shall indemnify the concerned Authority in the
event of any loss or damage being cause to the adjoining building on account of the
construction of the said basement either at the time of digging of its foundations or in the
course of its construction or even thereafter and also against any claim of any concern
thereto.
And whereas the executant has agreed to execute an indemnity bond to the above affect
and also to abide by the terms imposed by the concerned Authority to the grant of
sanction for construction of the basement.
Now this deed witnesses:
1. That in consideration of the sanction of the plans by……………………………
for construction of the basement the executant undertakes that he/she shall at all
times keep…………………harmless and free from any liability, loss or damages/
flowing from any injury or damage caused to the adjoining built-up properties or
to any person as a consequence of the construction of at the time of digging of its
foundations or during the course of its construction or at any time thereafter.
2. The owner agreed and undertakes that in the event of any claim being made by
any person or persons against the concerned Authority either in respect of the
sanction granted by the concerned Authority to the owner for the construction of
basement or in respect of the construction or manner of construction of the
basement by the owner or the consequences flowing from the said sanction the
executant shall be responsible and liable and not the concerned Authority.
3. The executant agrees and undertake to indemnify the concerned Authority fully in
respect of any amount which the concerned Authority may be required to pay to
any person either by way of compensation or damages or on any other account as
a result of any claim or suit or any other proceedings concerning the sanctioning

of the construction of the basement of the making thereof and also in respect of
the costs and expenses which the concerned Authority may incur on defending
any action.
4 Without prejudice to the above undertaking the executant hereby binds itself to
pay to the concerned Authority to the full extent any amount which the concerned
Authority may be required to pay to any person in connection with, relating to or
concerning the sanctioning of the basement or the making thereof.
5 The owner further agrees and undertakes that this bond shall remain in full force
and effect till the executant faithfully observes/performs the undertaking herein
before contained.
In witness whereof the executant above named has signed this bond on this ……………..
day of …………………..at…………………………………………
Indemnifier
Witness:
(Signatures)……………………………
1. Name………………………………………
Full Address……………………………….
(Signatures)……………………………….
2. Name………………………………………
Full Address……………………………….

Appendix “C”
(Bye laws: 2.12.1)
PERFORMA TO BE SUBMITTED BY OWNER
1. Name, Status, and Address of the applicant
2. Name of the Architect and address with Registration number with Council of
Architecture.
3. Details of the property/plot
a) Location
b) Boundaries
c) Area in sq.mt. with dimensions (net plot area)
d) Width of the roads
4. Land use
a) Master Plan
b) Zonal Development Plan
c) Approved Layout Plan
5. Title
a) Free Hold
b) Leasehold under notification for acquisition if lease hold permission of
lessor for construction under the leasehold condition obtained.
c) Whether under acquisition, if so give details.
6. Whether the plot/land is affected under the Urban Land (Ceiling & Regulation)
Act, 1976. If so, copy of the NCO from the concerned Authority be furnished.
7. Proposals
a) Land Use
b) Coverage on each floor with proposed use of the floor space including
basement.
c) FAR
d) Height
e) No. of floors.
f) Envelope controls/set backs
g) Parking norms

Encl:
1. Ownership title
2. Permission to construct under the lease
3. Permission under the Land Ceiling Act, 1976.
4. Site/Location Plan
5. Tentative proposals to explain the scheme
Signature of Architect Signature of the owner
Name……………………………….. Name………………………………….
Reg. No……………………………. Address……………………………..
Address……………………………….

Appendix “D”
(Bye laws: 4.32.2)
Number and Type of Lifts Required for Different Occupancies and Space for
Electrical Installations
1. The number and type of lifts required depending on the capacity of lift, desired
speed nature of operation are as given in table below:
Table: Number and types of lifts for non-residential Multistoried Building
Sl.
No.
No. of
floors
Capacity
of lifts in
person
No. of persons that can be carried by a lift
Speed
m/s
In 6 min In 30 min. In 50 min. In 60 min.
Manually
Operated
Automatic Manually
Operated
Automatic Manually
Operated
Automatic Manually
Operated
Automatic
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 7 6 0.6-0.75 17 - 102 - 170 - 204 -
2 7 8 0.6-0.75 22 - 132 - 220 - - -
3 7 10 0.6-0.75 26 - 156 - 260 - 312 -
4 7 10 1.0 30 - 180 - 300 - 360 -
5 7 13 1.0 37 - 122 - 370 - 444 -
6 11 6 0.6-0.75 11 - 70 - 115 - 140 -
7 11 8 0.6-0.75 15 - 90 - 150 - 180 -
8 11 10 0.6-0.75 18 - 108 - 180 - 216 -
9 11 13 0.6-0.75 22 - 132 - 220 - 264 -
10 11 10 1.0 21 - 126 - 210 - 252 -
11 11 10 1.5 24 - 144 - 240 - 288 -
12 11 13 1.5 28 - 156 - 260 - 312 -
13 11 13 1.5 32 - 180 - 300 - - -
14 16 10 1.0 17 - 100 126 170 210 - 252
15 16 13 1.5 20 24 120 145 200 240 248 290
16 16 13 1.5 23 30 138 180 230 300 - 360
17 16 16 1.5 25 33 150 198 250 330 300 356
18 21 10 1.5 18 32 108 132 180 220 214 264
19 21 13 1.5 21 26 126 156 210 250 250 312
20 21 14 1.5 23 28 138 168 230 280 - -
Note-1:
a) For all non-residential buildings, the traffic cleared in 50 minutes is considered adequate and
is approved by Authority. As such for calculation the number of lifts required, the rate of the
clearance of traffic in column 9 and 10 and the population may be taken into consideration.
b) In addition to total number of lifts required as above, provision of one lift of the same capacity
may be considered to serve as stand-by.

Note-2: The population may be worked out on the basis of useful carpet area which the person occupy
(excluding area of Verandah, Lobbies, Halls, Passages, Lavatory blocks, etc.)
Note-3: The population on ground and first floor may not be taken into consideration since these floors
are not generally served by lifts.
Note-4: 0.75 meter per sec. Equivalent to 150 ft. per Min.
1.00 meter per sec. Equivalent to 200 ft. per Min.
1.5 meter per sec. Equivalent to 300 ft. per Min.
Note-5: The height of buildings for lift installation i.e. the travel on the lift presumed in the above
statements is as below:
7 floors 21.0 mt.
11 floors 33.0 mt.
16 floors 48.0 mt.
21 floors 64.0 mt.
Table: Number and types of lifts for Residential Building
Sl.
No.
No. of
floors
No Passenger
unit capacity
Persons
Speed in
m/s
Landing
Gate
Type
Central
System
Service
Lift No.
Capacity
Persons
Type
of
Gate
Central
System
1 5 to 8 2 6 0.0 to 0.5 * Automatic
push button
operation
both from
car and
landing
- - - -
2 9 to 11 2 8 0.6 to 1 * --Do-- 1 8 - Push
button car
handle
switch
control
3 11 to 13 2
1
8
6
0.6 to 0.74 *
Power
operated
doors
--Do--and
without
collection
system
--do--
1 8 - --do--
4 13 to 19 2
2
8
8
1
1
-
power
operated
doors
--do-- 1 8 - --do--
* For buildings more than 15 mt. in height collapsible gates shall not be permitted.
(see bye-law No. 7.9.1(f) )

Appendix “D-1”
(Bye laws: 4.32.2)
The dimensions and relevant information for lift installations like lift well, pit depth,
machine room, clearance from top floor landing to machine room flooring is given in
table below:
Table: Dimensions and required information for Lift Installation in Building
Carrying
Capacity
of lift
(persons)
Number
Load
(kg)
Lift speed Dimension
of Lift well
front depth
(In cm.)
(Cm) Leading
Pit
Entrance
(Cm)
Dimension of
Machine Room
Clearance
from top
floor
landing to
machine
room
flooring cm
Imposed load
in tones on top
of lift well due
to installation.
It may be noted
that figures do
not include
weight of the
machine from
floors and well,
etc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 272 Up to &
including
1 m/s
175 115 70 140 230 275 245 450 6.5
6 408 --do-- 195 135 80 140 230 335 275 450 7.0
8 544 Up to &
including
1 m/s
200 170 80 150 245 395 275 450 8.5
10 680 Up to &
including
1.5 m/s
225 170 90 150 245 395 305 470 10.5
13 884 --do-- 235 188 90 150 245 425 335 470 13.0
16 1088 --do-- 255 205 105 150 245 520 335 480 15.0
20 1360 --do-- 255 220 105 150 245 520 335 480 15.0
Note:
i) All lift well dimensions are minimum clear finished plumb requirements.
ii) Where more than one lift is located in the lift well, extra width of 10 cm. Separator beam
should be provided.
iii) 1 m/s = 200 ft./min.
iv) The height of landing entrance should be 210 cm. (about 7 ft.) for all lifts.

Appendix “D-2”
(Bye laws: 4.32.3)
D.2 Spaces for Electrical Installations
The spaces required for different electrical installations are given at 3.1 to 3.3
D.2.1 Electric Sub-station – The norms given in 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 shall be adopted for
provision of space for sub-station.
D.2.1.1 Area Requirements for Sub-Station for buildings
Sl.No. Total covered Area
(sq.mt)
Transformer Capacity
(KVA)
S/Stn. Size Required
(sq.mt)
1 2500 1 X 400 70
2 4500 1 X 630 70
3 8000 2 X 630 100
4 10,000 2 X 630 130
5 15,000 4 X 630 160
6 20,000 5 X 630 175
7 25,000 6 X 630 200
8 30,000 7 X 630 220
Note:
1. For additional 1000 sq.mt. covered area, a load of 90 KVA will come up with 150 KVA
TR. Capacity at 60 % loading.
2. For additional of one transformer as per covered area, a space of additional 16 sq.mt. is
to be provided.
3. In case of any deviation in space size due to unavoidable circumstance, the same may be
considered with the approval of Electricity Board.
4. The floor of the sub-station shall have cable trenches of 0.6 mt. depth, the layout for
which will be given at the time of actual construction. For this purpose, a dummy floor of
0.6 mt. depth shall be provided to facilitate cutting/digging of floor for installation of
equipment’s and making subsequent changes in trenches. This floor shall be capable to
withstand minimum load of 10 tones of each transformer mounted on flour wheels.
The break-up spaces required for different installations in a sub-station are given as
below:
1. Supply company’s Switchgear room and or space of meters.
2. Transformer Rooms: The number and size of transformer rooms shall be
ascertained from the total power requirements of the company. To determine the
size of transformer and clearance around a transformer, reference may be made to
good practice (I.S.1887-1967 code of practice for installation and maintenance of
Transformer). A 500 KVA transformer may be provided with a minimum space
of 4 mt. X 4 mt.

If transformer is to be installed outdoor space shall be provided on similar
considerations and adequate provision for safety enclosure is to be made. For
transformer having large oil content (more than 2000 lt.) soak pits are to be
provided in accordance with rule 64 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956.
3. High Voltage Switch Rooms: In case of sub-station having one transformer, the
owner is required to provide only one high voltage switch. In the case of single
point supply for two transformers, the number of switches required is 3 and for ‘n’
transformers the number of switches is n+1. The floor area required in case of a
single switch will be roughly 4 mt. X 1mt. and for every additional switch the
length should be increased by 1mt.
4. Low Voltage Switch Rooms: The floor area requirement in respect of low voltage
switchgear room cannot be determined by any formula.
5. Room for Stand-by-Generator: A room space not less then 6 mt. X 9 mt. may be
provided for housing a standby Generator set of 50 KW.
D.2.1.1.A: Location of electric sub-station in basement of multistoreyed
buildings:
1. The electric sub-station should be provided in the approved/sanctioned
covered area of the buildings not below the first basement level and should
be on the periphery of the building with clear independent round the clock
approach having proper ramp with slope.
The ramp should be designed in such a manner that in case of fire no
smoke should enter the main buildings. The exit from basement electric
sub-station shall have self-closing fire/smoke check doors of 2 hours. F.R.
near entry to ramp. Additional exit shall be provided if traveled distance
from the farthest corner of the ramp is more than 15mt.
2. The electric sub-station should be totally segregated from rest of the
basement having 4 hours. F.R. wall and should have adequate internal
lighting and ventilation. A perfect independent ventilation system of 30
air charges per hour linked with detection as well as automatic medium
velocity water spray system for individual transformer shall be located
outside the building at ground floor, fire control room shall be manned
round the clock and shall also have and audio system in the basement as
well as in the control room. No service such as water, sewer, air-
conditioning, gas pipes or telegraphs services should pass through electric
substation of the cable trench.
3. The rising mains should be of metal bus bars. The floor of electric sub-
station should be 2 ft above the rest of basement floor and designed
suitably to carry 10 tons of transformer weight on wheels also having
provision of proper cable trenches 0.6 X 0.6 mt. depth. Dummy floor of

0.6 mt. depth be provided to facilitate laying of cables inside the building
connecting to equipment. Fire retarding cables should be provided and
cable trenches be filed with said cables. R.C.C. pipes at suitably places as
required will be provided for cable entries to the sub-station spaces with
suitable water proofing arrangement. A provision of 12 ft. clear height
below beams should be made in the electric sub-station area along with
adequate arrangement for fixing chain pulley block for a load of 15 tons.
Provision of sumps shall be kept in the floor so that complete volume of
transformer oil in the event of spillover could be accommodated.
Sufficient arrangement to prevent spread of fire to oil pumps be made.
4. Transformers room and sub-station room shall be provided with steel
shutters of 8’ X 8’ with suitable grills. Sufficient arrangement for
pumping the water out, in case of flooding should be made to minimize
loss to switchgear and transformer.
5. In view of experience of installation of exhaust chimneys in the multi-
storeyed buildings at undesirable locations, proper provision in the form of
vertical exhaust leading to above terrace level should be made for the sub-
station.
6. Electric sub-station space should be made available free of cost by
promoters and should be free of seepage/leakage of water. There should
be no combustible material kept in side or in the vicinity. Periodic
inspection of electric sub-station shall be mandatory and violation of any
bye-law will be dealt, sternly with penalty and immediate disconnection.
D.2.1.2. Other Requirements for Sub-station
1. The sub-station will preferably be located on the ground level failing which
it can be in the basement floor in no case at higher level.
2. The entire space will be provided at one floor in continuation.
3. The minimum width of the sub-station space shall not be less than 6 mt.
4. The areas given above in respect of the different categories of rooms hold
good if they are provided with windows and independent access doors.
5. All the rooms should be provided with partition up to the Ceilings and shall
have proper ventilation. Special care should be taken to ventilate the
transformer rooms and where necessary, louvers at lower levels and exhaust
fans at higher level shall be provided at suitable locations.
6. In order to prevent storm water entering the transformer and switch rooms
through the soak pits, the floor level of the sub-station shall be at least 15 cm
above the highest flood water level that may be anticipated in the locality.

D.2.2 Cable Trenches Shafts Etc.
D.2.2.1 Suitable number of vertical shafts, rising mains, distribution boxes, etc.
shall also be provided as per the requirements at suitable location. Cable
trenches with suitable handy covers for entry of the cables up to the
substation onwards up to the street adjoining other building shall also be
provided as per the requirements. These vertical shafts, rising mains,
distribution boxes, cable trenches, etc. shall be so constructed as to be
accessible only to authorized personnel. The rising mains and other
installations in the vertical shafts, tap off boxes distribution boxes etc.
required at each floor shall be provided, installed and maintained by the
owner at their own cost.
Adequate enclosed space shall also be provided at each floor for installation
of equipment’s for distribution on respective floors such as distribution
boxes, cut-out, and meter boxes and main switches.
D.2.2.2 Location of Switch Room: In large installations other than where a sub-
station is provided, a separate switch room shall be provided. This shall be
located as closely possible to the electrical load center and suitable ducts
shall be laid with minimum number of bends form the point of entry of the
supply to the position of the main switchgear. The switch room shall also
be placed in such a position that rising ducts may readily be provided there
from to the upper floors of the building in one straight vertical run. In
larger building, more than one rising duct and horizontal ducts may also be
required for running cables from the switch room to the foot of each rising
main. Such cable ducts shall be reserved for the electrical services only,
which may, however, include medium and low voltage installations, such as
call bell systems. Telephone installation should be suitably segregated.
D.2.2.3 Location and Requirement of Distribution Panels: The electrical gear
distribution panels and other apparatus, which are required on such floor
may conveniently be mounted adjacent to the rising mains, and adequate
space should be provided at each floor for this purpose.
D.2.2.4 Location and Requirement of PBX/PABX Room: Information regarding
provision and location of PBX/PABX room, telephone outlets and riser
shall be ascertained form the relevant Authority.
Adequate space should be provided for installation of Sub-Distribution
Board.
D.2.3. GENERAL
D.2.3.1 The maintenance of the built up space for electric sub-station, distribution
equipment, vertical shafts and enclosure at each floor shall be done by the
owner.

The standby arrangement for electricity supply up to and including the sub-
station equipment and distribution pillars at the sub-station shall be
provided compulsorily.

Appendix “E”
(Bye laws: 2.12.5 & 6.3.6)
Qualification and Competence of Technical Personnel for Preparations of Schemes
for Building Permit and Supervision
1.0 General
Building/Development work for which permission is sought, shall be planned,
designed and supervised by registered professionals. The registered professionals
for carrying out the various activities shall be:
Architect, Engineer, Structural engineer, Town planner, Landscape architect,
Urban designer, Supervisor. Requirements of registration/license for these
professionals by the Authority or by the body governing such profession and
constituted under a statute, as applicable to practice within the local body’s
jurisdiction, are given in items 1 to 7 of the following table:
(items 8-10 Plumber, Electrician and Fire Consultant may not need registration)
Sl No Professional Qualifications Competence / Functions
1 Architect Registered with valid
membership of the Council
of Architecture, India as
prescribed under Architect’s
Act 1972.
The registered architect shall be competent to carry out
the work related to the building/development permit as
given below:
a. Prepare and sign all plans, sub-division/layout plans
and information connected with building permit
except engineering services of multi-storeyed/
special buildings.
b. Preparation of building plans, drawings and related
information connected with development permit of
area up to 1 hectare for metro-cities and 2 hectare
for other places.
c. Issuing certificate of supervision for development
permit of area up to 1 hectare for metro-cities and 2
hectare for other places. (related to building layout
and other architectural aspects)
d. Issuing certificate of supervision and completion of
all buildings pertaining to architectural aspects.
2 Engineer Graduate in Civil Engineering
from recognized Indian or
foreign university.
Registered with valid
membership (Civil) of the
Institution of Engineers,
India.
The registered engineer shall be competent to carry out
the work related to the building/development permit as
given below:
a. Prepare and sign all building plans, structural
drawings and service plans and information
connected with building permit;
b. Preparation of structural drawings, details and
calculations of buildings on plot up to 500 m2
and
up to 5 storeys or 16 m in height, all service plans
and related information connected with
development permit of area up to 1 hectare for
metro-cities and 2 hectare for other places.
c. Issuing certificate of supervision for development
permit of area up to 1 hectare and 2 hectare for
other places (pertaining to building layout, Building
structure, civil works and service installations);
d. Issuing certificate of supervision and completion of
all buildings pertaining including structure and
building services.

3 Structural
Engineer
Graduate in Civil engineering
from recognized Indian or
foreign university, or
Corporate Member (Civil) of
Institution of Engineers
(India), minimum 3 years
experience in structural
engineering practice with
designing and field work.
NOTE — The 3 years experience
shall be relaxed to 2 years in the case
of post-graduate degree of
recognized Indian or foreign
university in the branch of structural
engineering. In case of doctorate in
structural engineering, the
experience required would be one
year.
The registered structural engineer shall be competent to
prepare the structural design, calculations and details
for all buildings and undertake their supervision.
In case of buildings having special structural features,
as decided by the Authority, they shall be designed
only by Structural engineers.
4 Town
Planner
Graduate or Post-graduate
degree in Town and country
planning with valid Associate
Membership of the Institute
of Town Planners, India.
The registered town planner shall be competent to
carry out the work related to the development permit as
given below:
a. Preparation of plans for land sub-division/ layout
and related information connected with
development permit for all areas more than 1
Hectare..
b. Issuing of certificate of supervision for
development of land of all areas.
NOTE — However, for land layouts for development permit above 5
hectare in area, landscape architect shall also be associated, and for
land development infrastructural services for roads, water supplies,
sewerage/drainage, electrification, etc, the registered engineers for
utility services shall be associated.
5 Landscape
Architect
Bachelor or Master’s degree
in landscape architecture or
equivalent from recognized
Indian or foreign university.
The registered landscape architect shall be competent
to carry out the work related to landscape design for
building/development permit for land areas 5 hectares
and above. In case of metro-cities, this limit of land
area shall be 2 hectares and above.
NOTE — For smaller areas below the limits indicated above,
association of landscape architect may also be considered from the
point of view of desired landscape development.
6 Urban
Designer
Master’s degree in Urban
Design or equivalent from
recognized Indian or foreign
university.
The registered urban designer shall be competent to
carry out the work related to urban design for city areas
more than 5 hectares and campus area more than 2
hectares. He/She shall also be competent to carry out
the work of urban renewal for all blighted/congested
areas.
NOTE — For smaller areas below the limits indicated above,
association of urban designer may be considered from the point of
view of desired urban design.
7 Supervisor Diploma in Civil engineering
/ Architectural Assistantship
from recognized institute
with 2yrs working experience
or
Civil Draftsmanship from
I.T.I with 5yrs experience
under a qualified Architect /
Civil Engineer for building
construction and supervision.
The registered supervisor shall be competent to carry
out the work related to the building permit as given
below:
a. All plans and related information connected with
building permit for residential buildings on plot up
to 100 m2
and up to two storeys or 7.5 m in height;
and
b. Issuing certificate of supervision for buildings as
per (a).

8 Plumber licensed by the concerned
Authority through
examination of candidates-
Certificate of training from
ITI, with min. 2yrs
experience of execution of
sanitary and plumbing works
under any govt. Dept./ Local
body or a qualified Architect
/ Engineer.
Knowledge of working
drawings and dimensioned
sketches.
A plumber shall be competent to do the following jobs:
a. Execution / supervision of sanitary works up to 500
sq mt plot size and 4 storeyed buildings.
9 Electrician As prescribed by the concerned electricity company
10 Fire
Consultant
As prescribed by Chief Fire Officer, Town/City Fire Service.

Appendix “E-1”
(Bye laws: 1.1 - 37)
Empanelment of Competent professional
1. Definition: In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires:
a) “Act” – the Act of the concerned Authority
b) “Empanelled Architect” – A person empanelled by the Authority as per
rules under these bye-laws as authorized person to sanction building plans
of residential buildings up to 15 mt. in height and for plot size up to
500sqm, forming part of an approved lay-out plan and for other buildings
as authorized in section 13.5 of the Bye-laws.
c) “Person Authorized” – means a qualified and duly registered Architect
having a degree in Architecture or equivalent qualification and registered
with the Council of Architects, India with minimum 5 years of experience.
d) “Sanctioned Building Plan” means a building plan of a building/premises
to be constructed on a plot and approved by the Competent Authority/
Architect in accordance with the provisions of Master Plan/Zonal
development plan and Building Bye-laws.
e) “Fee” means a fee to be charged by the Authority/Architect for sanction of
building plans. (Design and consultations fees agreed between the
architect and his/her client is independent of this ‘Fee’)
For the empanelment, the qualified Architect/Engineer shall submit list of
projects handled with proof and credentials along with recommendations from
Council of Architecture, India.
2. Authority should obtain security deposit/professional indemnity bond and
professional liability insurance from empanelled Architects as decided in value
from time-to-time.
3. The empanelment of an Architect shall be for a period of two years and can be
extended from time to time subject to review by the Authority at the end of every
two years.
4. The Architect shall be empowered to sanction building plans of residential
buildings up to 15 mt. height and for plot size up to 500sqmt, forming part of
approved layout plan. And for other buildings the criteria of empanelment shall
be as per section 13.5 of the Bye-laws.
5. In respect of sanction of building plans of Government buildings, the plans
shall be sanctioned by the Chief Architect/ Senior Architect of the concerned
Department of the Government, provided it conform to Master Plan/Zonal
Development Plan, approved layout plan and Building Bye-laws.

6. The Architect shall charge building application fee, other charges as prescribed
under Building Bye-laws and other charges as prescribed form time to time. He
will be permitted to retain 50% of the building application fee towards his service
charges and balance amount along with other charges shall be deposited with the
Authority along with two sets of building plans and other required documents. If
the Authority wants to raise any objection, the same shall be communicated to the
architect within 10 days of filing the application with the Authority. The architect
while sanctioning the building plans shall take due cognizance of the objections
raised by the Authority.
7. Before sanction of building plans, the Architect shall ensure and satisfied
himself that various permissions as required by the law from different Authorities
have been obtained.
8. The Empanelled Architect shall also ensure at the time of sanction of building
plans as well as during the inspections at construction stage and also at the
time of giving completion certificate that there is no violation of Master
Plan/Zonal Development Plan, Approved Layout Plan and Building Bye-laws and
other related rules and regulations in force.
9. In case it is found that there had been a violation of Master Plan/Zonal
Development Plan, approved layout plan and Building Bye-laws and other related
rules and regulations in force at the time of sanction of building plans/
construction stage / issue of completion certificate, action for penalising the
Architect shall be taken including removal from the panel and referring the matter
to the Council of Architecture, India for appropriate action.
10. The Empanelled Architect shall be required to file a quarterly return of
building plans received for sanction, fee received, etc. to the Concerned
Authorities. His work shall be monitored to check the backlog and performance.
11. Before issue of a completion certificate a joint inspection is to be carried out by
the officer authorized by the Authority in this behalf and the empanelled
Architect. Within 10 days of the joint inspection, the Architect shall be informed
about the non-compoundable deviations to be removed and composition fee to be
charged for minor deviations under the rules.
12. The Architect shall issue the completion certificate after having satisfied
himself that non-compoundable deviations have been removed form the building
and necessary compounding/regularization fee has been deposited with the
concerned Authority.

Appendix: “F”
(Bye laws: 7.12.1)
Penal Action for violation of provisions of Development Code of Master Plan, Zonal
Regulation and Building Bye-laws.
(A) Non-Compoundable Items
Any deviations except those set in para “AA” hereunder, from the maximum,
minimum prescribed limits regarding:
1. Coverage,
2. F.A.R.
3. Setbacks,
4. Open spaces,
5. Total height of the building
6. No. of floors,
7. No. of DUs & density
8. Parking norms,
9. Light and Ventilation provisions,
10. Use
11. All other provisions of these bye-laws except item given in para ‘B’ below
shall not be compounded/regularized and shall have to rectified by
altering/ demolition at the risk and cost of owner. Besides this any other
action as per terms and conditions of lease and provisions of Act shall
proceed.
(A.A) Compounding Excess Coverage/FAR
i) Deviations in the coverage/FAR to the extent of 5% of the permissible
coverage/FAR or 13.5 sq.mt. whichever is less in building(s) use premises,
other than building(s) use premises where 100% ground coverage and
fixed height is allowed as per Architectural control forming part of
comprehensive schemes like District Centre, Community Centres, Cluster
Court Housing etc. may be compounded after levying penalty at the
following Rates:
Rates of excess coverage/floor area:
Up to 5% of excess coverage/FAR a one time compounding fee equivalent
to the land rated in the concerned locality applicable at the time of the
application for compounding.
ii) For excess coverage / FAR for above 5%

Any excess coverage above 5% or 13.5 sq.mt whichever is applicable
would be liable to demolish to that extent.
iii) Compounding at set back Infringements
The infringements of the set backs maximum to the extent of 30 cm (1 ft.)
may be compounded by way of levying compounding fee at the following
rates:
Infringements Residential Buildings Non-Residential Buildings
Upto 15 cm (6 inch) Rs. 1000 per sq.mt. of
area infringing the set
back
Rs. 2500 per sq.mt. of area
infringing the set back
Above 15 cm (6 inch) Rs. 2000 per sq.mt of
area infringing the set
back
Rs. 5000 of area of the
infringing the set back
(B.B) Compoundable Items
If a building or part thereof has been constructed unauthorized, i.e. without
obtaining the requisite building permit from the concerned Authority as required
under the building bye-laws, the same shall be compounded at the following rates
provided the building or part thereof so constructed other wise conforms to the
provisions contained in the Building Bye-laws and Master/Zonal Plan regulations.
For this party shall have to submit the request for building permit in the prescribed
procedure.
Rates:
a) Rs. 50 per sq.mt. of the covered area constructed unauthorized in residential
building up to 500 sq.mt. Plot size.
b) Rs. 100 per sq.mt of the covered area constructed unauthorized in the building
categorized below:
• All Govt. Public and Semi-Public and Utility Buildings.
• Religious, Institutional and Educational Buildings.
c) Rs. 250 per sq.mt. of the covered area constructed unauthorisedly
• Residential building above 500 sqmt. plot size, Group Housing & Guest Houses.
• Industrial Buildings:
• Storage buildings (underground or above ground)
d) Rs. 1000 per sq.mt. of covered area constructed unauthorisedly.
• Cinema and Theatre Building.
• Petrol Pumps (Filing / Service Station)
• Hazardous Buildings.
• Commercial / Business Buildings

1. The buildings not covered specifically under the above categories shall be
compounded as decided by the Authority, considering merits of each individual
case.
2. Items which are exempted form the calculations of the coverage and FAR e.g.
cupboards, canopy, basement, and mezzanine, loft, watchman cabins, etc. but
constructed unauthorisedly without obtaining prior permission from the Authority,
but within the permissible limits shall also be compounded/regularized at the rate
prescribed above.
3. Deviations of the building bye-laws other than specified in (A) (Non-
compoundable)
Deviation up to the maximum extent of 10% from the maximum/minimum
prescribed limit (as prescribed by the building bye-laws) shall be compounded at
the following rates:
a) In case of deviations of areas of various components of the building, the rate
of penalty will be @ Rs. 50/- per 1% deviation.
b) For deviations in terms of height the penalty shall be @ Rs. 50/- per 1% of
deviation for every 10 sq.mt. or part thereof of the affected area.
c) Deviations from the prescribed limit of width, length, penalty shall be @ Rs.
50/- per 1% of the deviation for every 10 sq.mt. or part thereof of the
affected area.
Notes:
1) Notwithstanding the provisions above, no penalty shall be levied for the first 3% of
deviation but in case the deviation limit exceed 3% penalty shall be levied at above rates for
the total deviation up to 10%.
2) The penalties of the above rates as given in (ii) (a), (b), and (c) shall be charged for each
deviation and for every component of the building separately.
a) In case of increase in size of canopy in front open space form the prescribed limits of bye-
laws the same shall be charged @ Rs. 100/- per sq.mt.
b) End walls up to 0.9 mt. in width in a terrace type construction constructed purely as an
architectural feature Rs. 50/- each.
c) Enclosing of front balcony with jail wall which is being used as a part of stair case Rs.
500/- sq.mt.
d) (i) An open Urinal Wall up to 1.7 mt. height --------- No Penalty.
(ii) Water storage Tank over open urinal with walls up to 1.70 mt. in height ------- No
Penalty, if sanctioned. If not sanctioned, Rs. 500/- each.
e) All roof projections beyond permissible limit of bye-laws as specified shall be counted
towards FAR calculations if other wise the same do not infringe up to any other bye-laws.
f) Plinth steps in setback portion -------------- Rs. 100 each.
g) Extra slab in mumty constructed without sanction shall be compounded at the rate given
in (B) (compoundable item) provided it does not infringe upon the provision of any other
bye-laws.
h) Partition wall provided without sanction at any floor if the same are not infringing upon
the provision of any other bye-laws --------- Rs. 50 per sq.mt. of the surface area of the
wall (i.e. length X height)
i) Projections/sunshade/(not more than 0.45 mt. in width on public streets/roads over
window opening above first floor shall be objected. However, at Ground Floor these
shall be not permitted.

Note:
The Authority if satisfied that there are other deviations of general nature, which are not described
above, may fix rates for compounding such deviations. However, there shall be no further
relaxation in FAR and coverage over that permitted above.
Revision of all fees and charges under consideration for compounding and regularization shall be
revisited by the Authority from time-to-time based on the Schedule of rates.

Appendix “G”
(Bye laws: 7.9 & 8.12)
To Provide Facilitates in the Public Building excluding Domestic Buildings for
Differently-abled Persons
1. Definitions
Ambulant Disabled People: Disabled who are able to walk but who may depend
on prostheses (Artificial Limbs) orthoses (Calipers),
Sticks, crutches or walking aids.
Non-Ambulant Disabled People: Disabled people with impairments that
confine them to wheelchair.
Wheel Chair: Chair used by disabled people for mobility.
i) Size of small wheel chair: 750 x 1050 mm
ii) Size of large wheel chair: 800 x 1500 mm
2. Scope
These bye-laws are applicable to public buildings and exclude domestic buildings.
Building which shall provide access to ambulant disable and Non-Ambulant
disabled are listed below. Distinction is made for buildings to be designed for the
use of large wheel chairs and small wheel chair.
3. Building to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People
Higher Secondary School, Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centres, Youth
Clubs, Sport Centres, Sport Pavilions, Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, Bowling
Centres, Swimming Pools, Police Stations, Law Courts, Courts Houses, Sport
Stadiums, Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas, Auditorias, Small Offices (the
maximum plinth area 1400 sq.mt) Snack Bars, Cafes and banqueting rooms (for
capacity above 50 dinners).
Note:
i) In sport stadiums provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel chair)
ii) @ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000 for spectators above 10,000.
iii) In Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas and Auditoria provisions shall be made for non-
ambulant spectators (Small Wheel Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 for
spectators above 1000.
4. Building to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People:
Schools for physically handicapped, cremation, buildings as mentioned in 3,
Botanical Gardens, Religious Buildings, Old People Clubs, Village Halls, Day
Centers, Junior Training Centres, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries, Railway
Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and Departmental Stores.
Notes: Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the following building, post
offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops, supermarkets, and departmental stores.

5. Building to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs)
Public lavatories in Tourist Sports, Clubs Motels, Professional and Scientific
Institution, Museum, Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laborites, Universities,
Collage for further Education, Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College,
Exhibition Halls Dentist Surgeries, Administrative Department of the Hospitals,
Service Stations, Car Parking, Buildings Airports Terminals, Bus Terminals,
Factories Employing Handicapped for Sedentary Works, Large Offices, (with
plinth area abode 1400 sq.mt.), Tax Offices, Passport Offices, Pension Offices,
and Labour Offices, Cafes, Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For capacity
above 100 dinners).
6. Buildings Requirements:
All Building requirements for building projects proposed under this category shall
be conforming to Annex D, Part 3 of NBC 2005.

Appendix “H”
(Bye laws: 7.10)
Regulations for Resettlement and Slum In-stitu Upgradation
i) Density
The net density shall be up to 250 tenements per hectare.
ii) Minimum Plot Size
The Minimum Plot Size shall be 25 sq.mt. However, it can be 18 sq.mt. with
100% coverage provided 7 sq.mt. per tenement is clubbed for cluster space.
iii) External walls
115 mm thick external brick wall with or without plaster shall be permitted.
iv) Staircase
Single flight staircase without landing between the two floors shall be permitted.
v) Pathways
The width of path ways shall be as follows:
2 mt. width for pathways up to 30 m in length.
3 mt. width for pathways up to 50 m in length.
vi) Flushing System:
In water closets flushing system shall not be essential and toilets without this
provision may be permitted.
vii) Water closets pan size:
The water closets seat shall be of minimum 46 m (18 inches) in length.
viii) Septic tank and leaching pit (soak pit)
A septic tank shall be provided with capacity 141.6 m liters (five cubic feet) per
capita, where the municipal services are likely to be available within four or five
years or so, pour flush water seal latrines (NEERI type) shall be permitted, where
the municipal sewage system is not available and the water table in the area is not
high.

Appendix “I”
(Bye laws: 13.5, Table 13.4)
Categories of Materials of storage for Warehouses as per combustion risk
A. Non combustible materials:
Articles (which are Non- Combustible, Non -Flammable, Non -Corrosive, Non -toxic,
Non-poisonous, Non-Explosive) such as Cement, brick, mortar, hardware items,
metals in solid bar/metal goods (excluding those having melting point below 1000o
C)
B. Combustible Materials in following 4 sub categories
Category Material Specifications Stacking height
Medium
(in m)
High
(in m)
Category I Articles such as Carpets, Non synthetic/synthetic yarn
and fabrics. Mechanical and electrical goods (dominantly
metal parts), Glassware and crockery, fiberboards,
groceries, metal goods, Papers other than those listed
under categories Moderate and High, Powdered and
canned foods, Plastic/glass bottles containing non-
flammable liquids, etc.
4 6.5
Category II Articles such as Batteries, Baled cotton/synthetic fibers,
Books, Baled cork, Baled waste paper, Cartons
containing alcohols ( in cans/bottles), Cartons of canned
lacquers which dry by solvent evaporation, Chipboard,
Cardboard rolls (horizontally Stored),
Cereals/Grains/Foodstuff/ Flour/Sugar in sacks,
Cellulose/Cellulose pulp, Electrical goods other than
those stated in Category low, Flammable liquids in non-
combustible containers, Leather goods, Palletized liquor
stocks, Plastics (non-foamed, other than cellulose nitrate),
Rolled pulp and paper and asphalted paper (Horizontal
storage), Veneer sheets, Wooden patterns, Metal/wooden
furniture with plastic seats, etc
3 5.5
Category III Articles such as Bitumen/Wax coated paper, Candles,
Carbon black, Card board rolls (vertically stored),
Charcoal, Coal> cellulose nitrate, Foamed plastic and
foam rubber products, Flammable liquids in combustible
containers, Linoleum products, Matches, Plastics other
than those stated in Category Moderate, Rolled pulp and
paper and asphalted paper (vertical storage), Rubber
goods including tyres and tubes, Sawn timber, Ventilated
wood stacks, Waxed and asphalt coated papers and
containers in cartons, Wood wool, wooden pallets and
flats (idle), Ail materials having wrappings or pre-formed
containers of foamed plastics, etc.
2 4.5
Category IV Offcuts and random pieces of foamed plastic or rubber
rolls of sheets of foamed plastic or foamed rubber, Foam
mattress, Expanded polystyrene packaging, Foam
upholstery, etc
1.25 3.5

Explanations:
# The deflector of the sprinkler fitted in the ceiling shall be at
more than 1.5 m from the goods stored below. However, in
case of jute storage, no jute stock shall reach within 2 m of
the deflectors of the sprinkler heads.
# In case of storage in racks or shelves, if the height of
storage is more than what is specified, intermediate
sprinklers shall be provided for each shelf/rack in addition
to the ceiling sprinklers and overall design density and
AMAO shall be maintained as per Table 5 of IS: 15105.
# The aisle width between the storage stacks shall not be less
than 2.5 m and the maximum area of each storage stack
shall not be more than 15.0..m2
. If these parameters are
exceeded, the design density applicable shall be loaded by
2.5 L/min/m2
.
# In case of mixed storage (both moderate and high hazard
storage) in buildings, the parameters will be governed bv
the most hazardous occupancy
Goods stored not higher
than what is stated above for
the appropriate category or
not higher than the eaves
height of the roofs or within
1 m of a flat ceiling
whichever is the lowest
shall be regarded as
moderate hazard storage. If
the above conditions are not
met, the risk shall be
regarded as high hazard
storage
Notes:
1. Any new use which increase the number of occupants to a figure comparable with other
classes of occupancy shall change the classification of the building to that of the new use (for
example, Warehouse used for office purposes).
2. Ware house buildings shall not include any article which is highly combustible or explosive
materials or products which are liable to bum with extreme rapidity and or which may produce
poisonous fumes or explosions for storage, handling and which involve highly corrosive, toxic or
noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flame, fumes and explosive,
poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases; and for the storage, handling of any material producing
explosive mixtures of dust which result in the division of matter in to fine particles subject to
spontaneous ignition as such buildings fall in Hazardous Building Category

Annexure-I

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015 Page 235
Guidelines for mitigation of effects of
Electro Magnetic Radiation
in
Built spaces

Annexure-I

Page 236 Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015
INTRODUCTION
Electromagnetic radiations are energy waves having time varying electric and
magnetic fields at right angles to each other and are predominantly used for wireless
communication.
Although, Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) occur in nature and thus have
always been present on earth (Sun is the biggest source of natural EMR), nevertheless
their occurrence has become more pronounced due to rapid advances of wireless
technology in the communication sector.
The twentieth century witnessed, steady rise of environmental exposure to
man-made sources of EMF due to increasing electricity demand, ever-advancing
wireless technologies and changes in work practices and social behavior. The
unprecedented growth in communication industry in recent years has also caused an
exponential rise in electromagnetic radiations in the envelopes surrounding all living
habitats.
Human beings are thus exposed to a complex mix of electric and magnetic
fields at many different frequencies, at home and at work. EMF (Electro Magnetic
fields) can be broadly divided into-
1. Low-frequency electromagnetic fields- the common sources of which include power
lines, household electrical appliances, and
2. High frequency electromagnetic fields: the main sources of which are radar, radio
and television broadcasting, mobile telephones and their base stations, induction
heaters and anti-theft devices etc.

Annexure-I

Given below is the chart of Electromagnetic spectrum which highlights
various ranges of frequencies and the equipments which work in these ranges of
frequencies:-
Therefore, there is an urgent need to adopt precautions for living beings from
any effects of electromagnetic radiations at our work places as well as at our living
spaces.
ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATIONS: EFFECTS OF EXPOSURE
The effects of electromagnetic radiation upon living cells, including those on
humans, depend upon the frequency as well as the penetrating power of the radiation.
Initially, it was believed that low frequency fields were too weak to cause
heating to a significant level and thus do not have any biological effect. There have
been a number of epidemiological studies for a relationship between cell phone use
and consequent health threats that have been largely inconclusive. Thus, it can be
concluded that their effect is not very prominent although significant. However, there
are sufficient evidences to suggest the existence of complex biological effects of
weaker non-thermal electromagnetic fields, and modulated RF and microwave
fields. World Health Organization has classified radiofrequency electromagnetic
radiation as a possible group 2b carcinogen (possible weaker threats).

Annexure-I

In case of low-frequency radiations (radio waves to visible light) therefore,
depending upon the power of the radiation heating effects are caused due to
absorption of radiation by the living cells. These thermal effects increase with the
frequency of radiation as penetration of radiation into the organism increases (for
example microwaves penetrate more than infrared rays).
At higher frequencies (visible and beyond) however, the individual photons of
the radiation carry enough energy individually and thus directly or indirectly can
damage biological molecules. All frequencies of UV radiation have therefore been
classified as Group 1 carcinogens by the World Health Organization. In this context it
is a significant fact that Ultraviolet radiation from sun exposure is the primary cause
of skin cancer. Thus, at such frequencies electromagnetic radiations cause much more
damage to biological systems than simple heating. This is most obvious for the
"extreme" Ultraviolet, X-ray and Gamma radiations, which are referred to as ionizing
radiations due to the ability of photons of this radiation to produce ions and free
radicals in materials which include living tissues as well. Since such radiation can
produce severe damage to life at powers that produce very little heating, it is
considered much more dangerous than the rest of the electromagnetic spectrum.
Health risks from Electromagnetic radiations can be numerous depending
upon the power and frequency of radiations.
From the perspective of prevention of any health effects of Electro Magnetic
Radiations there is a need of suitable precautions, since it is not possible to keep away
from them owing to the advent of wireless communication technology which is based
upon electromagnetic waves of higher frequencies besides many other applications
like microwave, remote controlled toys, cordless phones, TV remotes etc.

Annexure-I

Guidelines for Buildings and Built forms mitigating effects of EMR
While planning a building or a residential complex/ township, it is most desirable to
list all probable equipments/ appliance emitting Electromagnetic Radiations in order of
ascending/descending intensities. These should also be categorized as per indoor and
outdoor emissions. Their placement in the built space and surroundings can then be
decided based on certain premises.
The most fundamental principal in this regard is that the effect of Electromagnetic
Radiation decreases with increase in distance from radiation emitting source. It is thus
advisable-
o To keep a safe distance from working electric and electronic equipments.
o Minimize the use of all equipments working on wireless technology like
cordless phones, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and the cell phones.
o Disconnect electric and electronic equipments from the power supply when
not in use, especially in areas of prolonged occupancy.
Further, the list of equipments/appliances generally used in and around working/living
space is placed below for appreciation of EMR radiations :-
1. RF Sources i.e. the transmitting towers such as AM/FM radio towers, TV towers,
cell phone towers transmitting EMR continuously.
2. Cell phone which is ON but not in use also radiates and Wi Fi (Wireless Internet)
3. Cordless phone
4. Wi-max
5. Other wireless devices
6. CFL (Compact Florescent Light) bulbs
7. Neighboring EMR sources that are located next to shared walls.
8. Computers and laptops
9. Air conditioning systems
10. Refrigerators
11. Electrical heating systems/ Microwave Ovens
12. Power generators and voltage converters
13. Stereo and home entertainment systems
14. Fans
This list is only indicative and not exhaustive and there can be additions to it.
From the view point of effective communication, providing of mobile towers in a
township/ office complex is an essential requirement and thus should be carefully planned.

Annexure-I

The mobile tower generates and transmits high frequency radiations; so more care is
needed for their placement. It should be ensured that the building identified to mount the
tower should be the tallest in the vicinity and should not have adjoining buildings on
which proposed or existing habitable floors are within close range.
OR
Mobile Tower should be mounted on the highest sanctioned building in an area.
In regular practice that many cellular operators mount their antenna on a single
tower along with other operators which increase the effects of EMR manifolds and should
thus be avoided as far as possible. Else height of the tower should be increased.
Besides, Substation Equipments like Transformer, DG set etc. are also to be
provided for fulfilling the bulk power requirement of the building and should be suitably
placed for electrical safety as well as for mitigating effects of EMR. However, as these are
low frequency devices, their placement is too decided more from electrical safety point of
view than EMR.
In addition, various light sources inside the living/working spaces, UPS, servers,
various other equipments running on Wi-Fi may also emit EMR. Hence their placement
inside the building also needs careful consideration.
Thus, in a built environment of considerable human occupancy, following broad
guidelines should be adopted for placement of utility equipments/ appliances serving the
building as a whole:

Model B
Equ
Loca
far a
not p
autho
W
towe
that a
S
Steel
build
S
such
subm
build
Tran
level
Building By
uipments
ation of com
as possible c
possible to
ority for ins
(i) First
comm
(ii) Wher
possib
sector
Where it is
er should be
a structural
Such towers
l/Metal fram
ding should
Structural st
metal/stee
mitted by a
ding (pre-de
nsformers:
l congregati
ye-Laws, 20
external t
mmunication
cellular ope
o avoid the
stallation on
preference
mercial area
re it is not p
bility shoul
rs or open s
not possibl
e permitted
l safety cert
s should no
me of 6 M
be provided
tability of th
el frames m
a registered
esign) or ins
In addition
ion activity
015
to the bui
n towers is
erator shoul
se, they sh
n roof top of
should ho
s or other p
possible to
ld be explo
paces/comm
le to find s
on the roof
tificate from
ot be permit
M height ov
d to accomm
he said buil
mounted at
d structural
stallation (p
n to the fenc
areas shoul
ilding: M
governed b
d try to avo
hould reque
f the tallest
owever, be
ublic areas.
avoid the l
ored to loca
munity build
such suitabl
f top of resi
m a certified
tted on occ
ver the roof
modate the
ding should
top and ‘S
l engineer
post-design)
ced ionized
ld not be pla
obile Tow
by radio freq
oid resident
est for perm
existing bu
given to
.
location of
ate them in
dings in the
le space me
idential bui
d Structural
cupied build
f level of t
tower and i
d be calcula
tructural st
with the a
area aroun
anned/perm
wers
quency syst
tial areas. H
mission fro
uildings.
the locatio
this tower
green belts
e sectors.
entioned at
ldings subje
Engineer ha
dings, howe
the last hab
its associate
ated with the
tability cert
application
d a transfor
mitted within
Anne
P
tem adopted
However wh
om the app
n of tower
in resident
s within res
Sr. No. (ii)
ect to the co
as been obta
ever if inev
bitable floo
ed units.
e overall lo
tificate’ sh
for permis
rmer, neighb
n 3M of the
exure-I
Page 241
d and as
here it is
propriate
r in the
tial, area
sidential
) above,
ondition
ained.
vitable, a
r of the
ading of
hould be
ssion of
borhood
fence.

Annexure-I

Diesel Generators: The location of the Generator within the Plot premises should not be
adjacent to any habitable / community / recreational activity within a radius of 3M.
Indoor Equipments/Appliances:
Electrical Switchboards: Unless otherwise amended by Barrier-free access regulations
to such fixtures, they should be mounted as per existing stipulations laid down in CPWD
General Specifications for Electrical Works- Part I Internal 2013.
Wireless Routers : Within the housing unit, the vertical mounting height of the router
should be not less than 4 feet and should be kept in the Drawing / Dining zone and not
within the zones of longer period of occupancy e.g. Bedrooms.
In non – residential units i.e. office spaces these routers should be kept as much away
as possible and should be switched off when not in use.
Server Room: Occupied Work-stations should be at least 5 meters away from the server
room or associated equipments. If people are sitting in the same room, they must wear
protective gear and should not have prolonged exposure.
Computer: Should be placed in the most isolated place in a dwelling unit, while in an
office space, it should not be less than 2.5 feet away from the person using it.
UPS: Should also be placed in the most isolated place in a dwelling unit, while in an office
space it should not be less than 2.5 feet away from the person using it.
Mobile Phone: It usually remains with the user all the time. The only time it is kept away
is when it is being charged. Thus mobile should be charged from a remotely located power
point. It is thus preferable to provide a charging station in almost every working/living
space at a location, as far as permissible from living space considerations.

Annexure-I

Light sources: Usually, sun as a source of natural light is the biggest source of
electromagnetic radiations. However, the atmosphere surrounding us provides a natural
shield from electromagnetic radiations. In this context, the light sources used inside a
living/working space should be given careful consideration from the point of view of
Electromagnetic Radiations. Many luminaries available presently, like Fluorescent tubes,
compact fluorescent lamps, LED lights etc. are used in working / living spaces. So their
use should not only be determined from the point of view of energy conservation but also
from the point of view of Electromagnetic Radiations. For this purpose recommendations
of the manufacturers should serve as proper guidelines.
Table below summarizes appropriate placement of equipments /appliances in the
built environment:
Sr. No Equipment Minimum safe distance
1 Mobile Towers 6 m height over the roof level of the last
habitable floor of the building.
2 Transformers 3 m
3 Electrical Switchboards No Change
4 Wireless Routers 4 feet (1.2 m)
5 Server Room 5 m
6 UPS 2.5 feet (0.75 m)
7 Diesel Generators Radius of 3 m
8 Mobile Phone 2 feet (0.6 m)
9 Computer 2.5 feet (0.75 m)
10 Laptop 2.5 feet (0.75 m)
11 UPS 2.5 feet (0.75 m)
12 Wireless Router modem 4 feet (1.2 m)
13 Server room 5 m away from workstations
Note: Intensity of Electromagnetic Radiations decreases with increase in distance from the radiation
source. So as to minimize exposure maximum possible distance should be kept.
-------------------------------------------------------- ***** -----------------------------------------------------------------

Annexure-I


Annexure-II

Technical Aspects and Options of
Rain water Harvesting
in
Built forms and open spaces

Annexure-II

INTRODUCTION
The storage of rain water on surface is a traditional technique and the structures used
were underground tanks, ponds, check dams, weirs etc. Recharge to ground water is a new
concept of rain water harvesting and the structures generally used are:-
a. Pits: Recharge pits are constructed for recharging the shallow aquifer. These are
constructed 1 to 2m, wide and to 3m. deep which are back filled with boulders, gravels,
coarse sand.
b. Trenches: These are constructed when the permeable stream is available at shallow
depth. Trench may be 0.5 to 1m. wide, 1 to 1.5m deep and 10 to 20m long depending up
availability of water. These are back filled with filler materials.
c. Dug wells: Existing dug wells may be utilized as recharge structure and water should
pass through filter media before putting into dug well.
d. Hand pumps: The existing hand pumps may be used for recharging the shallow/deep
aquifers, if the availability of water is limited. Water should pass through filter media
before diverting it into hand pumps.
e. Recharge wells: Recharge wells of 100 to 300 mm. diameter are generally constructed
for recharging the deeper aquifers and water is passed through filter media to avoid
choking of recharge wells.
f. Recharge Shafts: For recharging the shallow aquifer which are located below clayey
surface, recharge shafts of 0.5 to 3 m. diameter and 10 to 15 m. deep are constructed and
back filled with boulders, gravels & coarse sand.
g. Lateral shafts with bore wells: For recharging the upper as well as deeper aquifers
lateral shafts of 1.5 to 2 m. wide & 10 to 30 m. long depending upon availability of water
with one or two bore wells are constructed. The lateral shafts are back filled with
boulders, gravels & coarse sand.
h. Spreading techniques: When permeable strata start from top then this technique is used.
Spread the water in streams/Nalas by making check dams, nala bunds, cement plugs,
gabion structures or a percolation pond may be constructed.

Annexure-II

ILLUSTRATIONS OF COMMON HARVESTING TECHNIQUES
Figure.1 Rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge for individual plotted house (by percolation pits
and well-cum-channel)
Figure. 2: Rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge for individual plotted house and
multistoreyed residential building (by storage sump and percolation pits)
Figure. 3 Rainwater harvesting for parks/open spaces
(Use of rain harvested water from percolation pits in Landscapes in Public areas)

Annexure-II

Figure. 4 Rainwater collection (through downpipes and sieves)
Figure. 5 Rainwater collection and Groundwater recharge (through abandoned wells and Hand pumps)
-------------------------------------------------------- ***** -----------------------------------------------------------------

w
w
w
.
t
c
p
o
mu
d
.
g
o
v
.
i
n

4) Model Building Bye-Laws_ 2016.pdf

More Related Content

Similar to 4) Model Building Bye-Laws_ 2016.pdf (20)

More from NAGASAILOKESH (7)

Recently uploaded (20)

4) Model Building Bye-Laws_ 2016.pdf